Audio

504: Creative And Practical Applications Of AI That No One Is Talking About With Toni Herrbach

504: Creative And Practical Applications Of AI That No One Is Talking About With Toni Herrbach

Many of you listening to this podcast probably don’t know that I run a completely different podcast with my partner Toni called Profitable Audience. Unlike the My Wife Quit Her Job Podcast where I interview other successful entrepreneurs, the Profitable Audience Podcast is just Toni and I riffing about what we’re up to with our own online businesses.

In this episode, how discuss we are using AI for all of our businesses. And if you like it, make sure you subscribe to the Profitable Audience Podcast.

What You’ll Learn

  • AI tools that we’re using for our businesses
  • How we apply these tools to create content, repurpose content, and write code
  • How AI helps us save time

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now, many of you listening to this podcast probably don’t know that I run a completely different podcast with my partner Tony called Profitable Audience. And unlike the My Wife Could Her Job podcast where I interview other successful entrepreneurs, the Profitable Audience podcast is just Tony and I riffing about what we’re up to with our own online businesses. So today,

00:30
I decided to post an episode of Profitable Audience on the show to discuss how we are using AI for all of our businesses. And if you like it, make sure you subscribe to the Profitable Audience podcast. But before we begin, I wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS,

00:59
Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people.

01:25
So tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit’s gonna be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th and right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon right now at

01:54
38 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that does not require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the Profitable Audience Podcast. In this episode, Tony and I are going to talk about some of the AI tools that we’re using and how we apply these tools to create content, repurpose content, and even write code. So one of the things that I thought was interesting is that I went to an AI panel at FinCon, which we talked about on a previous podcast, and it was really fun to hear how different people are using AI. And we talked about this a little on the last podcast, but I actually want to talk about it a little bit more.

02:54
on this one is that one of the things that Pete talked about was using AI to build a plugin or an app. And I know that I’ve heard you say in previous episodes and in conversations that you actually are using AI to code. So can you go in a little more depth because the big joke around here is that your comment to everything is, you just need a little bit of code.

03:19
But is AI now everyone’s little bit of code? Have we finally cracked the chew coding puzzle? I think the answer is yes and no. Okay. Because I think you need to know how to write code or read code, I should say. You know how to read code and you need to know how to debug code in order for this to work. Okay. Right. So like if I told you, Tony, Hey, write me a plugin that does this and that, I’m pretty sure that you wouldn’t be able to do it.

03:48
I mean, I could be wrong. Maybe you can figure it out. But it’s one thing because it spits. So I use it all the time for coding, but I know like how to phrase it. Right. And I know what’s efficient and what works. The problem with me coding is I don’t do it every day anymore. Right. So when I have to do it, I forget the syntax or I forget. I don’t know all the commands. I don’t know all the libraries that are out there. Whereas people who code all the time.

04:17
They know, hey, this has already been written. I don’t have to write this part. I can just piece things together. And that’s where AI can really help. So would it be possible to look at code on, because sometimes I’ll come across, I’ll Google like how to do this, right? How to change something in the Shopify theme or something like that. And I will come across, you know, very well written articles about how to create something or YouTube video.

04:43
would it be possible for me to like copy the code from somewhere else, put it into an AI tool and start from there? Like, is that a thing that would work or is it still because I don’t know what I’m really doing, it wouldn’t work for me? You know, what’s funny about this is one of our students, Charles, he wanted to write a little script for his Shopify store that did something simple. was, I believe it was like sort the products based on whether they’re in stock or not. Okay. And I don’t

05:12
remember the outcome of what happened, but he typed this into chat GPT, and it actually outputs some liquid code for Shopify. And I don’t remember whether he decided to use that or not, or try it or whether he just hired someone to do it. But for small things like that, it’s conceivable that you could just cut and paste that into your site, and it might work. problem is, is if it doesn’t work, then what do do?

05:38
Right. You’ve broken something probably. You haven’t broken anything because you can always just delete what you added, right? Yeah. But if it doesn’t work and you don’t know how to figure out what happened, that’s where the problem lies. So I didn’t go to this talk that you went to. So I was curious, does this guy must have some sort of coding background? Well, I don’t think he does, but he said it took him two months. And to me, that meant that he did spend some time learning about code.

06:04
right, learning the fundamentals so that he could do it, right? Because it wasn’t just copy and paste into chat GPT and create something. Like he actually dedicated two months of his life to figuring out if he could create an app using AI. So it was almost an experiment, right? And so I think he probably did get some education, whether it be through, you know, a traditional type of course or reading articles online, watching videos, things like that.

06:30
So obviously it was a bigger endeavor, but it got me thinking like, okay, what kind of doors is this gonna open for people that usually are handicapped by this? Is this going to be at some point something where anybody can just get a piece of code? Maybe eventually. I’m just curious, what did this app do? Like how complex was the app? I don’t remember what he, he might not have even said what it did. I don’t remember that part of it, but yeah. So anyway, I just thought that was really fascinating. Well, here’s an example.

06:59
You know this morning that I told you and the reason why I was late to this recording is because Bumblebee Linens has been getting attacked right now by malicious traffic. People, I don’t think they’re trying to take the site down per se, but someone sent 100,000 visits to Bumblebee Linens in the span of like a minute today, which took down the site. So what I need to do now, and this, we’ve been getting, I don’t want to use the word attacked, but there’s tons of crawlers that crawl our site and just kind of bog down the site. Hasn’t been a problem until this morning.

07:28
So now what I have to do this afternoon is I gotta go in and I’m gonna look at the logs, see if anyone’s hammering the site unusually and then ban those IPs automatically, programmatically. Okay, I was gonna say, because that’s, you can’t do that manually if it’s hundreds of thousands. No, no, no, it’s a hundred thousand of visits from the same IP address. Oh, gotcha, okay. You know, hammering different pages on the site. So all I have to do really is figure out who those malicious IPs are and ban them when it happens.

07:58
Okay, so that’s just like a little piece of code. I wouldn’t even call that an app. Yeah, a little piece of code, right. So that’s something that I’m going to use chat GPT for. So for example, I’ll ask it, hey, how do I what’s the command to, you know, figure out, you know, how many hits are coming from a specific IP address from the logs, and it’ll give me that piece. And then I’ll say, Okay, what is the command line to add someone to the to the firewall banlist? Right?

08:28
And then I’ll put all that stuff together and then I’ll make a cron job. A cron job is something that gets run like every five minutes or whatever, right? I’ll put all that together, the different pieces and that’ll be the code. could I potentially type all that in a chat GBT and tell it what I want and have it spit out something? Maybe, but the problem with code is there’s a 5 billion ways to do the same thing. Right. Right. And I want a specific way to have it done.

08:56
Yeah. So what I think is interesting is that last spring, so March of 2023, we were ECF live, which is the e-commerce conference. And then May, we were at Seller Summit, our e-commerce conference, and we both had AI talks. And one of the messages that I feel like was given over and over again was understanding what prompts to give.

09:23
an AI tool is actually the most valuable part of using the tool. And it sounds like what you’re saying goes right along with it because you have the knowledge of code. You can give chat GPT or another tool the right prompts to get what you need. Whereas someone who doesn’t understand anything about coding might not be able to ask the right questions to get what they want. The answer is yes, but it just depends on how complex the problem is. So let’s say for example,

09:53
that you want a way to add a new email address to Klaviyo just kind of automatically through your server. instead of, you know how we always have these talks where like Shopify is rigid in this way and you things were done a different way. Well, you could tell, you can have ChatGBT for example, say, hey, write a piece of code that allows me to add any arbitrary email address to Klaviyo on my server. And I’m pretty sure it would do that correctly.

10:24
But I do think knowing how to ask it is probably the key for almost anything with AI. Knowing what to ask it and understanding the output in the case of coding is… I’m just trying to think right now of my experiences using it. And it never spits out the thing that works out of the box. Right, exactly. It always is iterations. Okay, so… Even output stuff that’s wrong. I’m like…

10:52
sometimes I feel like it’s a human. I’m like, hey, what about this corner case that you didn’t think of? Right? I go type that in and he’s like, oh yes, the bottle go, oh yes, you’re correct. That case will not work. Well, like, why the hell did you? So my brother did a whole exercise with a chat GPT about feelings. And he basically started out with, hey, are you sad today?

11:18
And it responded with, I’m unable to be sad. I am, you know, whatever. And then he’s like, but blah, blah, blah. And he went on and he basically did like a 40 or 50, like paragraph exchange, trying to see where it would end up when you talked about something that obviously is impossible for a, you know, robot. Basically, it was really interesting. I think he posted it on Facebook or something like that. But yeah, I, don’t do enough of with AI to like get a wrong answer.

11:48
as far as usually I’m like, give me a better title or and sometimes the titles aren’t the titles I want, but they’re not necessarily wrong. You know, it’s just not exactly what I’m looking for. So I don’t I don’t get that as much. And then the other the other way that I always ask is to do the formulas for for Excel and Google Sheets, which I feel like I don’t really know if they’re wrong, because I didn’t know how to do them to begin with. Well, here’s something that a lot of people are using for that.

12:15
that works, like let’s say I want this object on my website to spin. Yeah. When like the cursor hover over it. That code you can probably just cut and paste straight from chat GBT. Yeah. So let’s, we’ve been talking a lot about chat GBT. That’s the tool that I use most often. I don’t use it nearly as much as you do, but I’ve just started using it more frequently based on a tip from you in one of our lessons a long time ago, probably a year ago.

12:43
is I’ve been using it to create scripts for YouTube videos. And I will say I’ve been very impressed with the speed as well as the quality. I was expecting the quality to be terrible, but I think because I’m actually using my own content and having it turned into a script, the content’s amazing, obviously, because I wrote it.

13:07
I can see yourself patting yourself on the back. Like, wow, who wrote that amazing stuff 10 and a half years ago? But I will say I’ve been impressed because I’m not, so I’ve used it occasionally for emails, right? Where I need a starting point. In fact, I was doing an email a while back and I wanted five tips for an amazing kid’s birthday. And obviously you could write a thousand tips to have an amazing kid’s birthday. So I wanted just like a resource of like, okay, give me an outline and I will write, I will fill in the blanks.

13:36
So when I put it into ChatGPT, it took three or four iterations to get more of what I wanted. However, then I could take that and actually build it out into content. But when I was importing my own content in there and then asking ChatGPT to turn it into a script, I was actually very, very impressed. And then I asked it to extend the word length, right? Because for a YouTube video, you want it to be a little bit longer, and my blog posts in general are not.

14:04
They’re not the three, four thousand word blog posts. They’re usually about a thousand words. I asked, I asked, I sounds like I’m asking a person. I asked you have GPT if I could go to the store. So then I asked it to extend the word count about 500 words. And you know, it’s probably a lot of filler words and things like that in there, but it did, it did the job. It got me to like 1750 words for a post that I think started out as a thousand. So I’ve actually been pretty impressed with using it to take my own content and turn it into a script.

14:34
Yeah, so I do that with my posts. I have the opposite problem with my post. You have to shorten them. Right, so they start out as 5,000 words or whatnot. And so if I just feed that as a script, oftentimes it’ll come out with something that’s the same length or sometimes even longer. I have the paid version. Are you using the paid version? No, I’m just using the free version. Okay, yeah. So the paid version has much longer…

15:01
Yeah, limitations, which, I think the unpaid version is perfect for you because you’re not trying to create something really long, right? So I have to go through that script and actually, I usually go through my blog post first. Okay. And I’ll truncate the stuff that I think doesn’t need to be in there because YouTube videos have to be more concise and compact. let’s talk about the paid version because I haven’t even researched that. How much is it and what are the benefits? And I know you were talking a while back.

15:29
about how you were actually willing to pay for this because you thought it was worth it. Yes. And you know how hard it is for me to pay for something. Yes. That’s why that’s why it’s like, let’s tell the people what you’re willing to pay for. Yeah. So it’s I think it’s 20 bucks a month still, to be honest with you. I don’t even check the bill, but it was 20 bucks when I signed up for it. OK. And I just find that Chad GPT-4 gives better content. And it’s hard to say and it’s subtle, but it also gives you access to all the plugins.

15:59
So with the plugins, you can actually have it browse the web or there’s a lot of built-in things in there. Talk more about the plugins if people aren’t familiar with it. Okay, so the main one that I use, which is the web browsing plugin, I can’t even remember what it’s called because they keep switching, but I have them all turned on. So if I say, hey, go to this URL, grab this and summarize it, that saves me the time from going out there and cutting and pasting something in there. Gotcha. Yeah.

16:29
We think we don’t know the exact price of that, but it’s about 20 bucks a month. other plugin that I sometimes use and I taught one of the lessons in profitable online store was there’s this Amazon plugin. Okay. We can go, you give it an ASIN and it’ll go and summarize all the reviews and tell you what people are complaining about. Saves you some time, right? That’s a really good one. Actually, if you’re an Amazon influencer and you’re working on scripting product reviews, that’s actually a really good tool. Yep.

16:56
Because one of the things that one of the tips that we give people for doing these product review videos is that you want to either look at the reviews or the questions and make sure you answer those in your product review, because that’s going to make people more likely to watch your whole video as well as click through and make a buying decision. Yeah, so it’s little things like that. And the plugin library is pretty big. I haven’t tried, you know, I’ve scratched the surface of the plugins.

17:25
But yeah, the web browsing one and I’d say the Amazon ones are the ones that I’ve used the most often. Okay, one of the questions I had for you because I know for a while you were really big on using mid journey to make images. Yes. Are you still doing that? I am not using mid journey as often because I so the real answer is, is because I just pay someone to make images for my blog now. Okay.

17:54
Before when I was doing it myself, I was like, oh, okay, great. I don’t have to use deposit photos or anything anymore and I can get an exact image. Now I just have my red or do it. So I don’t even have to touch it anymore. I think mid journey is fun to play around with, but it’s really tough to get it to output what you want. So this is where I feel like there’s a big disconnect.

18:19
between like images and text for AI. Because I remember when you talked about mid-journey in the course, I was like, I don’t have time to do 16 iterations of an image that I can just go get for 99 cents. Like to me, that didn’t seem like a good use of my time. Now, for some people, like if you’re really, if you’re like shoestringing it, then yeah, use a free tool or go take your own photos, whatever. But to me, the writing part, like for me to turn a post into a script would probably take me 30 to 45 minutes at least.

18:49
whereas using ChatGPT took me five. And then editing probably another five to seven minutes. So to me, the image part, I just felt like the images and they looked, it’s kind of funny. people will post on Facebook like photos and I’m like, you totally AI’d yourself, like admit it. You don’t look like that in real life. So I don’t know, I feel like the AI images have just an AI look about them. I don’t know what it is, you know.

19:17
And I feel like some of the images, like especially in mid journey, just like they generated some weird stuff. There’s other image generators that are supposedly as good or better than mid journey, which I haven’t experimented with. I do know that there’s there’s the reason why I was playing with it as much as I was was I wanted to create lifestyle images for my products. Yeah. And so you can actually have it create an image as a basis for an image that you give it. Yeah.

19:47
and have it, you know, use as a, create a background for it essentially. And it can work. just, it just takes a couple of iterations. Yeah. Actually, I think our friend Dale was trying to do this for his products. Do you remember his comment? I think a couple of weeks ago in the group. Yeah. He wasn’t real thrilled with sort of the end product. He was messing around with it, trying to put his spray bottles in different

20:15
But then he posted one where his bottle I think was floating in the middle of the ocean. I’m not sure what that was supposed to be. I think he said he was a little frustrated by it.

20:28
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

20:58
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

21:09
I don’t feel like I’m qualified to comment on it because I haven’t played around with it as much lately. Yeah, I played around with it a lot when it first came out and I thought it was super cool and fun. Yeah, there was something and you know what, come to think of it right now, a student asked me for this lesson, but I forgot to give it. But it’s really easy. Remember in the old days, like I used to superimpose someone’s face on someone else’s face. all that stuff is is pretty automated now. Yeah, if you want to do something like that. And

21:38
The reason why this came up in one of my office hours is because someone wanted to take photos with models of themselves, but they didn’t want to use the same model for every image. So it changes the face? So if you just change the face with the different poses. Make sure you airbrush that mom tattoo off your arm. So that was the theory, yeah. Yeah.

22:02
So yeah, I just feel like one of the things that I noticed when I was working in like Canvas AI and Mid Journey is that they can’t get the hands right. like I say lifestyle photos are probably gonna be much, quicker along than actual like full bodied humans. Now changing a face on something is probably a lot easier. In fact, I don’t know if you saw the ad for the new Google Pixel phone where it will let you take photos. then if you take, you know how when you take photos like in it you’re

22:32
you’re going to like your kids are dressed up for trick-or-treating, right? And you take like six photos, but like in one photo, one kid smiling in the next photo, the kids not smiling. You it’s like, you can’t get everybody looking at the camera at the same time. What appears from the commercial that I saw that like you can basically change faces from the different, like he looks good in this photo and she looks good in this photo. So we’re going to make the faces, you know, combine and it’s going to be a perfect photo based on a couple of photos. Oh, that’s interesting. Yeah.

22:58
What’s interesting also is I saw this commercial for DScript that I haven’t tried yet, but you know, and this is if you don’t want to buy a teleprompter. You can have it so that you’re looking at a script and just reading it from it with your eyes slanted. And then it makes it look like your eyes are looking at the camera. Really? Yeah. That’s weird. Like just your eyes change? works really well. So yeah. So you look at the camera like I’m looking at it right now.

23:27
But you have the script off to the side and you’re just reading it like this. But then in the AI, your eyes are normal. In the AI, it looks like you’re looking at the camera exactly. Like moves your eyeballs or something. I mean, that’s good tool for sure. that’s, although just by a teleprompter, they’re not that expensive. No, no, no. I was considering, you know, trying Descript just for that because sometimes a teleprompter is a pain in the butt.

23:55
Like I need this whole rig and setup, right? Whereas with this, all I need is a camera. Like I can do it just like here and just have it like this. Teleprompter is bulky. Like I bought a portable teleprompter just for that exact reason. But the portable teleprompter isn’t even that portable. You know what I mean? Yes, I think I’ve seen it. yeah. Okay, another tool that I have played with off and on and you and I disagree.

24:24
vehemently on this one is the Adobe Audio Enhancer AI tool. Yes, I love that tool. I hate it. So I don’t know what the deal is, but every time I try to use it, there is some in some point of the recording a 17 second garbled demonic voice that comes through in the editing. And I don’t know what it is because it’s not like there was something in the original recording.

24:52
But it’s happened like three times for me. So now I’ve given up, although I will say the rest of the recording without the demonic voices is very, very improved. Okay, so one thing you’re not telling the audience is that it only happens on your voice and the AI just brings out. Yes, it brings out. Your inner. The real me. Yeah, I think the quality of the audio once it’s run through there is awesome.

25:22
For sure. So I’ve used it three times in a published podcast. One time I used the wrong mic. I used my webcam mic and it sounded horrible and it made it sound great. Second time was for a guest that was taking it outside, like on the beach. I don’t know what they were thinking. There’s boats going by, planes, people like playing on the sand. Yeah, you’re like corn holes happening in the back.

25:50
Yeah, and it fixed it up and it sounded great. Okay. I can’t remember the third time it always happens when I Oh, I remember the third time was when I was interviewing a guy and there was like all this like mad echo where he was. He was like in a in a room where with no carpet or anything. Do you tell people go into a canyon when we do our podcast? Well, what happened was he was in the office. It was just kind of loud. So he’s like, Hey, let me just go to a quiet room. Okay.

26:19
So we went into a quiet room, which was like the size of a phone booth, I think. And there’s echoes all over the place. And it did a great job with that too. I have gotten the demonic stuff before. And I’m trying to think, I think if you feed it audio from like multiple people talking on the same channel, it will mess up more. But if you give it just one person’s audio, it works actually pretty, I haven’t really had a bad experience with it.

26:49
Okay. I take your word for it. So one tool that I have not played with, but I’m excited to mess with it is the Canva AI. It’s like Canva magic. I know Charles in our course has played around with it a little bit, but that’s one of the ones that I am excited about. Have you played with it yet? I haven’t. And mainly because I don’t do my own images anymore. So I’m only in Canva to download.

27:16
But I’m excited to look through it because I do want to talk about it with a course. I think it’ll be, mean, most people that we know use Canva already. It’s kind of their main design and editing tool at this point. And so I think that all the extra, I mean, Canva is such a cool tool in general. Like the more I learn about it, the more I’m impressed with just the platform in general. But yeah, that’s one that I haven’t tried, but I’m excited to try. So one thing that I’ve been looking into and haven’t put it into production yet,

27:46
is an AI tool that automatically generates B roll for your video. Oh, I haven’t heard about this. So one of the and this isn’t really a pain point for us because my video editor just grabs B roll from, you know, free sites. And then like I’ll I’ll film myself like typing or whatnot, you know, and give it to her. But what would be nice is if you just give it like a video and it just

28:14
I tried it. So the tool that I tried, I don’t know what it’s called now. It actually generates the whole video for you. You feed it a script and then it gives you images, B-roll and everything. And it just narrates and lays on top of it, your voice as well as like annotations. So what I was thinking to myself was, hey, this B-roll or the stuff that it chooses based on what you’re talking about is pretty good. So in theory, I could just download that clip and then just use those as B-roll in my YouTube videos.

28:45
So the tool to be explicit is not a B-roll generator. It is like a full YouTube video generator, which it doesn’t really do that great of a job, but it does pick pretty good scenes based on your script. So it’s good at matching what you’re saying with video. Correct. Yeah. That’s actually impressive because so much of, especially the English language is not real easy to do that with, right? Because we don’t speak correctly here.

29:11
Yeah, but to publish, mean, the goal of that tool is so you can publish faceless YouTube videos. I don’t think that’s there yet. Yeah, I don’t. I’m not a fan of the faceless YouTube videos, unless it’s a tutorial. either. There’s so much of that spam now on YouTube. Google must be having a problem taking it down. Yeah. So two AI tools that I have used and do not use anymore are the Clavio Subject Line Generator, as well as the Tailwind.

29:39
I don’t know what they call it, but they have an AI tool that helps you generate titles and descriptions. To me, it’s too much work. It’s easier to do it myself or use like ChatGPT than to do the 47 iterations. And for some reason, feel like Klaviyo’s subject line generator just gets it wrong. And it could just be the types of emails that I write and the clients that I have. But I feel like, especially if you’re an e-commerce, your brand is probably pretty nuanced.

30:08
Right? You have ways that you talk to your audience. And I feel like Klaviyo is not quite there as far as getting those nuances in subject lines. I’m pretty sure all those tools are just based on the same engine, right? So, you know, this is what I don’t like about AI. Like I was really into it for a little bit, but all of it just kind of goes into these large companies as engines, right? Everything that I feed it in ChatGPT,

30:38
is now chat GPT’s knowledge. It’s not like you can own the AI bot yourself. This is kind of why I put a halt on Stevebot because essentially I’d be sending all of my content that I’ve ever created, transcripts, everything over to Microsoft. It’s not like I own it anymore. So what about, we talked about the video tool that was doing the B-roll. You’ve experimented with, I think it’s called Opus.

31:07
where it turns your full length videos into shorts and you’ve been, they do a good job making the video, but the video does not perform well on YouTube. Okay, so Opus is something that if you feed in a video, it’ll take out clips that are interesting. I think it does a great job of that. Yeah. And I was thinking to myself, okay, great. I can just pump in one of my YouTube videos and it’ll automatically create me shorts for YouTube.

31:35
TikToks and reels for Instagram. And I tried this experiment for probably a full month and a half, two months maybe. And the videos, some did okay. And by okay, I mean like several thousand views, but most of them were like a thousand or less, I guess. And the reason why is because the tool can only do so much, right? It can pull out an interesting clip, but it doesn’t have a good hook.

32:03
Yeah. And if you do these short form videos, you know that the hook is everything. Yeah. So my new strategy now is to have the tool pull out interesting clips, which is the hard part, in my opinion. Right. And then I’ll just record like a two set at a five second hook for each one of those. Unfortunately, it means that I have to record something again, which is I haven’t gotten started with it yet. That’s going to go into effect this month.

32:29
So I guess the problem with that is, cause I was like, oh, we’ll just record your hook when you’re making the video, right? Just do the hook recording. However, the problem is if you don’t know exactly what they’re going to pull for the interesting clips, let’s just say your, your full length video is five ways not to get scammed on Alibaba, right? Like that’s your full length video. Well, if the clip pulls like all of point three,

32:57
and you make your hook on point one, then you can’t really pre-record the hook because you don’t know exactly what the tool is going to use. You know what? I was chatting with one of my YouTube buddies who was in my former mastermind group. And he was like, hey, you know what, Steve? Every section in theory of your YouTube video should have a hook to keep people watching. Oh, that’s true. So if you just adjust your script. So let’s say it’s five ways to whatever you just hit. Yeah, don’t get scammed on Alibaba. Right.

33:26
to not get scammed. So in front of each of those five ways, you have a hook into each of those sections. And that makes five clips. It takes more planning. I haven’t tried executing on that yet. But in theory, I think it would work. that’s true. Yeah, the rerecording part sounds like a drag for me. It is. So here’s what I’m. So right now I have my VA pull out all the opus clips in a transcript, throw it on a Google Doc.

33:56
And all I’m doing is I’m just adding a sentence hook to each one. And then I’m just going to batch record like 20 of them. You’re going to be like the radio, like, hi, I’m Taylor Swift and you’re listening to K92FM in Orlando, Florida. Exactly. But I think with planning, I could make my YouTube video more opusable. Yeah. Oh yeah. I think if you did it that way, I mean, it’s not hard to, you’re to quick change shirts.

34:24
Like, are you just going to wear the same shirt all time? I don’t care. I mean, this is why I dress the way I do, right? Same stuff. don’t have to think about it. You’ve given up on life. That’s why. I don’t know how you do it, Tony. Like, I rarely see you wear the same stuff twice. I know you just think that I have a plethora of clothing. Are you still doing Rent the Runway? I am. am. Although I think I’m going to pause it for a little bit because I don’t even wear to go. I don’t go anywhere. So it’s kind of silly. on camera though. you’re YouTube videos. Yeah, with the YouTube.

34:51
That actually that’s totally side note, but this is one of my dilemmas with starting up my YouTube for Happy Housewife is Rent the Runway is probably not the right clothes to wear on that channel. Why should you be wearing like beaten down clothes? Yes, yes. Can I have a prairie smock? And I just don’t think like designer dresses and shirts are probably the move with that audience. would personally it’s it’s like for me when I see someone

35:20
who’s like making a real or a TikTok who’s been married for like seven months and they’re giving marriage advice. It’s like stop talking or you have two toddlers and they’re like, here’s the parenting advice that changed my life. And I’m like, no, no, it hasn’t. You haven’t had a 14 year old girl. Like, so anyway, I’ve kind of feel like don’t, I’m not gonna listen to you when you’re wearing a thousand dollar shirt. Now, obviously it’s rented, right? It’s not mine. I didn’t pay a thousand dollars for it, but people don’t know that. So.

35:48
I feel like t-shirt and jeans is probably an appropriate… Well, I was thinking like your hair would be all disheveled. Right. I’m going to wear a bun, obviously. Just see if I can find a prairie hat. Glass is crooked. Yes. And then you come on. That’d be really entertaining. Anyway, that’s side note on that. But yeah. I like your idea. I think that’ll work. It takes planning. Yes.

36:11
I’ll try it for one of my next videos. Not all my videos are always like five ways to do this. Well, yes, I just was trying to think of one where you could potentially record the wrong way. Yeah. So any other tools for AI? You know, what’s interesting is that I, know, I never really thought of this as AI, but they brought it up in that session was like any to any time you’re using like many chat or the automated DMs. I mean, that’s truly like you’re using AI to communicate with your audience. I don’t consider that AI.

36:41
Really? And the reason why is it’s because you have to code in like the responses based on what how they respond, right? Yeah, that’s true. There is a way to combine many chat with real AI so they can have a real conversation. Interesting. This is kind of like way down on my priority list. Yeah, but you can have many chat, send an external request anywhere that you want, right? So you can have it send an external request.

37:07
through a little bit of glue code to open AI to chat GPT and have it respond it and then send that back to the person. Okay. In many chat. Interesting. Anything else you’re using? No, mainly for coding actually. Yeah. And then the scripting that we mentioned. Yeah. I use it for all subject lines and titles for my YouTube videos. So my go to prompt is write me 10 clickbait titles for this. Yeah.

37:37
and then I mash them all together. Here’s one thing that we’ve been using it for also, gift guides on Bumble Bee linens. Just having a VA go through Amazon pick out stuff that she likes and then just write descriptions for them. Interesting. Okay, I like it. Oh, that’s a really good idea actually. Now you got my… Well, I mean, it’s good for… Then you put the Amazon affiliate link in there. Right. Yeah, that’s a really good one.

38:07
So one of the ones that I told you earlier, I’d been using it to create formulas for Google Sheets, but there actually is a sheet GPT that I haven’t had a chance to, I started playing around with it the other day and then realized that it was definitely not high on my priority list. I was like, I can do that on a Saturday afternoon when I just want to like not get anything done. But yeah, I use it a lot for finding the formulas, which is nice because I basically just replaced Google.

38:32
Right? Like I, instead of Googling and waiting through it, the other thing is instead of waiting through 52 Google responses, right? And most of them are wrong or incorrect or not exactly what I need. Like chat GPT usually gives you the formula pretty quickly. I guess the last thing that I’ve been using or I shouldn’t say using I’ve been experimenting with is the Google search. Sorry. I can’t remember what it’s called. GSE. I can’t remember what generative search experience. Okay. You turn it on your browser.

39:02
And now the first entry in the search results is now an AI generated answer, along with links to posts where it actually grabbed that information from. I think the biggest problem with AI is you don’t even know if the answer is made up or not. Right. It still happens all the time. Even Bard, happens. I was surprised. Usually I use Bard if I want something that I know is factual, but Bard’s been spitting out all sorts of nonsense.

39:29
for some of the things, like provided I know a little bit about it. So with the Google search generative experience, it actually cites the sites. And maybe that’s a glimpse of what’s to come. Yeah. So one thing I thought was absolutely fascinating is I was talking to somebody the other day and they were telling me that they use ChatGPT for recipes. Like this is on a personal level. Like they say, give me a banana bread recipe, right, in ChatGPT. And to me it’s like,

39:59
What? Like I want a banana bread recipe from someone who’s made that exact recipe and it’s not going to be flat or taste like dirt or like that’s what surprised me. I can’t remember the conversation, but they weren’t alone in this. Like a lot of people are getting recipes from ChatGPT. And I’m thinking I would never get a recipe from ChatGPT because you don’t.

40:23
Like what are they doing? Just piecing together? Like, this is a basic bread recipe, so let’s add bananas. Like, I don’t know how they’re coming up with the information. Are they copying it directly off of a recipe site? Maybe. But that part I was like, no, I trust certain sites for recipes, like either because they, like on a recipe site, they have like ratings, right? Like 4,000 people have tried this recipe. And then there’s all these comments where like, well, I substituted this for that, or I added a half a teaspoon of salt or whatever. Like to me, that’s how you get a good recipe.

40:52
I can’t imagine just taking a straight AI answer for a recipe. See, that’s a great idea for a new YouTube channel, by the way. Oh, it is. I just had an amazing idea. I AI’d all these recipes, and you just try them on camera in front of everyone. talk about them. That’d be for a great channel. Yeah, OK, maybe I’ll do that instead. Well, that’s easy. You get endless content. Yeah, and maybe we’d have food that we can eat, and maybe we don’t. And then you make it really dramatic, like what?

41:22
They want to substitute applesauce for this. A bunch of faces like that on that. Yeah, that one surprised me because I feel like recipes are fluid, whereas a formula is factual, right? Or feeding in your own information and getting stuff back. A subject line is something that you can massage. And that’s what made me think of it is you said, you you take 10 subject lines and make one. I was, couldn’t think of an interesting subject line for the podcast yesterday about, um, we were talking about FinCon.

41:52
And I just was having like a blank moment and I couldn’t think of a good because we weren’t this. This isn’t the this is the episode we did before FinCon started. So we were basically talking about like why we attended this event and all the different like people we’ve met over the years and how it’s impacted our businesses and just nothing did it succinctly. You know, like I couldn’t get a succinct title. And when I started putting in prompts for the title, it was like, you know.

42:17
life changing, you know, what I was like, Okay, that’s what’s that’s too far. I love you PT. But that’s, you know, it’s you haven’t cured cancer for me. So yeah, I felt like I feel like, you know, you have to get 10 titles to come up with the one that you need. And so that’s why I feel like recipes is just crazy. mean, sometimes it takes me 30 or 40. And sometimes I got to switch it up. Yeah, but eventually I find something because it’s

42:45
It always comes up with language that I’ve forgotten that I should be using. Yes. Yeah. Like I used to have this cheat sheet, which I don’t use anymore. Yeah. Because chat GPT is now my cheat sheet. And I do like that it gives, because it did come up with some words that I was like, oh, that’s a really strong word. Like that’s a good word to use, but not the way they used it or it used it. I don’t know what, what, what’s chat GPT’s pronouns? Do you know? I do not know. I think what

43:15
You mentioned the experiment that Todd did. Yeah. I don’t know if it does that anymore. I think they took all that out of the he just I was going to he just it’s been the last month that he did it. Oh, really? OK. Yeah. Surprising. Yeah. It was it was interesting. I don’t know. I feel like, you know, we kind of started this year talking about AI and it was sort of this I think I think the title of the podcast is is AI coming for your job or something like that. And now that we’ve had a year basically of

43:45
using it, working with it, seeing how it works. I don’t know. don’t think for the people that were like, oh no, I don’t feel like it’s I think it’s going to affected people for sure. But it’s the same thing as like whenever, you know, they decided to figure out how to make a factory to fill a bottle of, you know, syrup versus people pouring it in with a funnel. Right. It’s just changes over time with new technology and inventions. I mean, we’re at one point right now. It’s just like dot com, right? The dot com bust.

44:13
All these companies went out of business in 2001 and then 2.0 came out and it was here to stay. think that’s where we’re at right now with AI.

44:24
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, if you like our style and you want to learn more about topics involving social media, YouTube, blogging, and building an audience, then subscribe to the Profitable Audience Podcast. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 504. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small and intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs, and learn a ton, then come to my event.

44:53
go to SellersSummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeCrewDrived.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

503: A Fun And Profitable Side Hustle That No One’s Talking About (No Traffic Required) With Liz Saunders

503: A Fun And Profitable Side Hustle That No One's Talking About (No Traffic Required) With Liz Saunders

Today I’m thrilled to have my good friend Liz Saunders on the show. Liz is someone who I’ve known for over a decade now, and she actually helped Toni and I launch the Seller Summit way back in 2016.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about a cool new side hustle that can make you over $100,000 per year and it doesn’t involve any investment in inventory or advertising.

What You’ll Learn

  • How the Amazon influencer program works
  • The easiest way to make Amazon affiliate revenue
  • A tool that helps you find video review opportunities on Amazon

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I’m thrilled to have my good friend, Liz Saunders on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about a cool new side hustle that can make you over $100,000 per year that does not involve any investment in inventory or advertising. And in fact, you don’t even have to learn how to drive any traffic at all. And I’m sure you’ll find this episode super interesting.

00:30
But before we begin, wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business

00:58
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. I personally hate large events, so the seller summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

01:26
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th of 2024. And right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur Yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab all my free bonus workshops on how to sell print on demand.

01:56
and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:15
Welcome to the My Wife, Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my good friend Liz Saunders on the show. Liz is someone who I’ve known for over a decade now, and she actually helped Tony and I launched Seller Summit way back in the day. She was the former chief of staff over at Jungle Scout. But today we are going to talk about a company that she recently started called Fluencer Fruit that helps to facilitate a pretty cool side hustle that involves making money from Amazon.

02:44
that does not require any upfront investment in inventory, doesn’t require any money for advertising. And you can just pick up your phone and get started right away. And you can make a couple thousand dollars a month or more. I think I’m sure Liz has some case studies where there people making a lot more than that. But with that, welcome to show Liz how you doing today. Hey, Steve, I’m doing great. Thanks for inviting me. It’s kind of fun to hear you like lay out our history like that. It’s like, oh, yeah, like it’s been a long time. And we’re doing a lot of fun stuff.

03:14
I mean, I just remember those early seller summit days when we didn’t know what the hell we were doing. And you had a background in event planning. So was very helpful. Yeah, yeah. And it’s fun, Tony. And I have kind of like leapfrogged like working in and around and like on each other’s events. And so that was a it was a good fit. Liz, you had a pretty sweet gig at Jungle Scout. Yes. And so I am curious, how did your entrepreneurial journey led to where you are today? Because you could have just kept that really sweet gig.

03:43
and lived a pretty cushy life. So it was really funny because a mutual friend of ours, right after I told them that I had left, sent me a text and he was like, congratulations, that’s so exciting. I won in. Whatever you decided that you would leave that cushy spot at Jungle Scout for seems really exciting. And I was like, yeah, I did this. And then I was like, oh my gosh, I left a really cushy spot at Jungle Scout to do this. It was like that moment of like, what did I do?

04:13
So when I started at Jungle Scout though, it actually like I met Greg at seller summit, right? So we can draw it all back to, you you Tony and seller summit. But when I met him, I was running my own company. So like from the entrepreneur side, right? I was doing like event logistics. I had a booking agency for sellers. I had just started selling on Amazon after taking your course and

04:38
You know, so when I started with Jungle Scout, that was where I was at. Like I did that because the season of my kids truthfully was in a season where I needed to come in off the road and I needed like a little bit more stability to my income. Right. And so spent six years at Jungle Scout and loved every minute of it. Like it’s such a cool team. was so much fun to be there from like person number 30 until like over 300. Like it’s very cool season to be there.

05:05
Um, but after I was introduced to Amazon influencer, like 18 months ago, I started seeing like this kind of blue ocean of opportunity still in the Amazon ecosystem, which is something I’m very familiar with. And initially I set it up as like, this is going to be a side hustle. I’ll do a Chrome extension. I can do this on the side. And then I was like onboarding people at seven o’clock in the morning and 10 30 at night. And I was like, Oh, I need to go do this full time. And so.

05:33
Greg and I worked on a transition plan together to go back. And so that’s kind of like the short version of how we got there, but that’s where we’re at. Okay. Well, let’s talk about this side hustle and exactly how it works. Cause I’m sure most of the people listening don’t even know that this business model even exists. So describe the business model first before we get into your tool. Absolutely. So Amazon influencer for the purposes of our conversation, I just always ask people whatever.

06:01
comes to mind when you think of the word influencer, I just want you to put it on a shelf for this conversation because the Amazon Influencer program is an offshoot of the affiliate program. So affiliates being the people pushing traffic to Amazon, but the influencer program lives on Amazon. So it’s content that is created by people who have been approved for this program. And we upload content, shoppable videos about product listings, shoppable photos, vertical shorts,

06:30
Amazon lives, like all of those types of content live inside the influencer program. But the unique thing is Amazon places these UGC content basically on product listings in the inspire feed, in the discover feed, and it’s all about products that exist on Amazon. So influencers aren’t necessarily driving traffic to that product listing, but we’re making

07:00
a small percentage off of traffic that already exists on Amazon. So it’s a pretty unique program. like to think of it like a reverse influencer because Amazon is actually driving traffic to your videos and you are getting paid for it. Correct. That accurate? I think of it as like slightly incentivized UGC. Yes. Yeah. Yes, which is actually becoming big and big bigger and bigger outside of Amazon as well. can just sign up and get paid to

07:28
hold a camera and just promote a product where you don’t have to post it on your own channels. The content is just sold. Liz, I know you were doing this before you started your company, Fluencer Fruit. How much are you making just doing this? You’ve made thousands of videos at this point. I don’t know what the number is. No, so I work with influencers that have done thousands. For my account, I use it more as like a test because quite honestly, like so I’ve done hundreds and my highest month was

07:57
over 1500 somewhere in that ballpark. And I do a lot of testing in my account. like, does it work to work with agents who are, you know, reaching out to you with exchange products? Does it work for vertical shorts or do the shoppable photos turn around? Like that kind of stuff, like which product listings do the best. And for last summer, I took like three months to see how passive of an income it could be. And I didn’t touch the account.

08:26
which is so much fun to play with, right? Like just, there’s so many ways you make money in the Amazon ecosystem that it’s just fun to kind of sit back and like play with it and see like how it all works together. So yeah, we’re at hundreds and a couple thousand in a month. And I’m curious, like for your largest clients, can you, I know you probably don’t have the exact number, but what is ballpark the potential that you can make with this at a passive level? Yeah. So my clients who are doing this full time and

08:55
I can point you to the YouTube channels because they’re even public with their numbers, but the ones who are buying with the intent to review and this is like their focus, they’re pulling between 10 and $15,000 a month right now. Wow. Yeah. That’s nuts. Okay. All right. So that sounds exciting. Yeah, it is. It’s very cool. What do you need to get started? So first of all, how do you even get accepted into the program? Yeah. So

09:21
there’s actually two different ways. And the one is like, if you go to the site, and you’re looking for apply for influencer, it’s a tick tock, a YouTube and Instagram or a Facebook following somewhere, Instagram and Facebook, they have to be a business account. So it can’t be like you and all of your friends, it has to be like something that you’ve built as a business account. But there’s a Facebook though, does a page count? Or does it have to be a group? A page counts, right? A page counts as long as

09:49
So the thing that Amazon is looking for, they don’t tell us like, you need a thousand followers. They tell us that we’re looking at your follower count and your engagement. So like when I look at a lot of pages, most people are not as active on their pages as they are in their groups, right? In your group, I think has to be public so that Amazon can actually see how much engagement there is. So there’s a couple different like things in there where it’s like, this is important, but like even with

10:18
Instagram, when I got approved with like 2700 followers on like my health and wellness food journal Instagram, right? But it’s really active. So like I have a lot of engagement. So it really is. I don’t want say it’s less about your followers because they don’t give us minimums, but we’ve seen people approved with pretty low follower accounts from an over like with the high level number of influencers that we have that have millions and millions, right, of followers.

10:46
you can get in with a pretty low number if your audience is very engaged. What does that mean exactly? What’s a high level? comments, like, we don’t have exacts in this, but I would even venture a guess of like, how much you’re posting. So like, if your last post was six months ago, but it was really engaged, probably still not going to be a fit. Like they want to see regular engagement with your audience.

11:14
What is the lowest number of followers that you’ve heard of someone getting in? So like through the grapevine, I’ve heard people like with a hundred TikTok followers who have had, know it like TikTok right now is the easiest way to get approved. Okay. Like the stories that are coming out of like people who have these TikTok followings that are super engaged. But if you think about it, engagement numbers on TikTok are really high right now. Like if the algorithm hits and finds you your audience, you can have a pretty low follower count.

11:43
and have a ton of comments, a ton of likes, decent number of posts, because it’s not as highly produced as some of the other types of content that are available, right? So, you know, that’s not a guarantee, because we’ve seen people with 100,000 people on a Facebook page get turned down. Huh? So yeah, I mean, 100 followers on TikTok, that’s like one video. Right? Right. Or potentially? Yeah. Yeah. Okay. So let’s say I have

12:12
you know, one of those accounts, is it just a matter of me applying on the Amazon website? Yeah, it takes like 10 minutes, I think, basically, you go through and you do like a single not a single sign on, but whatever the connection is in the back end. And they will approve you for the program almost instantaneously. So that’s like, in or out is like, as you do the application, basically, they must have some set algorithm then right? For what they look for? Yeah, okay. And do you have to submit one?

12:41
platform or can you submit like a whole bunch? You have to submit one, but you could retry with another if you don’t get in. Okay, got it. Yeah. All right. And then once I’m in, what’s the next step? So once you’re in, this is really interesting because they then you can create your storefront. So if you’re pushing traffic there, you can have a consolidated place for content. But the real money in influencer is made once you’re approved for additional onsite placements.

13:10
And in order to do that, you have to upload three shoppable videos. And then we just tell people like, upload your three and then walk away. You just have to wait for Amazon to approve you because that puts you into the queue to be approved for that. And that’s where you get product listing placement. That’s where you get inspire. That’s where you get discover. They’re now testing external placements. mean, like the placements that Amazon is testing right now is wild. Like you’ll

13:37
just look at something in your app and it’s like, oh wait, there’s my picture. Like it’s awesome. So let’s talk about these first three videos. Do I literally just find something that I’ve bought, pick up my phone and just start talking? Yeah. Yeah. Like I recommend in your like first three, just don’t overthink it. Like if you’ve got something on sitting on your desk that you can talk about, like this is my lion latch. This is what I use it for. And like just talk directly to the camera and like,

14:07
show the product, that’s like the best way to get started. I mean, am I giving it a review or am I just like talking about it? So that’s a great question. And actually people do both. So they don’t call them video reviews anymore. They call them shoppable videos. But if you think about like Amazon’s purpose or Amazon’s focus is always the shopper experience. So if you think about as a shopper.

14:34
What would provide value to you when you were looking at a video from somebody who already has the product? Are they answering a question that you already have or that you have before you buy it? Are they showing you like to scale how big the product actually is in their hand? Like we’ve all bought something on Amazon or somewhere on the internet where it’s like you thought it was going to be bigger or smaller and then it got there, right? Do you just want to see what’s in the box? So people do unboxing videos. People talk about like

15:02
quality, I usually try and include one piece of like, constructive feedback in my videos, just because I think it adds like a little bit of depth to it. It’s not like, oh, I’m just trying to sell you this. It’s like, this is something I wish it did differently, you know, whatever the case is. So it doesn’t have to be a review. I sometimes say like, I recommend this if you’re looking for this type of a product or you know, those sorts of things. So it’s just kind of like any of those things, whatever provides value to the shopper.

15:30
I mean, presumably these first three videos are in place and Amazon is judging you, right? Is it an approval process essentially? Yeah. So this is the time when Amazon looks over your content with like a fine tooth comb. So the less you have in there, the less they have to review, the simpler you can be, the better, right? Like, so give me some guidelines. How long should this video be? So Amazon’s guidelines are anywhere from six seconds and up.

16:00
Once you get, like I wouldn’t do a YouTube video, this is not 10 minutes. For your first videos, you definitely wanna be shorter. But I would say 45 seconds is kind of about where I recommend people hit. If you’re like me and you’re verbose, that’s gonna be tough. Just try and be concise and just talk about one thing that you like about the product or whatever the case is. For the people that have been rejected, how did they screw up? So the things that we see most often are like medical advice, like this is eco-friendly, that’s, or,

16:30
I forget what the one phrase is. It’s like eco-friendly or something like that that people get flagged for, even though it’s not medical advice. It’s like bio something. They don’t like those kinds of words. Personal information. Keep your background clear, right? Like as plain as you can be. Cause a lot of times Amazon’s AI like picks up like your address or a QR code or a barcode from like an old Amazon box, like all of that stuff.

16:56
Those are probably like the top two that we see like, and don’t mention pricing. Like it has to be evergreen content. So whatever you paid for it, the remember the seller can always change the price. So you can’t say anything about pricing, discounts, any of those things. How long does it take for them to let you know that you’ve been accepted? So this is so funny. Like, it’s kind of like we’re in that wild period where it just kind of depends. So like,

17:24
Currently when you and I are having this conversation two to three days. Oh, that’s pretty fast. Yeah. When I got approved, it was four weeks. That was a year and a half ago. The beginning of this year, it was eight weeks. It took so long. So, but now it’s like two days. I’m like, everybody should apply immediately and try and like get approved because two days is nothing like in the event that you get rejected. Are you allowed to keep trying until you get in? So

17:53
The onsite placement is a little bit different. Applying to the program, yes, apply as many times as you want. On-site placement, you have three tries and then you are done. So you have to be real cautious. That’s why I always tell people short, sweet, simple, just you and the camera and then one product. What was the other thing there? It’s like, and…

18:17
don’t upload more than three videos because if you upload five videos, then now they’re combing five videos. If you upload three, which is the requirement, they’re only combing three.

18:28
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

18:57
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

19:09
So you upload your three and then you just wait is what your advice is. Yep. Okay. All right. Let’s get to the fun part. Okay. So let’s say you’ve gotten approved. Okay. Do I just start randomly reviewing everything that I get or is there like a strategy to this? So there’s a couple of strategies, but of course one that I love the most. Um, so initially when you’re getting started, yes, just go around your house and look at like what you’ve got and start creating content. Right? Cause as you know,

19:36
especially if you’ve not done this type of content, you just get more more comfortable as you go. And then as you get better at it, there are things on a product listing page that help you know if that page is set up for a creator content. And so as an example, this really changed the way that I shop for items around my house, right? So if I look at a product listing page, I know that in that upper main carousel,

20:04
there’s the opportunity for a seller to have a product video. If they have a product video, it creates a pop-up video carousel. In that pop-up video carousel, there are six open spaces for sellers and influencers. So if the seller has uploaded that, they basically unlock that upper carousel, my videos that are in that top carousel do eight times better than my other videos. So.

20:31
Number one thing you’re looking for is that upper carousel that’s not full. Okay. And I’ve seen those carousels. They can have like five videos in them, right? Or more. So it’s six between brand and influencer. Amazon is currently also testing customer videos down below. Okay. But those don’t impact that top six spots. So basically if I’m looking at a product and I see that the entire carousel is full,

21:01
Do I pass on that product? Not necessarily. If you already have it in your house, my advice is always make the video. They’re not that long. They don’t take that much. If you’re buying something and you’re comparing two listings and one has a full carousel and one has five open spots on the carousel, I’m going to air towards the side of the one with five open spots. So in the event that the carousel is full, like, can you overtake those spots? Yeah, potentially.

21:31
Yeah. And do you happen to know how that works? No, we have guesses. mean, I can tell you kind of like, sure, anecdotally, I think it depends on how well you convert, right? So Amazon wants the people who are providing the most value for the shopper that gets them to make a buying decision as close to the point of purchase, right? So what we see is sometimes people will call it like the newcomer advantage, like Amazon, if you upload a video will test you.

21:59
this is what it appears like will test you against the other influencers that are in that carousel. And if you convert better, you’re, you know, they will keep you up there. So there are ways to do it, especially if you create really quality content and you can provide that value for the shopper better than somebody else. I think that’s how you win the carousel. So when you first publish a video, you will get some exposure, even if all the carousel spots are occupied.

22:29
It’s a possibility. I have to say that because Amazon controls all of the placements. So 99 times out of 100. Yes, I get an initial placement that sometimes I keep and sometimes I lose, right. But there are a couple like even that I uploaded on Saturday that it’s like I uploaded 17 and of the ones that had placement like, or had the ability to be placed, like eight out of 10 of them had placement the next day.

22:58
Right. Okay. So it just kind of depends. But then I have a my best performing is my hero skew, right? My best performing products. I’ve been on that upper carousel for the better part of 18 months now. Is that the tent? It’s the tent. It’s my shade tent. But I will check occasionally I fall out of the carousel. But then I have so far been consistently put back, I think because I convert really well there.

23:28
So let’s talk about the exact content then, because I imagine there’s like a strategy for creating the content that converts. Do have any tips there? My best tip is to be yourself and to answer questions that you had before you bought the product. Right. OK. Because ultimately, like if you try and push everybody into like some like do these eight things like it kind of like then that’s when we start seeing like, oh, people are playing the system. This stopped working.

23:56
right? Whereas if you just show up and you answer questions, or you speak to an FAQ on the page, or something that like, you know, different this differentiates this product from like another one that you looked at. That’s where it really becomes authentic. And I think that’s what Amazon is going for is they want that UGC of people who use the products. So do you want to be opinionated then? Or do you just want to be neutral? I would be neutral. Okay.

24:24
I think you can say things that you like. Like I will give my opinion, but I wouldn’t, I guess I would say yes, you want to have an opinion. I think when you say opinionated, I think of somebody who’s like, this is the best thing ever as opposed to like, this has been- Well, that’s what I was getting at because if you want someone to actually buy the product, right, then you’d probably want to focus on the positives and say, throw in a negative there, right, to get them to buy it. Does Amazon continue to monitor the quality of your videos after the initial approval?

24:55
So yes, they do. So like I still get occasionally when I got the other day was rejected because I didn’t realize like there was a license plate in the background, right? I had to go edit that out, right? So there’s still screening for those types of things. There are things that are terms of service non-compliant that we are seeing people get away with right now. And so I will say like, there are things that I think the AI misses, but I believe in Amazon form,

25:25
Kind of like when we see on the seller side, it will be like, oh, terms of service around written reviews, and they’ll do like a big sweep, right? I think we probably have a couple big sweeps coming to the influencer program for some of those things that like people are getting away with, but are not terms of service compliant. So yes, and there are still ways that people are getting around it. I mean, what I’m getting at is there’s no way to get unapproved, right? Once you get approved.

25:52
So we have seen people have their accounts suspended, but for terms of service violations, not for like, not for anything else at the moment. Okay. You have to be trying as far as I’m concerned, like just blatantly. Right. Okay. And then I’ve noticed when shopping on Amazon that sometimes the videos are horizontal. Sometimes they’re vertical. What are the guidelines there? So Amazon has in the past,

26:21
pushed for like the horizontal full commentary on the product. know, those videos that I would say just stereotypically land between that like one and five minute mark. But then in December of last year, they rolled out the Inspire feed in the shopping app. And when they did that, because it’s intended to be on your phone, right? Like they started asking for vertical short content. content that is under 30 seconds, so between that six and 30 second mark, and that’s shot vertically.

26:51
So now they ask for both, but for different purposes, but you’re still seeing both types of content surfaced in all of the different locations. My guess is that when Amazon has enough content to fully populate all of the different placements, that they’ll start pulling that apart where your horizontal content will only show up on your product listing pages and your vertical shorts will only show up in like the inspire feed.

27:19
So can I just film a horizontal clip in 4K and then just cut it to be vertical and submit the same exact video? Okay. And that works fine. Yeah. I would say if you were going to do that, that you just want to make the vertical one shorter. So you want it to clip so that it moves a little bit faster for like, if you think of like scrollable shopping, like TikTok, Instagram style. Right. Okay. All right. So I did want to ask you this because this is what Fluentz or Fruit is all about. Like, how do you find these options?

27:48
opportunities, what are your guidelines for these opportunities that so you already mentioned like if the carousel is not full, great. Right? What so am I just like clicking on each product and looking at the carousel? Or are there any other guidelines that? Yeah, total number of influencers on the listing makes an impact, obviously, right? Because if there’s already 10 influencers there, it’s much more competitive to try and get that top converting spot around that 4.4.

28:16
rating is about where I can mathematically tell you I can see my performance on that listing do better. There’s a couple other things like is it a sponsored listing because obviously if the seller is driving traffic that helps me in like the ways that I’m showing up. But to your other question like am I just clicking in and out that’s actually why I built Fluencer Fruit right because that’s what I was doing like every time I went to buy something.

28:41
I was like clicking into the listing, looking at all these things, seeing like weighing the pros and cons of like, well, it has open spots, but it’s not rated as high. And so I created Fluentzorfruit, which is the extension. So all of that information is pulled onto the search results page and it’s scored. So it’s a weighted score based on how much each of those factors impacts that product listings profitability basically, or how it performs. All right. So

29:11
If you wouldn’t mind, let’s enumerate some of those guidelines. You already said a rating of 4.4 or higher. You mentioned that you want to have at least a couple carousel slots open ideally. How many influencers would you like to see on the product at a maximum? a maximum, I look at two, but it kind of depends on how many brand videos there are. as the brand, you hypothetically could upload six videos and fill that entire top carousel.

29:41
Now I don’t recommend that because we know that UGC converts better, but sellers do it, right? So I’m looking at a combination of how many open carousel slots are there and how many influencers are on there. So like if I see that a brand has two videos and there are two other influencers, there are still two open spots on there. I’m probably good with that. My ideal is that there is a brand video only and no other influencers. And I can see that it sells pretty well.

30:11
Are you implying that you can submit more than one video per product though? Or is it one video per product? Oh, you can. Yeah. So like Amazon currently asks us for multiple types of content for each product. So like I’m doing right now a full shoppable video where we talk about the unboxing and the pros and like my constructive feedback in one that’s usually between like one and three minutes, right? But then I also shoot all of my B roll in

30:41
vertical and then just have it clipped into like a 30 second or less shoppable short basically. But both of those videos will show up in the carousel if there’s nobody else there. So you’re saying in theory you could occupy all of the carousel spots? Yeah, you just your videos. Yeah. All right. You know, one thing I forgot to ask you was the money involved. So in order to earn money from this, they watch your video.

31:09
and they make a purchase before any other clicks are made or? So we think that it’s last touch attribution. So if they watch my video on the shade tent and they make a purchase decision next, and that can be either the shade tent that I reviewed or it can be basically a shade tent competitor. So we have basically like a one click away.

31:36
related product commission. unlike affiliate where you have 24 hours of their entire cart, we get basically like related product within one reach of our content. What happens if I watch a video for your shade tent, and then I buy a 60 inch flat screen TV? Next click? Nothing. Not a related product for us. Unfortunately. What about like a picnic basket? I don’t have to be in the same category or you don’t know.

32:04
that they don’t tell us but from what I can tell from like the spreadsheets of like influencer videos versus like, it’s it’s got to be pretty much like, if I’m looking at my if I’m looking at my commissions, and I’m seeing things on there that I don’t have reviews for. It’s usually like, oh, I have this stepper under my desk instead of sunny health. They bought Nordic track or whatever the case is, or like I have a treadmill under my desk that I have a video for.

32:31
if they didn’t buy Go Youth, but they went and bought Nordic Track. Like they’re pretty close usually. So like I sell a lot of shade tents, whether they’re that shade tent or another one, there’s a lot of shade tents on there. What would have happened if you watched the video and then you clicked off and purchased together and you bought like three items, including that one. Do you get credit for the whole thing or just that one product? Just the one product. Just one product. question. I haven’t ever seen. Yeah, I think just the one product.

33:01
Okay, so in general, this is different from Amazon Associates, where you get the whole pot of the whole shopping cart. It’s just a single product. And it’s as far as you can tell the next click. Correct. Yep. Okay. Yeah. All right. Which if you think about it from Amazon’s perspective, I’m making money off of their audience. Right. So what I’ve always wondered, Liz is like, if someone clicked on an Amazon Associates link from someone else watched your video and then bought it, does Amazon pay out double?

33:30
So this is a constant like, debate in like the Facebook groups and everything. The truth of the matter is we don’t know. Both commissions come from that referral fee that the sellers pay when they make a sale regardless. So the answer is maybe both, right? Okay. But we don’t know. And then I wanted to let you finish because you said at first you were clicking around looking for products.

34:00
Tell us what what fluency fruit does. Yeah. So fluency fruit pulls all of that information that I know impacts the possibilities of how a shoppable video will do on that product listing and it creates a score and then it just basically pulls it all to your search results. So the cat, the extension will work on search results page best seller pages because a lot of influencers will go through the best sellers.

34:27
click through the subcategories, right? Looking for high sale options works on that works on your browsing history works on wish lists. like wherever you’re looking at, like what can I produce content for? It will always pull like the scoring as well as those does it have an upper carousel? How many influencers are on there? How many open carousel slots are there? Like to a place where it’s easy instead of having to like click in and out of every listing and then trying to remember.

34:57
And then in addition to like right underneath the listings, it shows that it also has a dropdown on any page you’re on that will score any products that are on that page. So if you go to a product listing and you’re like, this is close, but you you scroll down and Amazon has this one’s related, this one’s recommended, like it will score each of those as well. And then in the dropdown, it will pull all of that information into one place at the top of the page.

35:21
So basically, Fluent of Fruit just gives you all the potential listings that will maximize the chances of you hitting the carousel and making money. Correct. Yeah. What about as a seller? Let’s say I’m an Amazon seller. Does your tool provide any benefits? Like if I want more exposure to my product? So indirectly, if you were a seller and you just wanted to be able to peruse your competitors specifically and see how many like

35:49
influencers are showing up in different categories, you could definitely use it for that. The tool I think is really probably something that sellers would be interested in like what is there but it’s not necessarily that something that is going to or that is designed to help them specifically. Okay, the very interesting thing that I think about the influencer program in the way that it relates to sellers is more in like working with influencers, right? So like,

36:19
We’ve had this conversation, but if we start back in 2016, when incentivized written reviews were banned, and we draw a line all the way through, I think it brings us to here because influencers are FTC compliant, Amazon Terms of Service compliant. You can talk to us, right? Unlike Vine voices, you can have us like, tell us like, hey, this is the question I get most often, would you work with me on content for this product? Right? So

36:46
Like more than the tool, think the actual influencers are more interesting to sellers. Okay. No, that, that totally makes sense. Uh, I want to just kind of switch gears and talk about some success stories. I heard a story through the grapevine that people are getting in touch with Airbnb owners or brand new ones. They’re renting it and just going through and reviewing everything, putting it on. And that’s it. That’s their sole reason for getting the Airbnb. Yeah.

37:15
And then it’s a business expense, you can write it on it, right? And then you have a ton of content. Yeah, so I mean, I guess we still like the early stages of this. Yeah, I so there are a couple people who post about it, like publicly, there are a lot of people that have been doing it kind of like on the DL trying to like not let other people find out what’s going on. But yeah, it’s like

37:41
I think we’re still at the very beginning of this, right? If we look at Amazon holistically, but like the Airbnb thing, I think is really a cool opportunity. One, because it, you know, if you’re just launching an Airbnb, it gives you kind of like this other way to like work with influencers because a lot of those influencers are also like affiliates, right? So they’re not just creating on, on Amazon content, but maybe they’re also, you know, creating content around their travels a lot of times as well.

38:12
So it’s kind of an interesting way to work together. I mean, are there any creative ways that people are acquiring products without actually having to spend the money upfront for the product? Like if I want to do this at scale and I have to buy every product, that kind of sounds expensive because I can’t foresee making my money back right away. It’s more like an investment, right? Yeah.

38:34
So there’s a couple of things. One, there are groups of people who are at the point where like the investment is worth it for them, right? Cause they’re running ROI and they have pretty solid numbers around how long it will take them to recoup their cost, right? So there is kind of like that level of influencers working on this. For somebody getting started, who’s like, okay, I’ve gone through everything in my house. Now, how do I keep moving forward? There are actually agencies that are working with

39:01
sellers and influencers specifically to match them, where it’s not like this, the seller will send the product for free and then you’re getting an additional commission for your on site content. So those are some of the ways. The other thing is, you know, once you get kind of up and running and you have some content under your belt, if you just want like products to kind of review, there are tons of agents that will send them to you and you can run it through kind of like

39:29
let’s call it the fluency or fruit scoring system, whether you do that with the tool or without to make those decisions around, hey, they’re going to send me this product for free. Like, if that’s something that you want to do, I don’t think you’ll ever be at a loss for sellers or agents who want to send you a product for you to create content around. And you don’t have to be a verified purchaser in order to do this, right? No, okay. It can be something you bought at Target, as long as it has a

39:56
a listing on Amazon, you can create content for it. Okay. So if I were to just go to like a department store and just film the video right there for that product and just choose expensive products that wouldn’t work. That’s against terms of service. People do it right now, but it is against terms of service. I see. Okay. And in terms of just product costs, like I wouldn’t want to review like a $10 widget, right?

40:22
I would go into like the higher end. Is that a strategy or is that something you recommend or so kind of like, statistically, the people who are pulling 10 to $15,000 a month don’t spend a lot of time reviewing $10 widgets, right? Okay, like they’re, they’re reviewing things that are 100 500 $1,000 like regularly. Now, if you just thought, I can’t get up there, I don’t have stuff you’ve won, you have stuff in your house that costs that much, and you probably bought it on Amazon. But to neighbors,

40:53
Airbnbs. There was a trend, I don’t recommend this, but I’m going to call it out. There was a trend for a while where people were going to their like, you know, cluster mailboxes. Turns out you can also buy some of those types of equipment on Amazon, and they would go and review different like, ridiculous. I mean, like, but if you think about it, it’s like, it’s ridiculous. And also, like, it is a decent example of like,

41:19
Does the playground at your homeowners association have like equipment on it that you can review? Your kids play on it all the time. Go ahead and review it. You know what I mean? Like there are ways to record or to work with the products. They’re in that high end like echelon of products without having to buy them. Like I recently did a water slide and it’s like three to $5,000 and we were literally like out of friends basically. And

41:48
Like the kids are playing on this water slide. They’re like, come on, mom, I did it once. And I was like, I bet this is on Amazon. So like I filmed some video of us on it and then later did. But it’s in terms of sort of it, right? Like I have experience with this water slide, right? Like, first of all, it was awesome. That’s kind of what triggered it because I like legitimately loved it. But there are ways to like gain access to that type of product price point without being like, oh, I have to go spend

42:18
$5,000 this month, right? Right. Okay. That makes sense. And presumably right now it’s the wild, wild west. And if it’s anything like prior Amazon policies, they’ll probably crack down on this at some point. Yeah. Right. I mean, like you’re not allowed to show prices and you’re not allowed to do like screenshots of products, but we see a lot of like collages that are screenshots of products. The other day I saw an inspire video that was literally just screenshots with music overlaid of

42:47
product listings and it was like 10 things I should buy from Amazon. It was just like screenshots of the listing so they don’t even like, you know, that stuff’s all going away, right? Like we know Amazon well enough to know like that’s not gonna last but people are doing it. I mean, I can see some like mall employee working in a store just like doing these little films in the back closet for all their products. Make sure your price you don’t have a price tag on it. Yeah.

43:15
Yeah, no, I’m excited about this. Liz, where can people find out more about how to get started doing this and then more about your tool as well? Absolutely. So if you go to fluencerfruit.com slash my wife quit, I’ll have the resources all in one place. So how to get started. We’ve got a course coming out that if you have an audience will help you get started and up to the point where you are scaling your business.

43:43
and then also information about the tool there as well. Cool. Well, Liz, thank you so much. And I think this tool is good. And hopefully you quit that cushy job of yours for good reason. From your mouth to the universe here. Thanks, Steve.

44:04
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, if you want to try this cool new side hustle, head on over to Fluencerfruit.com and use coupon code MyWifeQuit50 to get 50 % off the tool. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeQuitOrDob.com slash episode 503. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at SellerSummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event.

44:34
go to SellersSummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

502: How To Make Your First $1000 Dollars On Shopify (The Easy Way) – Family First Friday

502: How To Make Your First $1000 Dollars On Shopify (The Easy Way) - Family First Friday

In this Family First episode, I walk you through everything you need to know in order to get your first sales on Shopify without spending a lot of money.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • The Bare Minimum That You Need To Have On Your Site
  • A Simply Traffic Strategy That Works
  • The Method Of Quickly Generating Repeat Sales

Transcript

00:00
For the past 12 years, I’ve worked with many new e-commerce store owners who are in my Create a Profitable Online Store course. And the number one problem I see with new Shopify store owners is the inability to get traffic to their websites. So in today’s episode, I’m gonna walk you through everything you need to know in order to get your first sales in Shopify without spending a lot of money. In fact, the strategies that I’m gonna teach you in this episode are somewhat unconventional, but they will help you make money no matter what you sell.

00:29
What’s up everyone, you are listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow yourselves. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. If you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses.

00:59
Now for the purposes of this episode, I’m going to assume that you’ve already figured out what you want to sell, you have some product in hand, and you already have a website up and running. And at this point, your number one goal is to drive traffic to your website and to generate some sales. And to do that, you need a marketing plan. But before we get into the details of that, the absolute first thing you need to do is figure out whether your website is good enough and trustworthy enough for the average consumer to want to buy from you. Now I’ve been teaching e-commerce for a long time,

01:29
and I’ve heard practically every complaint under the sun. Hey Steve, I’ve driven over 5,000 people to my site without a single sale. What am I doing wrong? Steve, I’ve gotten a ton of product views and even a few add to carts, but no sales. Well, here’s the problem. 99 % of the time, and I’m not even exaggerating this number, the problem is a poor converting website. If you’ve never designed a website before, your first iteration is probably going to be pretty bad, especially if you don’t know what to look for in a good website.

01:59
So I’m going to start by telling you the bare minimum that you need to have on your site. So first off, you need to have a phone number, a real physical address, and a free shipping policy for your store. Because when you first launch your online store, no one will have ever heard of you before, so they’re going to be skeptical that you are even a legit business. And the very first thing someone will look for is a phone number, address, and contact information. I guarantee it. If they don’t find this info, they’re probably going to bail.

02:27
Basically, people want to know if there’s a way to contact a real human in case something goes wrong. After all, you are an Amazon and people need reassurance. The second thing you need on your website are testimonials basically proof that someone else has actually shopped and bought something from your store in the past because people are like lemmings and they need to see that someone else has shopped in your store before they buy. So just go up to four of your close friends, give them some free product and have them write a testimonial for your store.

02:57
And for bonus points, ask them if you can use their photo on your site as well. And if you can get a friend with any sort of credibility or authority, even better. Then paste all these testimonials on every page of your website. Make sure that everyone sees your phone number and your address. And if you’re worried about anyone calling you at this point, don’t. Just get a Google voice number and just say something along the lines of, thank you for calling my shop. All of our operators are busy right now. If you need immediate assistance,

03:25
please send a text to this number or email this email address and we’ll get back to you ASAP. By the way, if you’re enjoying this episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Finally, make sure the product descriptions and the copy on your website is enticing. Think benefits, not features. Make sure you talk about why your store or your products are different and make sure people understand why they should buy from you and not the competition.

03:55
Now once you think your website is ready to go, it still probably isn’t ready. Go to PickFu and launch a quick poll. PickFu allows you to poll 50 random people about your website for about 25 bucks if you use the coupon in the show notes. All you gotta do is say something like, pretend you like the products in this store. Would you shop here? And do you find the store trustworthy? If not, why? Here’s a URL. And within minutes, you’ll get 50 people leaving you paragraphs of feedback. Now if the majority

04:25
If these random people find your store legit, you’re finally ready to start driving traffic to your website. But do not proceed to the traffic step until your website is ready. All right, so in terms of your traffic strategy, it really depends on what you sell. But one of my favorite free strategies for traffic is to find out where your customers hang out on Facebook. Now, most people don’t realize this, but there is a Facebook group for practically every possible topic in the world. For example, if you sell fishing supplies,

04:53
there’s a Facebook group full of fishermen. If you sell wedding supplies and accessories like I do, there are tons of bridal groups on Facebook. In fact, I challenge you to give me a product that doesn’t have a customer base on Facebook. Leave me a product in the comments and I’ll tell you where to find your customers. Now, once you’ve found some Facebook groups, you should join and ingratiate yourself within the community. And whatever you do, don’t just start pitching your products left and right or else you’re going to get banned. Instead,

05:21
spend three or four weeks answering other people’s questions and actually helping out others in the community. And if you’re active enough, the sysadmins will soon realize that you are an upstanding member of the community and give you a little bit more leeway as to what you can post. And then when you feel you are ready to start a light pitch, all you have to do is say something like, hey, I’m thinking about using these handkerchiefs for my wedding. What do you think of these? Oh, by the way, I have some extras. Let me know if any of you guys want them and I’ll give them to you for super cheap.

05:51
This strategy works extremely well for even the most random products. One of my friend’s 14 year old daughter was selling opossum pins. So she posted some of her designs in popular opossum Facebook groups. And when people loved her designs, she casually mentioned that she runs an Etsy shop and started making over a thousand dollars a month as a high school student. My wife and I launched our online store. I was very heavily involved in the wedding forms. And whenever a would be bride had a question about anything, I would do my best to answer her question.

06:20
In fact, I was like a mini encyclopedia of wedding venues, flower shops, gift shops, you name it, and I would help people in the community. And then sometimes I would casually ask what people were using as there’s something blue for their wedding. And then I would suggest some of our blue hankies. You get the point. This method and this method alone is enough to make you a couple thousand dollars a month. In fact, my friend Vivian Kay of Kinky Curly Yaki made over a million bucks by selling her hair extensions solely to women she found on Facebook groups.

06:51
Do not underestimate the power of community. The next method of quickly generating sales is by running a giveaway to collect email addresses. Now before you roll your eyes and close this podcast episode, I want to show you a very unique way that I run my giveaways where I can easily control when to start and stop my giveaway and ensure that it is profitable. Now the way I run all my giveaways today is through an evergreen Facebook Messenger giveaway. So what’s different about a Facebook Messenger giveaway as opposed to a regular giveaway?

07:21
Well, unlike a traditional giveaway, Facebook Messenger giveaways are completely automated and run on their own. As a result, you only have to set up your giveaway once and you can run the same giveaway as many times as you want. Winners are selected automatically and award redemptions are handled in an automated fashion with your shopping cart as well. So basically, Facebook Messenger giveaways are hands off and generate you both Facebook and email subscribers on autopilot. Now, in order to run a Messenger giveaway,

07:49
you first need a software tool like ManyChat to help you set up a Facebook Messenger chatbot. Now, if you aren’t familiar with the term, a chatbot is basically like an AI robot that runs your entire giveaway for you on autopilot. Basically, your chatbot is responsible for collecting emails, selecting winners and losers, and sending winners a link to redeem their prize. Here’s how it works. You first set up a Facebook Messenger ad to drive traffic to your Facebook Messenger bot. So for example,

08:18
Let’s say I’m giving away a personalized ladies handkerchief. For best results, you should always give away something that you actually carry in your store. That way, you know that people are actually interested in the products you have for sale. Now in the case of my handkerchief giveaway, no one would enter a personalized handkerchief giveaway unless they genuinely liked handkerchiefs. Now once someone clicks on the ad, they are taken to a bot, and once they click yes, they immediately become a Facebook Messenger subscriber, and then afterwards,

08:46
I immediately hit them up for their email address to complete the giveaway signup process. Now what’s nice about Facebook Messenger is that the email address is pre-populated on the screen, so no typing is required. This boosts the conversion rate for mobile users tremendously. Now after a user taps their email, they are presented with an enticing offer that is related to the giveaway prize. And done correctly, the post giveaway special offer should pay for the cost of running your Facebook ad. And the cool part,

09:15
is that for 23 hours, your chat bot automatically decides whether the customer wins or loses, and the odds of winning can be set however you like within ManyChat. For example, if you feel like you’re giving away too much product, just dial down the odds of winning. And if someone does win, they’re automatically sent to a special page to redeem their prize, whereas losers are presented with a consolation coupon. Now, depending on your offer and your audience, you can get new Messenger and email subs

09:43
between 25 and 75 cents a piece. Meanwhile, your special offers and your giveaway email sequence should generate sales during the giveaway, which should pay for the cost of advertising. But it doesn’t end there. Once you have their email, you should put them on a special email autoresponder flow that markets your products to a customer on autopilot. Here’s a hypothetical five email sequence. The first email can present them with a special consolation coupon to shop at your store. The second email can be your brand story.

10:12
and your unique value proposition. Basically, you’re telling people why they should buy from you. The third email can suggest bestsellers and product recommendations in your store. The fourth email can show off your testimonials and your social proof. And the fifth and final email can point people towards your social media channels. Basically, this email sequence should convert a percentage of customers, which will allow you to break even or make a little bit of money on your giveaway ads. Meanwhile, you are building a customer list essentially for free

10:41
that you can market your products to. And with just these two strategies alone, you should be able to make $1,000 a month with your online store easily. Now that you know how to generate your first sales, make sure you listen to my other Family First Friday episode to learn how to hit seven figures and beyond.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

501: Student Story – Making 7 Figures Selling Farmhouse Home Decor With JK Beaton

501: Student Story – Making 7 Figures Selling Farmhouse Home Decor With JK Beaton

Today I’m thrilled to have JK Beaton on the show. JK is a longtime student of my Create A Profitable Online Store Course and he runs a seven figure business selling home goods over at SaratogaHomeOnline.com.

In this episode, you’ll learn how he got started and how he continues to scale his ecommerce business. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • How JK made his first organic sale
  • A deep dive into JK’s home decor business
  • How to create a successful kitchen storage business from scratch

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I’m thrilled to have JK Beaton on the show. JK is a longtime student of my Create a Profitable Online Store course who runs a seven-figure business selling home goods over at saratogahomeonline.com. JK is an amazing person who I’ve hung out with on several occasions at the Seller Summit, and I’m happy to call him a friend.

00:28
and in this episode, you’ll learn how he got started and how he continues to scale his e-commerce business. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS,

00:53
Mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years.

01:23
If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th, and right now this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now.

01:49
My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:20
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my longtime student and friend, JK Beaton on the show. Now, JK signed up for my class back in 2017, made his first organic sale on July 9th, 2017. And today he runs a seven figure e-commerce business over at saratogahomeonline.com where he sells kitchen storage products. Now, what I love about JK is that he’s constantly learning.

02:48
and always willing to share his knowledge and he’s an open book. In fact, he often helps other people with manufacturing, sourcing and logistics as well. And I’m so glad that we had the opportunity to hang out at the Seller Summit these past couple of years. So in this episode, what we’re gonna do is we’re gonna take a deep dive into his business and learn more about how he’s managed to create a successful kitchen storage business from scratch. And with that, welcome to the show, JK. How are you doing today, man?

03:15
Steve, thank you so much for that great introduction. I’m doing great. Excited to be here and share with everyone. I’m so glad you resurfaced that Facebook post. I had a good chuckle when I saw it actually. Yeah, you know what I did a little reaching back into the history of the company in preparation for chatting with you. And that post came to mind. like, think that because I was thinking when was my first sale, and I brought it up and it was such a

03:45
trip to look back and see people who I call friends today. So Amanda Wittenborn and Natalie Mountor and you of course commenting on the post back then and seeing where things are at now. It’s, yeah. That’s amazing. Yeah. So just for everyone listening, I think you wrote something like you were jumping for joy at your first sale. I can’t remember the exact words you used. Yeah. It made me jump. Something like that. And I mentioned my son who was three at the time. He’s now nine.

04:16
I have two more children, so three total. so, yeah, things have evolved not just in the business, but in my own life outside of that as well. So JK, just please tell the audience about your store, what you sell, and how you got started and kind of like your motivations for starting in the first place. Sure. So I started, like you said, this business and it was late.

04:41
2016, we were vacationing, my wife and I and my oldest son, Pascal, in California, in Saratoga, close to San Jose. And I had tried to start, I think six businesses prior. And I was just recently licking the wounds of having my most recent business, an export-based business going the opposite direction, Canada to China.

05:11
not working out and I was looking for a different business model, something that I would have full control over. the motivation was really freedom of time. So freedom of my own time, freedom of time to spend with my family. love something I’ve always loved about the corporate world and that I continue to love is having a team.

05:40
Um, so I really appreciated having my team back when I worked in, uh, in corporates, uh, I always hear corporate America. in Canada, so corporate Canada. Yeah. But yeah, I always loved that aspect. So being able to continue that, but so that, the motivation was around time. Uh, there we were in, in California. I came across your content a few months prior. I think I subscribed to your, newsletter and I kept getting great content from you.

06:10
And your content and you resonated in a way because here you were, you were someone that was a bit like me. had two young children at the time. I had my son, I had my daughter on the way. You had gone from working full time to transitioning over to doing your businesses full time. And so I found that inspiring and also relatable. thought, you know, here’s Steve, great content. I think I can maybe replicate.

06:38
what he’s doing to an extent in my own way. And you set out a path. So yeah, I signed up, signed up for a mastermind group, a focus group that’s been incredible, those experiences as well. And one thing, so just to kind of put a bow on the story. So being in Saratoga, one of my lessons in my previous attempts to start businesses was

07:08
that I thought too much about trivial details. you know, so it became the placeholder. Saratoga Home was always meant to be a placeholder brand name. I thought, I don’t want to spend two months thinking about, is this brand name good? Should I change it? Should I get a focus group? Should I ask my family? So, yeah, so it’s stuck and over the years,

07:37
I heard great things about it. People seem to have, know, they, yeah, so they, the good connotations to the name Saratoga. Um, and as for the product, the first product I no longer have, it was an oversized party ice bucket. And I chose it purely based on the numbers. So I went based off your criteria at the time. It seemed like it would work. I thought, let me give this a try.

08:07
And yeah, and that was the first product I sold on what was it July 9th, 2017. Just curious, you were working full time when you started, right? Correct. And what were you doing? And how many hours a week were you working? Just curious. Yeah, sure. So I was working for a large university in Montreal in a management position in student recruitment.

08:36
So international student recruitment, which saw me traveling worldwide three months of the year. So I was working in the office, you know, my 35 to 40 hours a week, but then I was also traveling extensively throughout the year. Okay. And then you made it work though. How many hours were you devoting to your business in the beginning? So I tried to be disciplined and at least an hour or two a day. Okay. So my

09:05
My thing was do an hour or two a day do what’s right in front of you. And then the next day do the same thing. And then just rinse and repeat. Nice. Let’s talk about that first product because in ice bucket, we actually have one in our garage. It’s a quite a big product, right? It’s not trivial. Was that into your consideration to do like an oversized product? How did you find your first manufacturer? How’d you get it made that sort of thing?

09:32
Yeah, no, you know, I wasn’t specifically looking for an oversized product. The price points made sense. So the margins, the keyword volume, the lack of competition or the competition that was there had products with lousy reviews or their listings were archaic. So it felt like there was opportunity there. I’m not.

09:59
I’ve had ice buckets in the past, but it’s, I’m not an ice bucket expert. But I became a bit of one as time went on and it, you know, choosing an oversized product as a first product did have its challenges. logistically, it was tricky at the time. Here’s a bit of a fun or sad story, depending on how you look at it. So for whatever reason, Steve at the time.

10:28
I was looking for a 3PL to help me receive these products in the States and then forward it on to FBA. And so I chose a 3PL in Ohio of all places. It’s like, you you have to get it all the way to the West Coast, put it on rail, and then bring it to Ohio. And on top of that, I had been talked into by the owner of that warehouse that it would be a good idea to send everything to him.

10:56
to help me kid it because it came in parts, right? You had the big bucket. Then you had the stand that was four pieces, four or five pieces. The stand was always a tricky part to get right quality wise. But all to say I was grossly overspending just to get it to Amazon in retrospect. I didn’t know that at the time. And so over the years, obviously I’ve optimized and we…

11:24
No longer have a warehouse in Ohio that we work with so today your 3p. I think is like right on the border, right? Is it in like Seattle? Yeah, so we have one in Vancouver, Canada that helps us with our Goods that come into Canada and then we have one close to LA as well. Okay. Yeah, how did you Validate this product before you started and what was your first order size? Just curious

11:55
Sure. First order size was 500. Okay. Validated purely based on the numbers. So I, one thing I wanted to be disciplined on looking back at my passion project slash business attempts from the past was that those didn’t really work out. And so this time around, I wanted to, it was just my own experience. I wanted to focus on something that I knew the numbers looked like it would work.

12:23
And I thought I had a good chance with it. And so that that was really the basis for that first product. And it continued to be for for subsequent products as well. remember how much you invested in that first product for this 500 years? Yeah, it seemed like a fortune at the time it was so landing the product, getting it kitted by that Ohio warehouse and to Amazon, I think it was in the range of around $8,000. Okay, for a single product.

12:53
Yeah, for a single product. And then when you listed it, did you do anything special to get that first sale? Were you running ads? Yeah. So I tried to create a better listing. So tried to create a listing I thought would out convert the competition. It was a unique product at the time before it started getting copied after a few months. And yes, we ran Amazon PPC at the time.

13:22
and that would have been how we got our first sale. Okay, cool. And then you mentioned you’re outselling it today. Is it because it got copied and the competition became fierce on it? Yeah, that’s part of it. was that the margins decreased on it. I think as my business sense got stronger, I realized it wasn’t that great of a product. And there was also the opportunity cost of, you know,

13:49
$8,000 for the initial order. So if you’re ordering a thousand, two thousands of these, have a lot of money tied up in it. At the time, I think the first year, the net margin was around 10%. So not a lot, right? So the thinking became, I don’t have a ton I want to tap into for my savings. So let me cut this product. It was tough. It’s tough cutting your first product.

14:19
but it allowed me to launch three more products that that all did very well. So these products that you have, and I’ve taken a look at your website and your products, are you designing those yourself or how are you getting them made and conveying the design that you want? Yeah, so it’s evolved over the years. In the first year, it was me taking a picture pointing out things with a program like snag it.

14:47
or doing hand sketches. I’m a lousy drawer, so I don’t know how they understood that at the factory level. And then being disciplined on sampling. So going back and forth on multiple iterations until they got it right. It’s evolved over the years. So we now have someone part-time that helps their professional product designer. And so we look at…

15:14
different aspects of the product. look at the functionality, we look at the aesthetic, we look at what’s out there. We heavily use polling, so A-B testing before we launch products. So it’s matured the way I’ve done it over the years. And it’s still one of the most fun and terrifying aspects for me in the business, because you want to get it right. And it’s fun trying to get it to the point where you think it’s right.

15:42
for polling and serving, are using PickFu or some other service? Yeah, we’ve used PickFu. We’ve also used product pinion. I like them both. Okay. And then in terms of the actual manufacturer itself, did you find your first factory on Alibaba? Yes, yeah, back in the day, it was through Alibaba. And has that evolved? Do you have a sourcing agent now? Or I know you you help people with it. So that’s why I’m asking. Yeah, that’s right. So it definitely has evolved.

16:12
So back in 2021, when the high pandemic sales were starting to come down, and at least in my space, in the home goods space, my major factory was cutting staff. And so they were cutting my foot, the rep that I had worked with for years had always appreciated you’re so detail oriented.

16:42
And he really knew the market. She had been in the space for decades, working in factories and trade companies, Western companies and Chinese companies. so it initially became, hey, would you be interested in consulting for us? I’d love to get like a behind the scenes take on what you’re seeing and how we can improve our quality and our pricing and our time to market and all that.

17:11
And it fast forward, it became that she was full time for us within a couple of months, we were testing it, it worked well for her, worked well for us. And so we leveraged that she’s been full time on the ground with our factories since, well, since she started in the fall of 2021. Awesome. It’s been incredible. Yeah.

17:38
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in ecommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

18:08
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show.

18:19
No, that’s cool. Yeah. I’ve looked at your products also, and I just did like a cursory look on Amazon. There’s actually quite a bit of competition. So how do you stand out? Is it just by nature of you constantly releasing new products? And I mean, basically what I’m asking is what would you say is your superpower with the product? sure, sure.

18:41
So it is a challenge. I’ll say that first off. It is a challenge to stand out, especially in the last couple of years. I feel the competition that’s come in has grown through the pandemic. put a lot of eyes on e-commerce. So competition has grown. We try to separate ourselves with our branding, with our packaging, with the unboxing experience where a lot of our competition

19:10
their boxes will ship out in a plain cardboard box. We’ll do a nice white box with a nice marketing insert that tells a bit of better brand story. We’ll look at differentiating our products in different ways. We’ve tried IP in the past. So we filed design patents, which are still pending though. Those take a while. Of course we’ve had our trademark since I think 2018, but it is tough.

19:38
on Amazon. think anyone selling on Amazon will know that. so we focus a lot on our product pipeline. So innovation. So getting new products out, realizing when old products need to be cut. So right now we have something like 10 products in the pipeline at various stages. We have three in production. If otherwise not all 10 of those will get launched.

20:07
good half if not more will get cut. But we’ve we’ve made it a focus to really really focus. Yeah, hammer down on on our product pipeline. Would you advise getting a patent? I don’t know. It’s I think I can’t fully speak about it because we haven’t gotten a completed patent back yet. It seems like a good idea. Because apparently through brand registry on Amazon,

20:36
there is enforceability around that. Maybe in our next conversation, I’ll loop back to that and let you know where things are at. What triggered it actually? Have you gotten attacked in the past or copied directly? Well, it was twofold. One was being able to put patent pending on our listing to dissuade competition from thinking we were low hanging fruit. That’s number one.

21:04
So I think in that way, it was probably worth it in itself. secondarily was using brand registry to help enforce our unique products on Amazon. So if someone’s outright copying our design, especially the aspects that we’ve patented, then brand registry should be able to step in and help out. Yeah. mean, have you taken advantage of that to knock off certain brands?

21:33
We’ve had varied success. So we’ve definitely used brand registry. We have some copyrights as well that we’ve used for images to, you someone’s outright copying our images. Usually brand registry is good at suppressing, not suppressing the listing I found, but suppressing the actual image they use. they’ll knock out image two on the competitor’s listing if that was the one that was causing trouble.

22:03
In terms of your supply chain, you mentioned you use a 3PL. A couple of questions there. So does everything get sent to that 3PL and then you kind of trickle it into Amazon? You know, it’s been an evolution. for years, yes would have been the answer. In the last couple years, with the market shift, we’ve been looking for ways to increase our margins. And one of those, especially now that

22:33
that shipping rates and shipping speeds and reliability have come back largely to pre-pandemic levels. We are now trying to hold more inventory with our warehouses in China and then send from China direct to FBA. So we’re skipping the 3PL, not giving them that chunk of the margin that we were before.

22:57
With that being said, that’s imperfect. So we’re also looking at a blended model, I’d say Steve, so where we have some inventory at the 3PL, especially for Q4. So 3PLs thankfully don’t charge Q4 rates like Amazon does where inventory will triple the cost of holding anything with them.

23:23
So yeah, we’re looking at a blended model, but the majority, I’d say 80 % of what we send now to the US or to Canada goes direct to FBA. Cool. And so when you say factory, I’m sorry, warehouse in China, is the factory holding it for you or do you have a warehouse in China physically? We have our factories holding it for us. Nice. How did you negotiate that in? Well, I think

23:52
In recent years, in our space, I’d say many spaces, we have some leverage as importers that we didn’t have before. Many factories are seeing their volume drop over the last couple of years. And so not just on price, but I think there’s different areas such as this, like holding inventory for you at low cost or at no cost that can be worked into your

24:22
your agreement with them and it’s been great for us. So that’s exactly what we’re doing. We’re holding inventory. It’s amazing for cash flow because then we put our deposit down and we don’t pay the balance until that inventory leaves their warehouse. Yeah, no, that’s great. That’s fantastic setup. I’m looking at your journey and you said you had that first product and your first sales. Things didn’t really pick up until maybe a year later. What caused you to turn the corner?

24:54
in expanding further? Yeah, exactly. Was it just more products? Yeah, yeah, it was more products. So I went from that ice bucket to learning my lessons from it. It margins weren’t great. Quality was difficult because of that stand, I just could not engineer it. So people would stop complaining about it. So I pivoted from that did my research.

25:23
again and found three products. was a set of storage baskets, three tier storage baskets, which still are selling to this day, salt and pepper shaker set with a caddy and a planter pot set, which we just cut. So went for those three products. That was a huge step for me at the time, going from the initial PO, I think that one was something like 20, $25,000, which, you know,

25:53
It’s like going to the gym. Over the months, you’ll be able to lift a little bit more, but it feels different because you still, every time you go to, just before you hit the button to transfer that money, you grit your teeth and you’re like, oh, this is I know exactly how that feels, yeah. What is your criteria for cutting a product? We look at profitability. I had thought about the concept of the lost leader concept.

26:22
I don’t think it really applies to an Amazon business. Exactly. Yeah. don’t think it does either. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Um, so yeah, so I don’t see a lot of benefit for having products that are, uh, that are barely profitable or in some cases not profitable. There’s again, opportunity cost, but over the years I’ve, I’ve really tried to increase my, my

26:51
understanding the financials of the business. And that’s been a point that we’re focusing on. Just curious, what is your threshold on margin? So threshold now it changes. now anything that’s net 15 % or less, we’re usually looking at cutting anything 15 to 20 % ish, we’re keeping an eye on. And we don’t cut right away. We’ll try to we’ll try different things to boost the product that we don’t.

27:21
It’s not fun to cut. Like you spent a lot of time developing those products and you have reviews and, you do have repeat customers coming back. Um, so we don’t take the decision lightly. We’ll usually try to position it differently. We’ll try a different approach with pricing with PPC. Um, but ultimately if none of that works, then, then we will cut and we’re trying to be more disciplined to do it quicker. Um, I’ve waited in the past far too long to cut products and

27:49
and lost a lot of money because of it. Yeah, I’m curious, what about just like raising prices and maybe taking a hit on demand, but still making it profitable and keeping that product in circulation? Yeah, we have tried that as well. And it does work, it has worked and continues to work for some products. And we’re fine with that. Like we just put in smaller POs, but there are other products where no matter.

28:16
what you try, it’s had the kiss of death and you can’t revive it. So it’s those products that we will end up cutting. But yeah, we’ll try pricing, we’ll try pricing up and increasing profit that way and seeing if demand maintains at least an acceptable level. So I know you have this website, Saratoga Home Online. I’m curious what your plans are with that. I assume most of your sales are coming from Amazon at this point.

28:45
Is that accurate? Yeah, that’s right. So we’ve for a long time, the website was secondary to Amazon. We’re turning a corner on that. We’re currently working on redesigning the site. We’ve been working on improving the SEO. I’ve actually been returning to your course quite a bit to examine some of those modules. And we’re looking at with the redesign site.

29:14
advertising on key products that are high profit for us and are well liked by customers as an experiment because we want to diversify off of it. We still like Amazon, of course, that’s what’s done really well for us and that’s our focus. But I’d love to build Shopify up to a lot more than what it is currently. Because the loss leader actually works quite well in your store. Because once you have that customer, you can just cross sell them a bunch of related things.

29:44
which isn’t really feasible on Amazon. You’re right. So that’s cool. Okay. So you’re so well, that’s one of your focuses is on diversification, probably because Amazon is getting pretty competitive or has gotten pretty competitive over the years. If you were to start all over today, what would you do from scratch? Would you proceed in the same manner? Go all in an Amazon first and the site or would anything change?

30:14
Well, I think time is part of it. So if you’re working full time like I was, you need to decide a direction that the website, so I would have spent more time knowing that SEO, blog posts, they need time to have an effect, right? So it would have been nice to have planted those seeds back in 2017 for sure.

30:43
But I was at the time I only had the hour or two every day. It’s kind of just how it worked out. I had started on Amazon. always had the idea to pivot somewhat to Shopify. But there was that time crunch. And the past three years, I’ve been full time in the business. So we’ve had have my team now as we’ve had more, more of an ability to to attack a few platforms.

31:14
So just coming from someone who hasn’t gotten started yet, what would you say was your biggest challenge in just getting started with this? Honestly, it was probably the habit building. So what I mean by that is finding the time and making the time no matter how I felt, no matter what was going on in my personal life, making it a priority and it’s easier said than done. I remember in the initial months,

31:43
I would come home from work, I’d hang out with the family, we’d have supper together, play with my son, chat with my wife, and then go to my desk and say, okay, now I’m going to work. And I would be an absolute zombie. I would be so tired. I had nothing in me, right? And that frustrated me for months, but I made it work. But it gets to a point where…

32:09
You know, you’re banging your head against the wall. I’m hardly getting anything done. I’m sitting at the computer for two hours. And honestly, my output is, is likely equivalent to if I had spent 10 minutes at a different time of day. So I, uh, I then started trialing, waking up really early in the morning, uh, before the family was awake before I had to go to work and giving myself the gift of having like the freshest time of day to myself, which previously.

32:39
I would have given to my full-time job in those morning hours, albeit a little bit later. There’s something, maybe the last thing I’ll say on this point, and I was listening to a podcast, was two or three years ago, and they were interviewing this really successful artist, I can’t remember her name, but, so the host asks her, what do you attribute your success to? And her answer was,

33:09
getting in the taxi every day. And she went on to describe what she meant by that was she was a New Yorker and getting the taxi was the most important thing to ensure that she showed up at her studio every day to put in the work. No matter how she was feeling, no matter what was going on, she would show up. Maybe the day wouldn’t be great. Maybe she’d only put in an hour or two of actual good work.

33:37
or she might be on fire and she would kill it that day. But it’s that habit of showing up day after day and getting the taxi. So I’d say to anyone starting out, get in your taxi every day, figure out what that means to you. And you’ll optimize over time, but try to build those habits where you make it a priority. because we’re all gonna run into the various challenges early on, but it’s that habit.

34:05
that is going to keep you going. And it’s not the inspiration that’s super fleeting at the start. we talk about your decision to quit your full time job? Because you had a pretty good job that paid a pretty decent salary, I would imagine. Yeah, that was a really tough one. That that was certainly one of the pivotal points. So it there’s also a story involved. I mean, I think in many things there is. So I met again, I was doing student recruitment.

34:33
I was on a trip in East Africa in Uganda and I was in a taxi with another, I sharing a taxi with another Canadian that was part of the tour and he happened to own his own flight school. But his background was selling on eBay and he had built up an automotive parts business and sold it and done really well for himself. So we’re chatting. The ride was

35:03
something like 20 kilometers, but because of the state of the roads, it took an hour and a half and it was the happiest hour and a half I get in a taxi I think I’ve had, where he was chatted and connected and we kept in touch. And as time went on, he offered me to come work for him on a part-time basis from home matching my salary, giving me more time to work on my business. So Steve, like I had envisioned it and I think many people do have like,

35:33
making a ton more than my salary and like just walking out of my job. All right, see you guys later. But it did not happen like that. It was more of a stepping stone. So that was in 2019, August of 2019. And then the pandemic happened as we know in March of 2020. Everyone in that flight school, myself included, got furloughed. Sales tanked at the same time in March when everyone was panicked and didn’t know what was going to happen.

36:03
And I still remember pacing the roads early in the morning thinking, oh man, I don’t have a job. My business has, has completely fallen apart. But the weeks past still started taking off. And I get the call in late June to come back to work. And I was able to say thanks, but no thanks. I’m going to continue full time in my business. So it’s truly in

36:30
It’s funny how life is, but that’s how it worked out for me. Interesting. Yeah, that was a great decision because home goods like took off big time. Like crazy big time after that. Okay. So these last years of questions I have for you are more catered to people who are just kind on the sidelines and they just want to know, you know, how other people have gotten started. So how much money did you risk getting started? Was it that initial $8,000? Yeah, it was initially $8,000.

37:00
What I liked about this business model is the worst case scenario I saw was maybe losing a little because ultimately if the product didn’t work out, as long as it was a quality product, I’d be able to liquidate it and not lose my shirt. So I might have lost time, but I still would have learned and grown from it. So I would say don’t quit your job right away while

37:28
unless you’re in your early 20s and you can eat ramen at home and sleep on someone’s couch. But I was in my early 30s and I could not do that. I had responsibilities. So keep your job going, build it on the side, make risks that are both a little uncomfortable but also acceptable to you. Because I think, we talked about like hitting the button on that PO payment is never gonna feel good. It never feels good, it still doesn’t.

37:58
And certainly the first time you do it, you feel like, you know, I hope this works out, but I’m not fully sure. on the liquidation. Have you ever had to liquidate a product and how did you do it? Yeah. So we’ve liquidated a good chunk of our inventory in the last 18 months because of the cease of pandemic sales. So much like the big, big guys like Target and Walmart,

38:27
been heavy on inventory, us little guys, the same thing happened. We had huge volume in 2020 into mid 2021. And we were all ordering to meet that volume. So it created a situation where everyone was liquidating at the same time to recoup cashflow when sales, sales dropped off. So we used a few different ways we’ve liquidated through Amazon, through pricing.

38:56
It’s probably our preferred way. We get the most back that way. We’ve worked with third party liquidators. That is the least comfortable way. You get the least back. But I mean, ultimately you have to look at your financials. There’s a cost of holding inventory, especially if you’re paying a warehouse to keep your goods. And so we were paying month over month for inventory that wasn’t really moving.

39:25
a tough decision to make, but a decision that made all the sense in the world. How long did it take you to make your first sale from when you started the sourcing process? Sure. So we started seriously looking at products in January of 2017 after thinking about it and going over the course initially in things late 2016.

39:54
I had a product in mind, want to say within two months, probably late February, early March, did sampling back and forth for several weeks, put the PO in, received the product in Ohio in June. I’m still kicking myself. I drove to Ohio, by the way. From where you are? Yeah. Oh my God. I was so dedicated just to make

40:23
sure that first order worked out. Yeah. Okay. Yeah. Yeah, from about February when we had the product idea hammered down. It was until July that it was ready for sale on Amazon. And on the sourcing side, have you ever actually gone over to China to visit your factories? Yes, yes. And I highly recommend it. So if

40:50
Ticket prices are a little high right now, but if you’re able to swing it, you will have, assuming you’ve never been, you’ll have the time of your life. People are super friendly, really welcoming. You will absolutely build a stronger reputation with your factories. You’ll go out for dinner together. You’ll talk about each other’s families.

41:12
and you’ll get connected on WeChat, which you may not have before. And for everyone out there, if you’re not on WeChat with your factory, you have to get on WeChat. Email is a thing of the past, I find with a lot of factories. Business is very much done on WeChat. So with our setup, Steve, my wife went back to China in June of this year. I remember it very well, because I was home alone with the three kids and had to manage that.

41:42
and everything. We started also on the side a boutique sourcing agency back in early 2022. And we’ve been working with a handful of customers between five and 10. So she went back to do visits for our customers. We did some training on the ground. We’re looking at hiring another person in China to build that out a little bit more. There’s a great event every year, is twice a year, the Canton Fair.

42:12
good opportunity for folks to go to China. It generally will be more expensive during that time because flights go up, hotels go up. So I’d say if, I don’t know if I’d go to the Canton Fair if you were brand new, unless you had, you were able to afford the trip.

42:36
but it would be a great trip to have for someone that’s in a slightly more mature business, maybe a few products in hand, they wanna meet more factories, they wanna get a sense of what’s out there. It’s funny, because the Canton Fair in many ways is how we got started. I mean, the first vendor we found was actually through Google, kind of randomly. But I remember that first trip to the Canton Fair, we came home with like a whole bunch of suppliers and new products, and that’s what launched the whole thing, and it was so quick.

43:04
It was so quick because everyone had their products there. We could talk to them. They even had samples made on the fly that got to us within two days. So I think yeah, it does. It is expensive. I would say you’re probably going to spend like five grand maybe. But I think that’s worth it. Just just from a time perspective. Yeah, yeah, yeah. No, that’s that’s a good counterpoint. If you have the cash to spend, take the trip. It’s gonna blow your mind. You’ll get a ton of factories.

43:34
But it’s I’ve also been to Ningbo or you you I don’t know it’s worth going to personally. No, no, no, I wouldn’t run. You’ve been? No, I’ve had friends who’ve gone but I’ve I’ve gone to you has a website. You will go. I just you just look at the stuff. It’s it’s the typical cheap Chinese stuff. Yeah, I’d say unless you have a business where I don’t know you you have a

44:02
you want to build a huge catalog of trinkets, it’s probably not the best place to go. Just curious, JK, have you looked at sourcing beyond China, like in Vietnam, India, and other places? Over the years we have, we’ve considered it. I think there’s things to be said. You know, there’s lesser tariffs comparing to China. We still keep coming back to China. We actually looked at sourcing in Mexico three years ago for some of our

44:31
metal based products. I had the dream of taking a straight shot flight down the East Coast, no time difference, to Mexico City and doing a couple days there and flying back. So that was really what was motivating me to look there. I thought, man, this would be so much easier. We’re under the free trade agreement that we have the three countries.

45:00
But ultimately, our experience was it was really tough talking to factories. They were not welcoming like China. They weren’t flexible. For example, getting our boxes made, our color packaging, they said straight out, we have no idea how to do that. We have no one we can introduce you to. Go figure it out yourself, which is very different than China’s, I’m sure you know where.

45:27
They’ll have partners they work with and they can kind of take everything and give you a final package product. Vietnam, I’ve had friends that have sourced from Vietnam. I hear good things. can be, I visited a factory on behalf of one of my friends in Vietnam. And what I’ve heard is it can be a little tricky getting in the door with factories. It’s not the same as China’s.

45:52
perhaps not as easy to find factories in China, in Vietnam as it is in China. I don’t think they have a site like Alibaba. Yeah, they don’t. Yeah. India, we looked at two. They have some, I think some great areas of specialization. Ultimately, we found for our product mix that samples we received and the impression we got was that we wouldn’t have that uniformity.

46:21
that we wanted across a thousand units. you’d have things were more handmade. There’s less of a formalized production process as we would get in China, which I think for some businesses definitely work, but for ours, it could not. Yeah, I think for your stuff, which is a lot of metal, I think India thrives in textiles actually. So we actually get some stuff over there. final question for you, JK, is I know there’s a lot of people listening that are kind of on the sidelines.

46:50
What advice would you give them to maybe give them that push to get started?

46:57
I would say do some journaling. Think about what this step means to you. Think about five years from now, what it could become. There’s a quote that I often reflect back on whether I’m thinking about my language learning or going into the gym to work out or my business is most people largely overestimate what they can accomplish in a year, but they underestimate what they can accomplish in five years.

47:26
So I would say limit your expectations for the first year. Go through the process. There’s a lot of great courses out there, including yours. Go through the process. It’s already mapped out. It’s right in front of you. Try to build that habit. Spend the time it needs to take. Oftentimes early on, it’s almost every day of the week where it can be, or you could build your own schedule that works for you.

47:55
dedicate yourself to the process and stick with it for at least a year, if not two years, because it can take time to see results and it did take time for me to see results. And then over time, you’ll optimize. Maybe the last thing I would say is, I think just in time learning the concept of this is so important. A lot of people will get worried when they’re in the product

48:25
concept phase about how much they’re going to have to, or how they’re going to bring their shipment into the US. And then they’re like, oh man, I to find the answer for this. I don’t know how that’s going to work. But truly, I think if you focus on just what’s in front of you, you’re not going to psych yourself out and you’ll be able to find the information, tackle that, take care of that. Over time, as the process extends, you will figure everything else out. So I think I would share that.

48:54
And I’m certainly open to communicate with anyone that would like to get in touch and I love the community, love the community that you’ve created Steve and the Facebook group and your in-person event. It’s been incredible. I look forward to being a long-term participant there. It’s been great. Cool. Well, JK, thank you so much for coming on. If anyone has any questions for you or wants to check out your products or needs sourcing help, where can they find you?

49:23
Yeah, so they can find me at jk at China product pros.com. Cool. Once again, Jake, I really appreciate you, you know, being in the class and helping out with answering questions and Facebook group. You’ve been very helpful. Thank you, Steve. Thank you for this opportunity as well. appreciate it.

49:44
Hope you enjoyed that episode. And if any of you need sourcing help, feel free to contact JK. And if you want to join my Create a Profitable Online Store course, head on over to profitableonlinestore.com. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 501. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton,

50:13
then come to my event. Go to SellersSummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and you’re sending the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

500: The BIG 500th Episode Twist: My WIFE Takes the Mic To Discuss Business Family And Life

500: The BIG 500th Episode Twist: My WIFE Takes the Mic To Discuss Business Family And Life

This is episode 500 of the podcast and I just celebrated my 20-year wedding anniversary so I invited my wife to come back on the show to talk about business, family, and life.  

What does it take to stay married for so long?  How does my wife put up with me?  Get the juicy details in this tell all episode.

What You’ll Learn

  • The secret to living a balanced life
  • Our 5 year plan
  • How to stay married for 20 years

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You are listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now I just celebrated my 20 year wedding anniversary and this is episode 500 of the podcast. So I have an extra special show for you today. I invited my wife to come back on to talk about business, family and life after 20 years of marriage. And I was actually pretty shocked by some of her responses and I think you’ll find this episode interesting.

00:29
especially if you’ve followed me for a long time. But before we begin, I want to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will lead with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business.

00:57
Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. If you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year,

01:25
We also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th. And right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

01:53
Plus, you can still grab my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:18
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast is episode 500. And can you believe that I’ve been running this podcast since 2014 with over 5 million downloads and counting. This podcast is mainly what I’ve been recognized for in the e-commerce space. And it’s been an amazing ride. Now, whenever I hit a milestone episode, I always like to do something special. And just a couple of days ago, my wife and I celebrated our 20 year wedding anniversary. Again, another crazy milestone. So I thought,

02:47
that it would only be appropriate to have my wife back on the show to talk about business, family, and life. And if you haven’t met Jennifer Chu before, she is the foundation of all the businesses that we run together. She’s a fantastic mom and probably volunteers for more school activities than almost any parent I know. And most importantly, she’s always available for both the kids and myself. Welcome back to the show, Jen. It’s weird calling you Jen. How are you doing today? I’m doing good. Thanks.

03:17
20 years is a heck of a long time. And I’ve gotten some questions from friends on Facebook and Instagram. And their main question was, what do you think has allowed us to put up with each other for over 20 years now? Well, when we got married, actually at our wedding day, you made a comment that I thought was appropriate. At first I didn’t, but the comment was,

03:44
you make all the decisions in this relationship. But I will decide which decisions are actually implemented. I don’t know if that’s actually accurate. But it’s true. I do drive a lot of the stuff. And then whether you’re on board or not, whether you’re board or not is what happens. Is that your answer? I don’t know what my answer is. Okay, you want me to give you mine first? Okay, I put up with you. No, no, no, no, no, it’s got nothing to do that. And we do fight. Yeah, right.

04:13
I think that the reason why we’ve lasted so long is because whenever we get into a fight and I know like one of us has been rude or whatnot, I know that your intentions are always good because you are the most considerate person that I’ve ever met and I don’t think that there’s like an evil bone in your body. So if you were to say something mean to me or yell at me or whatnot, I always know that it’s

04:42
Like even if you’re mean, you don’t mean it. So that’s why it works for me. Okay. Whereas like, I mean, it’s been years since I’ve dated anyone, but in the past, like I’ve always had like certain trust issues where, hmm, you know, I’m always wondering if that was malicious or not with you that never happens. Okay, I’ll take it. Okay. So do you have an answer? Are you just going to recite? I’m basically just going to agree that you’re very lucky to have me. Oh, God.

05:11
Okay, this isn’t an interview for me. It’s it’s it’s you. Alright, okay. So how about this then turn it around? For anyone out there listening? What advice would you give them to have a long and happy marriage? I think a lot of it is communication. You should also play to your strengths. I think everyone has different strengths. And we are really good about balancing strengths. So

05:38
with your spouse or your partner, you should find out what each person is strong in and then allow them to actually excel in that strength. Okay, so what would you say is your strength versus mine? I would say you’re the big idea person. Like you know, what will make growth or what will be overall good for our family, our family financially, for example, I would say my strength would be more of

06:08
Implementing. Okay, implementing. So I’ll tell you what I’m going to expand on what you just said. Because because I implement all of like the marketing and website. Absolutely. You’re more I’m a doer. You’re more of an operations person than I am. Yes, right. would agree with that. Because like I hate, you know, keeping tabs on all these little things that that happened. Yeah, I think to my fault is I think of the little things

06:35
a little too much where you see the bigger picture. And I don’t know who asked me this, but someone want to know who’s cheaper, me or you. Okay. I think we have difference of opinion. I think you’re pretty darn cheap, but I would say I’m very, very frugal too. So I will sometimes spend so much time to try to get the best deal and to try to get as cheaply as possible.

07:05
I think I will spend more money on certain things. Like I will like want to spend more money on vacations, for example, whereas you could totally go without vacation. Yes. So like in that regard, I think you’re cheaper just because it’s not important to you. Well, I do spend a lot of money on NBA games. Yes, that’s because it’s important to you. Right. So I think there’s a lot of things that are not important to you, in which case.

07:33
you will try to do as cheaply as possible. So I’ve changed my mind on vacations. And the reason why I didn’t like vacations in the past was because when our kids were super little, it was such a hassle. We had to lug these big car seats and they’d be upset at night or they wouldn’t sleep and that would just ruin like it wasn’t relaxing for me. Well, you were saying it’s not a vacation. Yes. It’s a what do you call it? A family trip. It’s a family outing. family outing. That’s right. Yes.

08:02
But now like the kids are older, like I actually enjoy the vacations. Yeah. Well, you used to not like to go to nice restaurants with the kids because the kids would just eat like, well, they wouldn’t appreciate it. They wouldn’t appreciate it. And then we would be like enjoying our meal. And then they would be like, it was almost telling them, Oh, eat your food. Like, and you’re like, you’re spending so much money on like this delicious meal and they wouldn’t enjoy it. Right. And they appreciate food. They appreciate food now a lot more.

08:31
Yeah, yeah, it’s funny things. Which phase of the childhood did you like the best? The way it is now or when they were younger or when they were in the kind of like the. I think each phase is different in its own way. I love the fact that the kids have opinions now, but that’s also something that it tries to move on. They have opinions also, but I really enjoy the time they are now because they are super excited about traveling now.

09:00
So when we went on vacation, they actually decided on stuff that they really wanted to do. And it was kind of fun to go to those activities also. I actually like this phase the best too, because they have opinions actually. It drives me crazy when I ask someone a question, they go, I don’t care. I don’t care. they still do that. They still do that. But my least favorite phase was probably the baby phase. Oh, there’s something about like they were just so cuddly when they were babies.

09:28
I really enjoyed like probably early elementary school age. Like I really enjoyed. Yes. Those are my favorite age five and on. Yeah. They were like so cute and you know, they were already potty trained. They start, you know, they could speak and they were just so fun. All right. Let’s, let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about the business since that’s what this podcast is all about. And we’ve been running it. This is our 17th year. Did you know that?

09:54
This is our 17th year running the, you don’t have to do the math. did the math. it’s 16th. 2007. Oh, okay. guess anyway, how do you think that you’ve grown or changed since running the business and quitting your job? Hmm. I’m definitely happier now because I didn’t like my previous job. Okay. I like the flexibility of it versus the old, my old job was not very flexible.

10:23
I think in terms of me changing, I don’t know. Do you think you’re a better worker in your own business versus the job or is there anything you miss about working a day job? I did like working with my my coworkers. really, I mean, even though I said I didn’t like my job, I really liked my coworkers. So if it wasn’t for them, I probably wouldn’t have lasted as long as I did. I worked with some really, really nice people.

10:52
I would say I probably care a little bit more. It’s my own like company versus working for a larger corporation. I think some of the stuff that we put up with in just the corporate culture was just really, really annoying to me. And I joke about it now because I just, just the amount of waste and time and money doing certain things. was just stupid to me. I think the issue with your job, honestly,

11:22
was that you didn’t work for a startup. You worked for a large, both your companies or all the companies that you worked for were large. So you probably got like a small task. Whereas almost every company that I worked for was a startup. Like EFI, I wouldn’t consider it a startup, but I was in a small team where I had ownership of a complete project. And then at Tensilica, I was, you know, it was 30 people when I started. So it felt like Bumblebee linens in a way.

11:51
I can definitely say it never felt like Bumble Bee Limits, my old job. But I wouldn’t say that I didn’t have a larger view because depending on which job it was, was a finance analyst. So as a finance analyst, I was a planning and reporting analyst actually. So I reported and planned the financials for certain business groups. And for Agilent, for example, it was actually a pretty large finance group.

12:18
So I felt like I had a good preview of what was going on in the company. So I’m wondering like, if you did actually join a startup, whether you would like that better. I actually miss my job in a way. I miss coworkers because when you when you leave and when the kids are in school, I’m at home alone here. Right. It’s kind of lonely. Yeah. Well, I must say, you know, though we have really nice customers, customer support is not something I love. So it

12:46
Working the corporate job was probably easier in that regard. So you just work with co-workers and you didn’t have to really respond to people complaining, for example. Here’s a question I’ve I’ve thought about in the past. Do you think you’ve gotten dumber since running the business? Probably. I think like that all the time, because the stuff that’s involved in running the blog, podcast, Bumblebee linens.

13:15
Honestly doesn’t require that much brainpower compared to what I used to do in the in my day job Right. So I I mean I probably got dumber But I think I think for example Like my skills in Excel have gone down for sure sure Yeah, whereas I used to be on that all the time and I was I used to have to analyze the data

13:39
So I still analyze the data, but you’ve created some really good systems. So I don’t need to analyze the data as much or as deeply as I did before, because it’s just done now. I think things that keep me on my toes is more of the stuff I do for the schools, for example. But some of that stuff is really just brainless activities also. It depends on what it is. I know for me, when I code now, it takes me a hell of long time. And just even thinking through

14:08
Maybe it’s because life’s so much easier now. Like I’ll type in something in ChatGPT instead of thinking about it. Or like if I have a question, I’ll just type into Google. And so I’m using my brain less because the answers are out there. Yeah, I mean, I can see that. I mean, I use ChatGPT also, but I use it more for personal stuff. Like, for example, if I want to write a thank you card, how do I do that in a simpler way? Because sometimes that just requires, I want to be thoughtful when I…

14:37
write a thank you card, for example, but I may not know the exact words to use. So I might use it as a launching pad. So it just makes everything so much simpler. ChadGBT, plan me a 20 year wedding anniversary surprise. Yeah. Yeah. So in an ideal world, maybe someday I want to start like some sort of SaaS company or whatever, but not until the kids go off to school. I’m curious for you though, what is the end game?

15:08
I think you’re leading. Well, I’m just curious. Because we always chat about how I could do nothing. Yeah. I could just stay at home and do nothing. Do still think that’s true? still think I can. I really do. I think I would probably maybe volunteer more in different activities, but I think I could easily just stay at home and do nothing. Well, volunteering is not doing nothing. I know, but… What would you volunteer for?

15:36
I don’t know, it depends. You already volunteer. I do volunteer, but the kids are older, so there’s less things that I would volunteer for. But I think maybe I would mentor somebody in high school. I don’t know. Let me ask you this question. How do you feel about college and the role of school going forward? Oh, I still think maybe it’s the Asian in me. still highly, highly

16:05
want our kids to go to a really good college, less so for the actual education, but more of the peer group and just being motivated. And I think it’s a softer landing spot for them to be like kind of transition into adulthood. Yeah, no, I, I, I full on agree with going to college and there’s a number of people who I’ve chatted with in business space about the importance of college. I grew socially a lot in college. I did too. I would say that

16:34
Well, I’m super introverted still but I think that in college I definitely got out of my comfort zone a lot and I made a lot of great friends but it definitely pushed me to be more social because I definitely was way way more introverted and shy in high school and when I was younger. And I’m thinking to myself I don’t use anything really that I learned in college education wise.

17:00
Even when I got my first full-time job, I didn’t really use any of that engineering knowledge, save for like one or two classes, I think. Yeah, I think I grew the most with actually jobs I had during college time. So, you know, I worked many internships and I also worked at a restaurant, for example. I think I had a lot of growth, a lot during that time. So I was also asked about like family dynamics.

17:28
And I’m curious what you have to say about this. Like, what is your role versus mine in terms of the family in the household? I think someone asked me the question too. I don’t know. I think we’re really good partnership. I think I take on a lot of the kids stuff, but so do you. But we take different, different aspects. Like you definitely are doing a lot of the kids sports and helping them like and driving them around. I think I’m more involved in the school aspect.

17:57
you know, like, for example, making sure that that they’re on track at school. So I’m probably more the tiger parent in terms of making sure that they’re getting good grades and everything. But I also feel like I manage a lot of our household finances, just the day to day activities of like everyday life. I mean, we both go grocery shopping, but I would say that I probably plan all the family vacations, for example. you know, handle all the finances.

18:26
I make sure everything’s paid for, you I guess you make the money, I spend the money. I don’t know. That’s true. But I do know one thing that I do know is that you’re always going to be frugal. Actually, one of the things I asked you earlier was why have we lasted so long? It’s because we have similar family values. Correct. We have similar spending habits. And there’s trust.

18:53
Absolutely. think if you were a spender and I was frugal, that would be a big problem. Yeah, probably. Right. And if we didn’t have the same philosophies on raising kids, I think that might be a problem. think that would be a bigger problem. Yeah. I think for example, like, even though I think you spend a lot of money on your MBA ticket, that’s like once in a lifetime. What I’m what my point is, I don’t say anything about it, because you’re so cheap in other regards, like

19:23
I know it’s important to you. Therefore, what can I say about it? Because it’s important to you. So it doesn’t bother me. So I’m looking down like this list of questions that were submitted here. Okay. People are just curious what you do day to day. It really depends on what day. it depends on Mondays are my busiest day. So Mondays I will. So let me take a step back.

19:52
Every day I drop off my son to school and then I go to work usually, especially Mondays. Mondays are my busiest day as I mentioned before. They’re explain why. Oh, okay. Uh, the weekend orders come in. usually we have a huge backlog of orders. That’s basically Friday orders, Saturday orders and Sunday orders. So Monday’s usually my busiest day. So I go in to help organize, like print the invoices, you know, run them.

20:21
embroidery like run the embroidery program so that we can start stitching it out. I make sure that we’re stocked on like inventory and I guess what’s the word? I’m sorry. I’m blinking. make sure Amazon stocked. Yeah, I just basically making sure everything’s on track. Nothing’s falling behind on Mondays. I typically will leave every day, maybe around. Well, I go to lunch and maybe around two o’clock and then

20:50
I usually take maybe Friday off. This is the… Actually, I take that back. This is for the most part for the majority of the time, but during Christmas time, I’m there all the time. So during Christmas time, say from early November to end of December, I’m there all the time. So when Steve says that I only work 20 hours a week, that’s true for the majority of the year, but it’s up for Christmas time. Except for starting Black Friday on, it’s like…

21:19
crazy. Well, actually, November, November, November, basically November on November to when we close in December. I’m there all the time. How many times you would you say that we have lunch together in a week? At least once, maybe twice. Right. And then we always have dinner for the most part for the most part. Yeah. Well, it depends on the kids schedule. Right. So a lot of the times we may not have the same schedule because one of us has to take

21:47
one of the kids to practice, for example, or there’s a volleyball game at the high school. Yeah. Yeah. Volleyball, in case anyone’s listening, like if you decide to do club volleyball, it is all consuming. Like every other weekend, I’d say we’re traveling somewhere for a volleyball tournament and then they practice three or four times a week. And it’s almost year round and it’s almost year round. It’s it’s nuts. Yeah. And since we have two kids in club volleyball, yeah, it’s and of course they don’t

22:16
they don’t overlap. So the schedules never seem to overlap. So we’re constantly driving them to club volleyball practices. This is a question that I never really asked you. I don’t think. Where do you see yourself in the business five years down the line? Like, do you plan on running Bumblebee for a while? I mean, no, I know I have my plan, but what do you know? I probably hope.

22:45
I hope not to be there in five years. Instead, what’s the plan then? Me sitting at home doing nothing. I’m joking. I’m joking. Okay. He’s looking at me like I’m crazy. I think, you know, we’ve had this plan and it’s granted a lot of my issue. I have a hard time letting go. that’s how you want to massing. Like, do you find anything fulfilling about running in public right now?

23:15
Right now, not so much. I’m more excited about what the kids are doing in five years time. So hopefully, you know, in the next two or three years, my daughter is going to go to high, sorry, go to college. And then my son will be going into high school. So I’m way more invested in where they’re going to end up in college. And that’s where my focus is, you know, so hopefully in five years time, they’re both in college. Yeah.

23:43
And at that point, I don’t know what I would do. So I mean, maybe I’ll go back and volunteer more doing other things. Or I don’t know if I will want to stay and do Bumblebee forever. Not forever. I mean, I guess we could sell it, although then I would need some sort of business as the foundation. To be honest, I don’t know if we will ever really sell it. I think we just ease me completely out and have someone else run it.

24:12
Yeah, it’d have to be someone who cares though. You know, there’s a lot of things on my list that we’re not doing. I know, I know. Because I know, I know you don’t want to do it. I can’t do it. I don’t feel like I can do it. But I think everyone pretty much knows that. And we’ve talked about this. knows. No, I think a lot of people know that, you know, at least I’ve had this conversation with multiple people. There’s a lot of things that we could do to grow our business even bigger. But

24:39
we purposely have kept things smaller so that it’s manageable within my timeframe. And also so that we’re not driving ourselves crazy because the kids are, you know, only with us for say five more years. So before they go off to college or move until we’re empty nesters, let’s just say. Yeah. So my answer to that question I just asked you was I do find it fulfilling because it gives me a reason to research all these cool things.

25:09
No, I know it’s totally fulfilling for you. But your question to me was if I find it fulfilling. Well, OK, so what what fulfills you? Let’s say the kids are gone. The kids aren’t a factor right now. Let’s say they’re already in college. What fulfills you? I I honestly don’t know. I think, you know, my focus has always been the kids and the family. So maybe who knows in five years time, maybe I’ll get more into, you know, the business. But what would you be into,

25:38
I know. think maybe I would volunteer and be a mentor to high school kids, or maybe I would go back to and teach entrepreneurship to kids. I’m not entirely sure, to be honest with you. I’ve never really thought that far ahead because my focus has always been on let’s get the kids into a good college so that they’re set for for life or not for life. mean, you know, they’re set. All right. So let’s let’s talk about

26:08
I don’t actually remember the early days, but if you could go back in time when we first started and let’s say we started all over knowing what we know today, what would you have done differently? Anything? Huh? Um, okay. Let me, let me rephrase this real quick. Back in the day, did you have fun when we first started this thing? No, you didn’t really. I, I, I joke. It depends on what, what time frame period in the very, very beginning when we were building this, was

26:36
exciting because it was like we were building something so I could leave, right? And I was really excited about being able to stay at home and do stuff. I never thought the business was going to grow as big as it has, like who knew, right? So, you know, I feel like we’ve built our business pretty well and I feel like it’s scaled up pretty well. So I don’t know if you feel that same way, but you know,

27:03
I’m very happy with our life. I’m like extremely thankful for our life. So I wouldn’t have necessarily done anything super differently. I think if we had to like in hindsight, I’m like, wish we bought another house, like multiple houses earlier on. But I think it was the best decision for us to move the business out of the house. Like that was a huge, big growth, right? And trusting people earlier on. I don’t know. Would you have moved it out earlier?

27:34
I don’t think we could have. So for people listening, we actually ran out of our garage for a couple of years. Four years. Was it that long? Really? I think so. Yeah. We had this like nice indexing system. Like the garage was in rows. We had racks. Yeah. I wish we had pictures of all that. So we didn’t take any pictures. I know. I don’t know why we didn’t think about taking pictures. I mean, even in our, when we were looking for a house to buy, do you remember how we were picking houses on where can we store the business? Yes, I remember that.

28:04
I mean, there was like, we picked this house because we are family room was kind of closed off so we fully live in one space and then have the business in another space. Do you remember that? Yeah, no, of course I remember. We almost bought this one house, which I thought was the ugliest house in the world. it was super ugly, but it had such a nice setup for the business. Yeah. So for all of you guys listening, you probably heard me say this before, but based on my wife’s personality, like

28:32
we optimize based on sleeping at night and in control. So for example, we actually just bought our warehouse earlier this year. I’m actually about to film that YouTube video giving you guys a tour because I think it’s, I think it’s time that we gave you a tour of the new house. But up until then the rents were getting jacked up and then you either pay the higher rent, which was increasing at like 30 % a year, or you move.

28:59
Right. Whenever your lease comes up, moving is a big pain in the butt. Correct. And now that pressure is all off. But we were looking for a very long time. So it wasn’t like we just all of a sudden decided, it’s kind of looking for that long. I was looking, you were looking for, was looking for a very long time. just wasn’t any warehouses in the size range that we want. was relatively affordable within a certain driving distance from where we wanted to be. But I was looking because I was seeing the writing on the wall where all the rent kept on going up and up and we were running out of space.

29:30
and our landlords were horrible. You know what’s funny is that I know you really well and I know that you’re super competitive. I’m not competitive. Okay, remember that time we did the steps test? Yes, we all have fit bits. then Jen decided to Well, you know, so it was the competition between my sister and my cousin and me. Right. So we had a competition on who could have the most steps in one day. I was very, very competitive that day.

29:59
And I actually went to Great America, which is an amusement park by us. And so my sister and I, I’m not very athletic, so they didn’t really take me seriously as a big competitor. So that day, while the kids were on rides, I just circled the park, like around and around. I would stay in line with them and then as soon as they got on the ride, would then walk. And then later that day,

30:29
If you don’t sync up your Fitbit to the Fitbit app, it wouldn’t count your steps. And so I purposely kept my phone away from my Fitbit so my sister and my cousin could not know how many steps I had. So they thought I was having a really low day. They’re like, oh, she’s not taking it seriously. So at the end of the day, at the last 15 minutes, I synced it so then I would show this huge increase.

30:58
Not only, okay, for people listening, my wife does not like to work out. So this whole step thing, like you walked all around good America and then you came home and you did the treadmill. I the treadmill for several hours. Yeah. I did 30,000 steps. you did like 35,000 steps. Anyway, that the point of this question had nothing to do with that, but you’re competitive yet when it comes to business, I don’t feel like you’re that competitive. No. Right. Like I see our competitors sometimes I just want to rock them.

31:27
Well, I see our competitors and I make notes on what I think we should do but I don’t implement that. Right. You go Steve, go implement that. Yes, I do. All right. Okay. Let me ask you this then. What keeps you motivated and inspired to continue on this journey? Our kids. Okay. But then when they’re gone, you’re not going to, when they’re off to college, you’re not going to be, and then it’s just me. Yes.

31:57
I don’t know. mean, I, to be honest with you, I don’t think that far ahead. I just think of, you know, the time that they’re with us. And that’s where I’m really just focused on. So I haven’t really thought really far beyond. It’s funny, because I’m like the I wouldn’t say I’m the opposite, but I think I know you’re you’re always very fortunate. have to plan ahead otherwise. Yes, I know. You’re for you’re very forward thinking.

32:26
I think I’m going be running this stuff for the rest of. Oh, I know you are. And I hope to be just sitting here. I don’t think you can pull that off. I know. I know. I feel like it’s a, I joke, but I think in general, like I, you’re definitely, I can see you doing this the rest of your life. I hope to not be that way. All right. Okay. Let’s say, let’s say the kids are off to college beyond.

32:55
financial success because presumably you want money so we can go traveling and do all this stuff, right? Right. Right. Okay. So what do you hope to achieve? mean, that requires money. So what do you hope to achieve after? I’m actually curious myself because I don’t even know the answer to this. Okay, let me me rephrase this question. If you saw me and I was at home just playing games all day and not doing anything, which is kind of like the life that you want after the kids go to school, wouldn’t you lose respect for me a little bit? No, you wouldn’t.

33:25
So if I just came home and you bought bonds and played games all day and everything else went to to crap. Well, if it would if everything went to crap, then we would have issues. OK. Right. But I don’t think I would lose respect for you. would be like, oh, he’s enjoying himself. Oh, OK. So you’re saying that I know I can never do that. I feel like if if we’re financially set. Like we don’t spend a lot, right? Right.

33:53
So if we’re financially set and you’re happy, which I doubt you would be happy playing games all the time. That’s true. wouldn’t. So if you were happy, I would be okay with it. I mean, that’s what retirement is for. Cause we don’t spend so crazy, you know, that we would have to worry about money. think if we had to worry about money, you would work your butt off. I would definitely work my butt off. I don’t think we would ever put ourselves in a case where we would be really worried. Yeah, that’s probably true. Okay.

34:23
The thing is, feel like really, I mean, we don’t have a lot of financial issues, but if push comes to shove and we needed me to work, I would work and do that. Yeah, it probably wouldn’t get to that point. OK, let’s switch gears because I want to this is our 500th episode. want to kind of reflect on our journey. What are some of the memorable things in your mind that you remember about either running the business or certain milestones that we’ve hit?

34:53
over the years. think so the warehouse getting the warehouse was really exciting. warehouse? Yeah, the first warehouse. I wasn’t that excited about that. Oh, really? I was worried. Moving the business out of the house? Yeah, I was worried about that. Really? Yeah, because it was it was like $4,000 a month or however it was. wasn’t that much. The first one was not that much. Yeah. But I was excited because

35:19
I felt like we could do so much more. I mean, I was working nonstop then. I felt like I was definitely working more because if you remember correctly, I would be like when it was at our house, I would print our invoices all the time and then I would check back and print more invoices. Yeah, but you to do that. I know, but it was like, I was like, oh, I’ll just get ahead and I will pack now. So tomorrow will be less work. But I felt like I was constantly doing that. So I felt like I worked more.

35:48
when it was out of our house, even though we had little babies, you know, at the time, I felt like I worked a lot because I was trying to get ahead. So moving it out of the house was really, really good for us. For you, for me, for me, it created additional worries because all of a sudden we’d have to pay rent on something where even if the business slowed down, we’d still have to pay that lease. Right. Yeah. So that made my life more stressful. Well, you are more stressed, but I think for us, it was great. I think, let’s see, the today show is

36:17
definitely memorable. Yep. I think anytime we got into magazine was pretty exciting. Did buying our warehouse was exciting. Getting our first employee was great. I think you know what stands out in my mind? What? The first time we got our first book order, I was just going to say that you were the first book shipment was really exciting. It was scary because you’re like, where, where’s this all going to go? I remember that person ordered a whole bunch of stuff and I was like,

36:48
Wow. This person must have. Oh, you know, you know what I’m talking about? So I was thinking more of us getting our first bulk shipment over seat from oversight. Oh, no, I was talking about our first order. Yeah, our first bulk order. I remember that lady actually. Yeah. Poor thing. It was this lady. Super, super nice. I took the call and she ordered it wasn’t even that large of an order. I think he was like, it was our largest order to date. It was at the time at the time. Yes.

37:17
So I think it was like 10 dozen. It was like several hundred dollars or something like that. Yeah. It was like at the time I think it was ten dollars, a ten dozen napkins plus placemats, plus towels, plus cocktail napkins. And I took the order over the phone and we used to pack. We used to pack. Do you remember we used to pack our packages, but we didn’t go through the product. Plus we just shoved everything in the. We just shoved everything in the box.

37:47
And we didn’t really go through the product that carefully. And so I remember, and at that time we didn’t have an inspector, like we weren’t getting our products inspected. We just kind of just like, I just recounted that I opened the package and recounted and just shoved in a box. didn’t even, we didn’t even package it nicely. And then the lady was so nice. didn’t complain because I had a huge conversation about this was our business and I was doing it out of our house. And, but I’m like,

38:16
You told her all that stuff? Yes, at the time, you know, we just had such a lovely conversation and the lady was so nice that she didn’t say how bad the product she didn’t complain. I kid you not. I still cringe at probably what we shipped her because it was probably really, really bad at the time. You know what else I think about? So early on in my engineering career, I got an offer at Nvidia. Yes.

38:44
I think to leave and it was that Nvidia’s all-time low stock price. It was like 11 or 12 bucks. Yes, and this is back in the year 2000. I want to say or 1999 or 2000. I it had to be later than that. Was it 2001? It was early on because I think we’re already married. think we were married. Yeah, we were already married. oh no, we were already married. It was before it was after we were married. Okay, so 2003 or 2004. Okay. Anyways, this is it was a good offer.

39:13
And I was gonna take it. Yes. And there was like a lot of stock, which would be worth a ton of money today. But no, I decided to stay at the company out of loyalty. Yes. And I think about myself, I wouldn’t have had to me to take that offer. Yes. You did want me to take that? did. I didn’t know that. Yes. Why didn’t you say anything? Because you loved your co workers so much. I wasn’t gonna tell you. I didn’t want it like

39:41
Influence you like you were happy with your job At your old company, so I wasn’t going to say anything I was pushing for Nvidia because it was such a offer and then it’s I think about it now and I’m like I was doing the math. I think we’d be So much richer. I think we probably three three to four X richer Yes, I think our lifestyle would be different

40:07
It would, I’d be still be working every day. You’d still be working. You’d be at home. I’d be at home doing nothing. And then I wouldn’t have any of this stuff that we have. I would be working. Nvidia has a reputation for working people really hard. So I probably wouldn’t be at home as much. Correct. It would be merely me doing everything. Yeah. So I guess I’m happy I didn’t take it because it led to this. I’m happy that

40:33
You wanted to quit your job. I’m happy that you hated your job. Yeah, I guess it all works out. It all worked out. Even though I was really skeptical the whole time. It’s skeptical about? I didn’t think that we were going to make that much money that first. Oh, no, I didn’t think. Do you remember our goal? was $5,000 a month. Our goal was $5,000 a month. Yeah. And we would have been thrilled. I would have been thrilled with that. All let me ask you You were the one that was like, okay, we have to have a higher goal. At least replace your salary.

41:04
Well, initially wasn’t even to replace my goals were always like driving you nuts. Yeah. All right. So how should we wrap this up? Okay. Let’s let’s try to be a little bit more inspirational because we were talking about how you didn’t want to do this and how well people out there listening for you know, I am extremely thankful for the lifestyle that we have. I feel like if I didn’t have this, if we didn’t have the business, we wouldn’t have this lifestyle. Either

41:34
we would be both working like crazy or our priorities would probably be different. In what way? What I mean by that is like if I, if we didn’t have the business, I think our focus would still be the family, but I probably would either be working and I wouldn’t be able to have such a flexible time or you would be working like crazy and you wouldn’t be around as much for the family.

42:04
So would that have been okay with you? No, of course not. I love the fact that we’re here for the kids as much as we are. Both of us. I don’t think they realize how unusual it is. They don’t. Right. They don’t. We like to tell them and remind them, but I don’t think they really realize it because I mean, even if they look at their friends’ parents, like, I don’t think they realize how much we do. Yeah. All right. Any words of advice for people listening out there?

42:34
I get you know, I get a lot of people who want to start a family and then they reach out to me going, hey, you know, I want I want your lifestyle or they already have kids. And they say, hey, I want to do this. I’m tired. I want to be at home with the kids. What would you tell these people? I think a lot of it is take action. Because if you keep on delaying it, you’re never going to do it. You just need to take some step to make it happen. Even if it’s a small step, because I see a lot of your students

43:05
that are really excited to start something. But if you ask them, they get caught up in all these little details that they don’t actually take any forward movement. Let me ask you a different question. And I’ve always wondered if I wasn’t around and you know how I handle all the tech stuff and whatnot, right? Would you still have gone this route or would you have gone a different route? What do mean? Econ versus something else? I would still do econ. You would still do e-commerce? Yeah.

43:35
Okay. But I probably be on Shopify. Shopify wasn’t around when we got started. Oh, I know. But I mean, just saying. It was hard when we got started. Yes, was nothing available. What I’m saying is, so I thought you said, wait, ask me the question again. We’re gonna start a business all over again. And you were the one who was spearheading whole thing while I was off working. I’m just curious, would you still because we had other business ideas at the time, right? You’ve still got e commerce or I know it’s hard to answer that question. But

44:04
part of the, like you didn’t worry about anything technical, right? So I’m curious, like, I would I would stick to eBay or something. Oh, you would stick to eBay. Oh, that makes sense. Yeah. We did, we did do a lot of eBay. Okay. So in the very beginning, I probably would have just kept with eBay. Yeah. Anyway, the reason why I’m asking that question is because people listening are sometimes afraid of the tech and I know you’re not really, you’re tech savvy for sure, but I wouldn’t say you’re a technical person. Correct.

44:34
I do think that we definitely have a leg up because you do know a lot of the technical stuff, but I also think there’s a lot of different e-commerce sites that people can use nowadays that would make it easier for everyday people. They wouldn’t do what we’ve done. They would pay money for it. They would pay money. But I do think, you know, sometimes when you talk about your students and, you know, it’s very obvious some people are not technical. Yeah.

45:03
I think some people should just go with the easier solution versus try to save the money. I almost always think that people should go with the easier solution, right? Because even if you’re confident about tech, like you see me, but my personality is like, I’ll struggle with a problem for weeks. And that’s all I think about until I find the solution. Well, yeah, lot of you also wouldn’t pay for a subscription. That’s true. Yes. Like you rather own everything. Like you would rather pay money.

45:33
a one-time fee, then have a reoccurring subscription. Right. And statistically, I actually enjoy this maintenance stuff. You do? Yeah. You get excited. I mean, you’re actually the most excited during that time. Even though it’s a pain in the ass to do certain things, you get excited. Yeah. Yeah. So I guess you just got to figure out what you’re excited about. But what would your answer be? What, if we were to do e-comm back in the day? Yeah. Of course, e-comm. It’d be something technical.

46:03
Okay. Or like maybe we wouldn’t have worked together. Maybe I would have just started like a SaaS company or something. I don’t know. I don’t think you would have been interested in doing a SaaS company back Back then SaaS wasn’t around. wasn’t popular. Yeah. That’s true. Yeah. I don’t know. It’s all behind us now. I mean, we chose e-comm. I think, I still think that e-comm is the right decision for a lot of people who want to make money sooner rather than later. Or service business. Or service business. And

46:33
If you have a runway, content has been fantastic for us. You’re not really that involved in the content side of stuff, but content is is the lowest maintenance, I think. Yeah. It just takes forever. Well, yeah. I mean, I, be honest with you, like when you first decided to do the blog, I was like, don’t understand it. Right. But now, I mean, now I do. But back then I was like, people would be interested in seeing what you write about. Like that was

47:03
I guess I’m like your mom in that regard, you know? Yeah. I actually, remember the, the, the milestone on the blog. made $46 in one day. Yes. You were super excited. super, was like, Oh, this keeps up. Yeah. This can cover the mortgage. Yeah. Yeah. Good times. Good times. Anyway. Uh, okay. So let’s wrap this up. Uh, if you guys are listening, we, it’s clear that we didn’t plan this episode.

47:32
We don’t have a script or anything. just kind of chatting. We chat a lot, but there are always some questions that I don’t get a chance to ask my wife just in everyday conversation. So it’s actually nice that we’re recording this podcast so I can actually ask some of these questions. I didn’t get the answers that I expected to get. Like which one? Well, like what do you plan on doing five years? I don’t want to do this business anymore. I think you kind of knew that though. I think we’re going to always have the business to be honest with you. Really? You don’t think we’re going to sell it?

48:01
No, I don’t think so. I think you enjoy and you need it for the content, your content. I think we might phase me out completely by hiring someone. Yeah. But I don’t think we would sell it. Yeah. I mean, the store is really a content goldmine. Right. All right. Well, that’s, that’s it for episode 500. I hope you guys didn’t think we rambled too much. I think we did. If you have any questions for my wife, like if any of you guys out there are having kids or whatnot and

48:31
and you want to talk to the less technical half, I guess, of this team, the ones who’s more operations focused and whatnot, feel free to send me an email and I’ll make sure that my wife gets it. Hope you enjoyed that episode. I still can’t believe that I recorded 500 shows and that my wife has put up with me for over 20 years. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 500.

48:59
And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. Go to sellersummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequarterjob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and ascending the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

499: How the World’s Most Successful People Turn Adversity Into Advantage With Ezra Firestone

499: How the World's Most Successful People Turn Adversity into An Advantage With Ezra Firestone

Today I’m posting an oldie but a goodie with my good friend Ezra Firestone, where we discuss overcoming adversity and how to stay sane running your business.

This episode is also a great precursor on why going to live events like the Seller Summit and taking part in masterminds is so important for the growth of your business.

Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • What happened at Boom that caused Ezra a lot of stress
  • How to stay sane running your business
  • What’s working in ecommerce today
  • Boom’s primary source of growth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. And today I’m posting an oldie but a goodie with my good friend Ezra Firestone, where we discuss overcoming problems and basically how to stay sane running your business. This episode is also a great precursor on why going to a live event like the Seller Summit and taking part in a mastermind is so important. Also keep in mind that episode 500

00:29
of this podcast is right around the corner and I have a special episode planned. But before we begin, I want to you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high level BS, mine is a curriculum based conference where you will lead with practical and actionable strategies

00:57
specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantities of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. Now, I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast, and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. If you are an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250k,

01:25
or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th. And right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon at 38 % off right now. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death.

01:55
Plus, you can still get my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. Go to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now onto the show.

02:20
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Ezra Firestone back on the show. And in case you don’t know who he is, Ezra runs a number of seven and eight figure e-commerce stores, a Shopify SaaS company called Zipify, and an e-commerce education company over at Smart Marketer. Now, Ezra actually recently spoke at my conference, The Seller Summit, about Facebook chat bots, and as expected, his talk was very well received. But what’s funny is that Ezra and I have known each other for many years, but we’d never really had an extended conversation.

02:50
until the speaker’s mastermind for my event. And after spending eight straight hours in a closed room with the guy, I started liking him even more. And he is a wise man well beyond his years, and he’s very personable as well. So today, Ezra and I are gonna talk about some of the challenges that he’s faced this past year with Boom, his e-commerce business, and whatever else we plan on talking about today. And with that, welcome to show. Ezra, how you doing today,

03:15
My wife quit her job podcast. Hey man, super happy to be here. And I just want to add to that that I hadn’t done one of those, you know, speaker masterminds where you kind of get in, you get together with a group of folks and you sit down for, like you said, you know, eight hours and you really just each person kind of goes through like what they’re struggling with and what’s going on and what they could use help with. And it was like such a cool format. I’m really sold on on that, you know, going forward. I really liked it.

03:43
Yeah, mean everyone was really open which I really loved and you know one of the attendees there like she was tearing up and I think I feel like we I know he you know who I’m talking about but I think we really helped her out a lot. Yeah, yeah, we had a couple breakdowns man. know, I think when when people get the space to actually kind of open up about what’s really going on it can be cathartic and healing and it’s you know, there’s not a lot of safe spaces, especially in the business world where there’s so much sort of

04:12
Posturing it was cool. was a cool thing you set up. So thanks for doing that Yeah, absolutely. And you know even I found out that you have problems, too It’s amazing. I have problems. Yeah, I know I mean listen I think that what’s interesting about like the struggles is in general when you’re experiencing sort of pain or struggle or Discomfort. I mean at the very same time usually some things are going well, too, and it seems to be this sort of like being able to hold

04:41
at the same time, both things that are going well and things that aren’t and how you navigate that intensity over time seems to be how well you do at business because I can tell you for sure, there’s always something that’s like not doing that great in one of my brands, know, or something that’s scary or Shopify is gonna, you know, kick out the replacement checkouts or whatever the catastrophe or chaos is at the moment, it seems to be constant, you know, and so I really do think it’s about how you react to it.

05:09
Absolutely, and it’s actually comforting to know that other entrepreneurs are facing similar issues. It just makes you feel better. Yeah, totally. Ezra, last time you were on the podcast was four years ago. Four years. Four years ago? Yeah, you were one of my first guests. I was just kind of looking back at the at the analyst. Wow, I’d like to go back and see what we talked about then. That’s kind of fun. I have no idea. I didn’t listen to it. I just looked it up.

05:33
I know during our mastermind we covered a number of different things, but can you just quickly catch the audience up about all your various businesses real quick? It’s really hard to keep track because you got to Yeah, you know, well, I think one of my most fun and sort of most popular success stories has really happened in the last four years, you know. 2010 to 2014, I was attempting to launch this brand Boom by Cindy Joseph and using content marketing and all kinds of stuff.

05:59
2014 was our real like first multi six-figure year and then 2015 we did we 10x went from 300,000 to 3 million and then 2016 we went from 3 million to 17 million and then 17 18 19 are have now all been in that You know 20 million ish range and so that’s been a really big ride and also is kind of like you know my team over the last four years has gone from

06:26
When I would have done that podcast with you, I probably had 16 members and now I have 103. So there’s been like a lot of expansion and my journey as an entrepreneur in that time has been going from the driver to the navigator. And I think that a lot of entrepreneurs get stuck in this sort of driver role and it ultimately is what limits their growth where, you know, if you’re on the road taking the turns, you can’t be above the road looking at the mountains that are coming in the distance. It’s very hard.

06:54
to both navigate and drive and where a lot of people get stuck. There’s a number of kind of sticking points that I’ve identified on my journey of growth in my companies, but one of them is technology, right? A lot of us do it yourself entrepreneurs who started from the ground with no money doing it ourselves. We’re doing the Facebook and the Klaviyo and the analytics and the Shopify. Like we’re really bogged down in the technological infrastructure of the business. So that’s one area that people get stuck. And then one of the other lessons, I mean, I know this doesn’t

07:22
Directly answer your question, but now I’m off on a tangent is I think that so yeah a lot of stuff’s been going on a lot of growth I’ve got three main companies smart marketer. I do you know blogging and educational courses on how to grow ecommerce businesses zippify apps I build add-ons to Shopify stores that you know support you in your growth as a Shopify merchant and then boom is a cosmetic retailer for women over 50, but what I was gonna say was that one of the

07:50
Actually, I totally lost my train of thought now. Sorry. I have no idea what I was waiting for. Like the revelation here. It was it was going to be really good. Oh, I do remember now, which is, you know, one of the things that everyone is so focused on is growth. Everybody wants to get bigger and grow and be. It’s like there’s this sort of obsession with growth. And I understand it on one level. But I also think that it’s a bit misguided and ultimately leads often.

08:19
to the demise of very good companies because, you know, with growth comes a whole lot of problems. You know, you have to fund more inventory, you’ve got more overhead, there’s more stress and pressure and intensity on you as the entrepreneur who’s the one who’s responsible for the whole operation. And you know, what I am trying to do is first and foremost, enjoy my life and have fun. And I want my team to enjoy their lives and have fun doing what they’re doing. It doesn’t mean we don’t work hard, but I want it to be enjoyable. And you you don’t…

08:49
know how long you have, which could lead into, know something you wanted to talk about, a big traumatic experience I had over the last 12 months, but you don’t know how long you have. So if you’re not enjoying yourself, making time for your hobbies, making time for your social life, making time for your relationships and intimate connections, and you know, really enjoying and putting energy into your business in a sustainable way, not 16 hours a day, then what’s the point? And then I want to make really, really good things that serve the world that are truly great products. And then third, I want to be profitable.

09:18
And I frankly don’t care how big it gets and I don’t care how profitable I am. If I’m having a good time making good stuff and it’s making money and paying my team and paying my bills, I’m happy. And I think that this fascination with growth is actually somewhat misguided. And what you really should be looking at is how can I have a lot of fun, make things that are truly good and then have that be profitable at any level is you’ve won the game. You know, a lot of people get really big and then they’re shackled to these operations that they’re slaving away at that make them miserable, that take them away from their, you know, it’s just like,

09:48
It can get out of hand. just came to this revelation probably two years ago because trying to grow your company fast actually ruins marriages also. So my wife, we were, we were setting these goals and we were stressing out over it because we weren’t hitting them. Um, and then we were getting into fights over and over again. And so we kind of came to an agreement that we were just grow the company, whatever happens, happens grow gradually because fast growth really is painful. You’re right. It is, it is much better since.

10:18
Sorry, go ahead. No, was just gonna say, just our relations have been much better since we kind of came to that agreement regarding our e-commerce business. Yeah, smart. mean, and it’s, you know, it’s like there is this, I call it eternal vigilance, which is the skill set that I think is needed in order to run a business yourself that’s on the internet where you are the entrepreneur who’s responsible for it and also maintain a healthy balance.

10:47
between your outside life and your work because it’s available to you at all times. It’s not like you go to the office and you leave the office and okay, now that’s gone. Like no, the opportunity to continue the mental game of what can I do to improve my business is available to you at all times. And if you’re not careful and you don’t actually set boundaries, real clear boundaries, and then show up to those on a daily basis the same way you have to show up to a diet or a workout program or a relationship, then…

11:15
You’re gonna it’s just gonna fill it’s gonna be the backdrop of your entire life it’s gonna fill every waking moment and a lot of people get caught in that trap and ultimately burn out or Find themselves no longer interested because they’ve just they treated it as a sprint rather than a marathon I think the ability to set work-life boundaries where it’s like, okay from you know 7 30 a.m. Or whenever I wake up to 10 a.m I’m moving my body doing a meditation having breakfast with my family enjoying myself whatever and then 10 a.m. I start work and then

11:43
5 p.m. I’m done and then at 5 p.m. I go on I Engage in my social life and I do my hobbies and I spend time with my family I set it down if you can’t pick it up and set it down deliberately and I’m not saying that there’s not times where you’re in launch mode and you’re just working for weeks at a time sure but I just mean in general as a rule of thumb if you don’t have the ability to Pick up and set down the operation in that way It’s gonna be very very hard for you over time is what I’ve learned But you can’t really do that effectively without a team. So when did you actually make that transition?

12:13
Yeah, I think I think you can I think you can set your your your energetic Boundaries where you are creating space in your life for your personal life your social life your physical body Things of that nature I think you can do that even when you’re a solopreneur and my journey was I was basically a solopreneur where I was me doing it everything myself I mean the whole thing and you know when you and I got started the game was

12:40
American drop shippers and search engine optimization and like Yahoo stores, you know, it was a little bit simpler of a game, but that’s what it was, you know, and I played that myself from round about 2005 until I hired my first team member in 2009 to do customer support. And then I basically still did everything myself and just had one team member all the way through 2012 when I sold that my drop shipping businesses.

13:09
That was the wig business. that was the costume wig business. But yeah, then basically after in 2012 when I started blogging and also selling services, I hired my cousin. I said, hey man, listen, I will pay you 12 bucks an hour to learn how to code. And then once you know how to code, I’ll pay you 20 bucks an hour and you can be a coder for me. And so as of 2012, basically, you know, from 2012 to 2014, I probably hired two or three people a year. And then 2014 to now, I’ve just kind of gone buck wild.

13:39
Yeah, because you got your hands in a lot of pots, so to speak. So it be impossible if you were doing the implementation, right? Yeah, I’m doing a lot of the sort of ideation of reading the market and figuring out what’s going to be well received of checking what people do and giving feedback. I don’t do a lot of actual and it’s hard sometimes. I’m like, what am I even doing around here? You know, but it is, you know, it’s important for someone to hold the container in the vision and, you know, be

14:07
crossing all the T’s and dotting the I’s, sort of checking everything. Yeah. So switching gears a little bit, can we talk about some of the challenges that you faced recently with Boom in the last year or so? Yeah, I mean, I can get into that if you want. I could just go on a run unless you have a specific question. Well, I’ll interrupt you. Why don’t you tell everyone what happened first in case they don’t know? And then, OK. Well, the ultimate sort of hex that everyone has laid on them in society is that you’re going to die one day.

14:34
And that sort of awareness of your impending death is, you know, something that causes midlife crisis crises. It’s something that is used to sell you every for everything under the sun. You know what I mean? Anti-age and health stuff. And like it’s it’s it’s something that we all have to confront as human beings that one day this ride is going to be over if we’re like everyone else or who knows what happens. But but existence as we know it now may not be around. And

15:04
What I had happen to me, just introducing that topic, the idea of death and how scary that is, is my business partner, who was also the ambassador slash face of my company on every product page, every email was coming from her, I mean that whole thing sort of suddenly passed away really abruptly on like, you know, we knew she was sick and then basically seven days later she was gone. so that- I didn’t realize it was that quick.

15:32
Yeah, well what happened was she’d had one bout with cancer two years prior, so three years ago, and she’d gotten really close to the door, you know, she’d gotten really close and then she made a full recovery. mean, she was a hundred percent back, I mean, fully. And then generally when these things come back, they don’t come back better. So we thought it was like totally clear, all good. And then boom, we found out about a year ago to the day almost, hey,

16:01
this thing is back and then within seven days she had passed. So, you know, that was really traumatic for me on a mental, emotional, spiritual level in that Cindy was a very close friend of mine. She was like a groomsman in my wedding. You know, I moved to New York, or grooms person, grooms woman, whoever. I moved to New York when I was 17 to play poker for a living after getting out of high school and I moved in with her and she kind of like…

16:28
You know, lived with her for a few years before kind of going on my own in the city. So she kind of like was a jumping step between teenage years to young adult years for me. And yeah, so we were like really, really close friends. And so, you know, that was tough. She was a much like a second mother figure in a lot of ways for me. And then also, you know, just from the practical side of it, like sort of setting that down, the practical side of.

16:53
The business operations were rough too in that I mean she wasn’t very involved from an operational perspective I had been running the company forever and she actually hadn’t been on a video or audio For two years because when she first got sick we realized hey, you know Maybe it’s a it’d be good to diversify the representation of our brand rather than it just being from one person’s voice make it about the experience of all women so we had actually started that process, but there were things like

17:20
The community of women who were our customers were very used to hearing from her given that all of our emails were coming from her. She was doing all of the product demonstrations. All of our Facebook front end ads were leading with her story and her doing product demos. Our team, which is 30 people or something at Boom, was very worried that we were going to go under or fire them. I mean it was just chaos. We had to very quick, we had to announce her death.

17:45
You know publicly because she was a public figure and it was starting to get picked up by news outlets and that proved to be an issue with you know her family it was just like it was and it was mad it was the most intense period in my business career by a pretty far long shot and Is that when you came to this revelation of having more fun with your business and not you always yeah, I’ve always been in the

18:14
You know one of my mantras in life is fun is the goal and love is the way like I think that that I’ve always been I think that success is a very popular but less fulfilling game than having fun and I’m really into success and wealth creation and all this stuff that Society will tell you is the way to go, but I’m not in it to the detriment of my pleasure in my life because you know I have I was raised by a bunch of hippies and so I kind of had that I grew up on a commune

18:42
mindset that you It that we that you can only give from your own surplus and so if you want to be You know my tagline in business. It’s serve the world unselfishly and profit and if you want to be of service Which is my goal I really do then you must first and foremost Take care of yourself because you cannot pour from an empty cup So I’ve always had this goal of enjoying myself taking care of myself making sure that I am

19:09
energetically sound that I can show up and give and so I’ve always kind of been on that path and yeah, I mean that you know when when someone close to you dies it is very intense and you’ve you you reassess Everything like what am I doing? Why am I doing it? What is the point of all this? Like, you know, you really go through that intense sort of introspection about Your behaviors and actions and what is motivating them? Are they motivated by ego? Are they motivated by the desire to?

19:37
Please people are that like what am I what am I actually doing here? See I went through all that man and and on the practical side of it You know the the announcement of her death to our community the rewriting of all the email sequences the modifying of all of our front-end Facebook ads that the Removing Cindy from all of our product. I mean it was like the reassuring my team that we weren’t gonna go under you know I mean the whole thing was was very Emotionally draining and I felt that like it’s now

20:05
August she passed in July of last year and I feel like from July to like January was triage and then the first three months of this year was like, okay, things are kind of like getting back to normal and then now like the last three months I feel like I fully like sort of digested as much as you can. mean, mourning is a whole thing and trauma is a thing and who knows I’m not educated enough in the area of, you know, trauma to understand. I don’t know what lingering effects that stuff causes, but

20:35
I feel pretty sound from it. And we’re having our best year ever from That’s what I was going to say. You had your best year ever and it continues to grow. I follow you and I know you’ve used Facebook ads, Google ads, email marketing, all that stuff over the years. I was just curious, what has been your primary source of growth in the past year despite all of this trauma? Well, I think the diversification of having our…

21:04
Front-end Lee sort of lead in customer generating strategies not being a hundred percent focused around Cindy has opened us up to be Well received by perhaps women that maybe weren’t resonating with her because now we lead with a variety of women We’ve also discovered that there’s some reverse ageism in our market where you know women in their 60s Don’t want to have a woman in her 40s or 50s telling them about aging so we’ve kind of been able to mix up who is presenting on behalf of our company and that seems to have worked and also

21:34
You know through the process of reassessing every area of the company product cost of goods advertising email strategy, you know repeat just we kind of went through every and one thing that I don’t know that I ever told you was you know before Cindy with the first time she got sick I went to her and I said hey listen, you know, like Do you really want to be doing this? Like how you know you got sick and and and you really almost died and so

22:04
I just want to you know have the conversation of I mean I know I do all the operations in the business but like I want to have the conversation of like Are you interested in continuing this ride or should we sell this company now? Because it’s worth a lot and you know You could then be set for life and take care of your kids and all that and maybe it’s time to end this ride like you know a death scare as I said has you evaluate everything and she said you know what so we got on board about that and we got really close we got all the way through the process of

22:32
due diligence, a buyer, the whole thing, and the deal was about to happen and she passed away. And then those people backed out. And then I wasn’t thinking about selling the company after she passed. I was just trying to maintain stasis. But I also think that the process of going through, and I would recommend the Quiet Light brokerage podcast, your podcast, e-commerce fuel podcast, to listen to folks who’ve almost sold their businesses and hear the things that you do when you go through a due diligence process and you sort of kick every tire.

22:59
I think having done that exercise of, we’re going to sell this thing, understanding all the things that affect valuation, profitability, things of that nature that I didn’t have a lot of attention on before, even though I had sold the business, and then having a year of operating after that, I think that also was a big factor in why we’re growing. But yeah, mean, our Facebook ads performed extremely well January, February, and March. We’ve introduced a bunch of new products, which has been really great. think one of the keys to scale

23:27
once you have a company that’s been around a while is to introduce three or four new products a year that you can cross sell to your past customers, buyers, and subscribers. So I feel like we’ve done a lot of stuff right. Can we talk about more specifically what your process of kind of reevaluating all the different aspects of the business were? Yeah, I mean, so when you’re looking at selling a company, there’s a number of factors that go into the valuation that you’ll receive.

23:54
One of them is repeat business, right? So what’s your return rate? So if your return rate is, you know, 50 % instead of 30 % or 20%, you’ll end up with a higher valuation. One of them is profitability. So how much profit do you actually generate? Your multiple will usually be a percentage of profit. And, you know, one of them is diversification of visibility and customer source. So like we did a bunch of things. We

24:22
renegotiated with all of our suppliers. We switched suppliers in certain cases. We changed out our packaging. Like we did things to increase our margins on the products that we were selling. We raised our prices and we ran a price raise sale, which was the best sale we’ve ever done. We made half a million dollars in two days just by telling our community, hey, our prices are going up by 10 % in a week and you can buy at the current prices now with a 10 % discount. we got, you we haven’t ever raised our prices. And as the company gets bigger, things like

24:49
you know, inventory and salary and our costs rise and so we have to raise our prices. So we raised our prices and so we did things to increase our margins. How did you know how much to raise the price and how did you know that you weren’t at like some limit in terms of just price? So we split, so on our two front end offers, so I only have two things that people buy from me when they find me for the first time. Then those are my cosmetic sticks. They come to me for that. It’s a lot easier to sell.

25:16
than it is to sell like skincare, for example, because everyone has skincare. But the skincare is the back end, right? What we sell to people already know us. So the two items that are the front end offers, we split tested the changes in pricing from a low change, a medium change to a very drastic high change. And ultimately, raising the front end price of our products by $10 would have ended up increasing the profit the most significantly, but it was cutting down too much on customers that were coming in the door.

25:46
a goal of not only profitability but also a big footprint because one of the other things that affects your valuation is literally how big your audience is and how much revenue you generate, not just how much profit you make. So all three price tests won against our control and we went with the medium raise on the front end. The back end products, which is our all 14 other of our skincare products, we just raised by a flat 10 % across the board and we didn’t even test it and it’s been fine because those people

26:13
already know us, like us, engage with our content, and are gonna buy from us because they like us, not because they’re price sensitive. And so we kind of were in the medium end of the market in terms of what we were charging, and now we’re more at the higher end of the market. so front end products that are for customer acquisition, I would recommend that you split test that, but your back end cross-sells, you can usually get away with five or 10 % without much of a problem. Interesting. I actually didn’t even know that about your business. So you had this like one lead-in product.

26:41
that just opens up. have two lead in products. and it’s like my whole schtick is simplify your makeup routine, know, color cosmetics. It’s it’s make cosmetics are what gets people’s attention and then everything else I sell is basically a back end upsell cross sell and a lot of businesses are that way where they’ve kind of got like one fly, especially businesses that are driven by direct response. I if you’re an Amazon brand, sure you got a million products you sell but.

27:07
And if you’re a Google, if you’re, if you’re driven by direct response, but it’s search traffic, you generally have a whole bunch of products you sell because you’ve got a bunch of different queries. But if you’re driven by story based direct response where you’re telling a story, engaging a subscriber in a conversation and then offering them something, you usually have one or two products that are the real like 85, 90 % of what you sell on the front end. And then everything else tends to be a backend upsell cross sell to people who came in from one of those funnels and heard about you. And, um, you know,

27:35
Pretty much every business that I’ve evaluated that is this same kind of business has a similar story to that. So in terms of increasing your repeat business, what did that involve specifically? It involved running more sale events. So we now do six a year. It involved introducing more products. we’ve kind of ramped up the product launches work. I there’s a reason Apple does them. There’s a reason Amazon does them. There’s a reason that people do them. We started building anticipation rather than just, we used to just say, hey, we’ve got a new product. Here it is. Now we spend two weeks.

28:05
saying, hey, this product is coming, building up excitement for it, doing ads and emails, talking about what it’s gonna be. And then we release it. And we’ve literally doubled the effectiveness of our product launches just by adding a two week anticipation funnel on the front end of the product launch. Which I share that on the Zipify blog and the Smart Marketer blog, how we do that. But I mean, excitement works. If someone’s paying attention to you and there’s an opportunity for them to…

28:30
follow along and get excited about something and sign up for it and then get a few emails saying it’s coming. I mean they’re much more likely to convert rather than hey we introduced a new you know moisturizer that helps for after you’ve been in the sun. I mean that’s nowhere near as compelling as giving the opportunity for someone to be excited. So in terms of getting people excited in terms of just running Facebook ads are these just awareness ads or are they are you trying to get

28:54
And email. Yeah. So for product launches, they’re 95 % people who have either been on our email list or bought for us from us in the past. We still, do run a lead gen on our product launches to build anticipation for them to cold as well, but it doesn’t really convert that well. So really our product launches are about monetizing the community that we have. And then for Facebook lead gen, we’re still leading with our, our flagship products and our customer acquisition, Facebook customer acquisition. And you know, we’re constantly changing up our,

29:23
video formulas and testing different articles and doing everything we can to reduce our customer acquisition costs for sure. But you asked specifically about repeat business and one of the main things done for that in addition to improving our content marketing significantly. I we release four posts a week. We’ve got two writers on staff. I invest about a million dollars a year in non-branded

29:50
content marketing that’s designed to engage my community. And I think once you get bigger and you have a front end customer acquisition funnel that is bringing you customers, the game of keeping those folks engaged through content that they’re enjoying and being entertained by is a big part of scale.

30:09
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, you’re going to need a trademark to protect your intellectual property. Not only that, but a trademark is absolutely necessary to register your brand on Amazon. Now I used to think that any old trademark registration service would work and that could even try to register my own trademark by myself on the cheap, but I was dead wrong. Securing a trademark without a strategy in place usually results in either an outright rejection or a worthless, unenforceable trademark.

30:36
Now that is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council. They have a package service called Total TM, which provides the same attention to detail and process that large law firms do at a fraction of the price. Now for me personally, I like Emerge Council because of their philosophy. Their goal is to maximize IP protection while minimizing the price. So before you decide to register a trademark by yourself or file for other IP protection, such as a copyright or a patent, check out Emerge Council first and get a free consult.

31:06
For more information, go to emerge council.com and click on the Amazon sellers button and tell Steve that Steve sent you to receive a hundred dollar discount on the total TM package for Amazon sellers. Once again, that’s merged council.com over at EMERGECOUNSEL.com. Now back to the show. Let’s talk about content marketing a little bit. Are you writing primarily to tell a story or are you writing for

31:35
the intention of ranking in search? do no, nothing is with the goal of search engine optimization. Not a single thing is with the goal of ranking. I mean, yes, we rank and we get organic traffic and we do put, you know, meta title tags and meta descriptions and maybe an H1, but there’s no keyword for thought before we create our content. Our content is all, you know, eight skincare tips for aging skin.

32:00
or how I overcame perfectionism or my battle with anorexia and what I did about it. Experiences that the women in our community are having, we’re talking about them. Women are going through their hair graying, their skin wrinkling, their hormones changing through menopause, their skin changing, all this kind of stuff. Dating after a divorce is a big one for women who are in their 50s. mean, there’s a lot of experiences that they’re having that we can talk about and we’re doing that in a number of ways. We’re writing articles. We’ve got a new ambassador program where we’re allowing our customers to

32:29
create videos about our products and also about their makeup routines. And so we’ve got a bunch of different pillars that we talk about. Sustainability is a big one. You know, how we are sustainable, why we’re sustainable, what we do in that direction. We have these sort of content pillars that we create regular content within a given sort of framework, know, tips, lifestyle stuff, ambassador stuff, sustainability stuff. You can go to the boom by Cindy Joseph blog, uh, and which, which will, which will about.

32:57
next week be on Zipify pages, my landing page builder for Shopify. We just released blogging and we’re switching it over. We currently have a WordPress implementation for our blog, but managing both WordPress and Shopify and the cross-domain tracking and the lack of, I mean, it’s just a nightmare. So we built this really sweet blog integration on Zipify pages and we’ve moved the boom blog over there and it’s about to go live. I’m pretty excited about it. But yeah, so that’s kind of like what we do for content. So what’s funny about that is when you’re articles, I guess that

33:25
Without the intention of ranking in search a lot of times those articles kind of get buried deep within the blog eventually right? So are you doing a lot of things to bring that content back to people or we we do remail on it? We remail you know any any article we track what articles and videos perform the best in terms of click-through rate engagement and purchase rate because people buy from these things too even though they don’t aren’t going to Content or aren’t going to products you can get to the our products once you get to our blog So it’s a big part of how we monetize

33:54
is keeping this content coming and anything that works, any good article, if it’s a really good one, we’ll turn it into a front end pre-sell article and run it to new subscribers and prospects. So we will use our current list to determine what is the best content and then we’ll take that and we’ll run that top of funnel. We will re-mail on our best posts, we’ll put our best ones in our email automation sequences, but a lot of our stuff just gets buried on the blog and is never used again. That does happen a lot.

34:23
So a lot of this really is just building a community, word of mouth, and social is probably your primary strategy, mainly because you’re in the cosmetics business, I would say, right? Yeah, I mean, we amplify that content. So any content, our blogs and videos and articles, our Facebook fans will see it, our subscribers will see it, we’ll amplify it on Google. So we’re paying to push that content out once it’s out there, we’re running ads to it, and we’re also emailing our list. And the idea is, you know, people get 150 emails a day, so.

34:50
We send three or four content emails a week and that generates 40 grand a week in revenue for us. Those aren’t sale emails. And then every four to six weeks we’ll either introduce a product or run, or sorry, we’ll introduce product four times a year, three or four times a year. But every six weeks or so there’s either a product launch or a sale or something like that where we have a big monetization of our community. So the content is responsible for, it definitely ROIs at a very, very solid,

35:20
number based on how much money we spend to produce it and amplify it and how well it has our see what happens is your sales work better right if you’re keeping your your community engaged if they’re seeing content from your brand in their news feeds and on Facebook and on Google and on YouTube and on display network then when you run a sale and they see sale ads they’re much more likely to engage with them so our sales work way better because we have this content strategy

35:45
I’ve heard you and Molly Pittman give a number of webinars about Facebook ads and how advertising is just getting a lot more expensive. What are some of the trends that you’ve been seeing and how have you countered them? Some of the negative trends, I should say. I mean, since we’ve been online, Steve, I think advertising costs have gone up on average 15 % year over year. Oh, yeah, actually more than that for me in some cases. Yeah. Yeah, me too. You know, I don’t think it’s going to change. And, you know, I think that there’s a lot of cool stuff you can do. And I think one of the biggest opportunities is short form.

36:14
video content, so sub 15 second video ads on Instagram stories, Facebook, mid roll videos, Facebook. I think if you’re not doing short form in addition to whatever normal video ads you might be running, then you are definitely missing out on the cheap inventory at the moment because that’s where all the cheap inventory is. Of course, you also have to have the longer form videos and what most people aren’t doing is also mixing in image ads, GIF animation ads and carousel ads because you know, Facebook is only going to show

36:44
user a video ad a few times it’ll show it but it’ll show that same user if you’re targeting let’s say a lookalike of your buyers or something or even just you know people who are fans of Ezra Firestone digital marketer or whatever you know what I mean if targeting any group of people and you have multiple types of creative images videos gifts short form long form carousels that prospect in that targeting group will see more ads from you because you have more diverse

37:11
sort of ad creative that Facebook is willing to show them. In addition to that, most people only run conversion focused ads designed to generate either add to cart events, purchase events, or even email leads. If you’re only ever running conversion ads, again, Facebook’s only gonna show a certain amount of conversion ads to every prospect. If you also have 10 % of your budget in brand awareness, in dynamic product ad or catalog sales, in Messenger,

37:38
where you’re clicking the messenger. Like if you’re using different objectives within the platform, even at a small percentage of your budget, you’ll reach way more people in your audience because those objectives have a much lower cost per thousand people, CPM, cost per impression. even though you’re spending less of your budget on these other objectives, you’re actually reaching way more people than you would if you were just using only conversion focused ads. Let me ask you this. I mean, your team is like over hundred people now.

38:06
And to do across three different companies and fair. Yeah, so, you know, it sounds really fancy, but I want to just give transparency into that, which is 40 of those 100 people are on the development team for Zipify. So that’s a big chunk of folks. And we rather develop a whole and that is my only physical location. All the developers are in one place. And then, you know, let’s say 20 on boom and then, you know, essentially it’s almost like 20 boom, 30 Zipify and

38:35
10 or 15 smart markers, of mixed up in that way. I was just going to say, to create the number of creatives necessary to do all this testing on Facebook, Instagram, short stories and whatnot, it kind of requires a lot of effort on your part. So if you don’t have a large team, would be your recommendations for kind of like a more bare bones approach? Yeah, and I mean, I think that’s another kind of limiting belief. With Boom, for example, we have like

39:05
five videos that we’ve been running for the last like two years. mean, yes, we mix them up and edit them in different ways. You don’t actually need a lot of creative. You just need good creative. And so one video editor or one graphic designer is actually plenty and you can freelance that. You you can hire a freelance video editor and you can shoot videos on your iPhone or you can hire a freelance designer and make GIFs and images. And basically you can run the same thing for months and months and months until it stops working.

39:34
Or if you’re spending a lot of money, yeah, then you’ve got to refresh your ads quite often. But if you’re spending less than four or five hundred bucks a day, you don’t need to refresh your ads that often. mean, Zipify, for example, you’re probably seeing the same Zipify ads that were running four months ago running now because I’m only spending, let’s see, you know, 50 bucks a day or something amplifying Zipify. So you don’t need actually that much creative. It’s more about.

40:00
quality creative that’s going to engage the particular audience and yeah, you got to test that. So when you’re first launching, you might need to try three or four different videos, five different videos, a couple different images, but you only need one team member in that role to support that. So for Zipify, I only have one designer. For Boom, I only have one designer, although I also have a video editor. SmartMarketer, I also have a designer and a video editor, so I have two. But you could freelance those roles. could buy that on an as needed basis.

40:29
through service providers. This is actually a question, this is kind of a different type of question, but I’ve always wondered how Zipify kind of falls into your overall strategy. Is it just because you were doing all these things with Zipify with Boom, like the equivalent functionality that you decided to create this SaaS company? So I, yeah, I believe in permaculture as a business model, and permaculture is a farming term, and what it means essentially is to reuse all of your resources to their greatest benefit.

40:59
capture the rainwater, water the garden, take the chicken shit, use it for the compost. Like take all your food scraps and use those for the compost. Use everything that you can to further your goal. And a lot of people think that they need stuff outside of what they already have, but they just haven’t taken inventory of the assets that are actually around them. And so this is a rule that I live my life by instead of looking outside of what I already have access to.

41:26
Let me look at what I have access to and how I can better utilize that. And if you look at my business model, it’s very permaculture. Um, take a look at this. It’s like, okay, I innovate in the direction of e-commerce first and foremost with boom and any other e-commerce business I’ve had over the years. Then I take whatever works and I document that and I share that on my blog with smart marketer and I offer that to business owners and I create courses that are in depth and I sell that. And then I take the money from those courses and I put it back into the e-commerce business. And then

41:55
I was also back since, I mean, 2011, 2012, doing development services. I was building websites for people on Magento, OS Commerce, XCart, PrestaShop. I understand the e-commerce customer journey and also the technology that powers that from the early days of before Shopify, BigCommerce, and Volusion were the big three, from the Magento days, the Yahoo Store days, the XCart days, the PrestaShop days.

42:24
I’ve been in this industry and I’ve also had a mind for development. Now, granted, I’m not the greatest developer myself, but I, I know how everything talks to, to, I know how every piece of technology talks to every other piece of technology to create the customer buying journey. And I I’ve always sold services. I had an AdWords services agency from 2008 to 2012. I had a Shopify, um, and sort of every other platform development agency from 2011 to 2015. And with services,

42:54
I failed miserably. mean, it may be my worst ever business venture. I had a real hard time in my life, setting boundaries in general, and that spilled over into my services agency. And I think I sold three or four million dollars in services and made like 30 grand in profit, maybe, because like what would happen is I’d sell someone a website and then they’d come back and say, hey, can you do this? And I’d be like, sure. And I go back to my developers, hey man, we need to do this, you know.

43:22
And basically I just never figured out how to really set a container around a sale. So I was just like doing stuff for people like forever because I didn’t, yeah, I didn’t quite have a command of boundaries, which is something I had to learn. And that’s something that served me well since I have picked up on how to do that in a way that feels good to the person I’m setting the boundary with. But when I, so I’ve always done development and sold development and I only stopped because I couldn’t figure out how to make it work, but I always.

43:51
thought it was a good business and thought I could do well in it, but I didn’t love so much talking to people or being the person. Yeah, I’m a charismatic hermit, man. I want to be in my cave making stuff and then come out to your event for two days and then go back to the top of the mountain where I get to be alone and make things. I I’m not the best service provider because I don’t want to talk to the client. But what I discovered, so I was taking a look at the Shopify ecosystem and I actually,

44:20
In 2014, I created a WordPress plugin for Amazon business owners, maybe it was 2013, that allowed you to do the one-time giveaway coupons where you could give a product away for a dollar and give them a coupon and this and that. That was kind of the strategy for ranking on Amazon back then. And so this WordPress plugin allowed you to collect an email address, give them a one-time Amazon coupon, follow up with them, build a landing page. It was a pretty sweet little plugin called Booster Page. And I think I spent like 30 grand to make it.

44:47
and about 380,000 in revenue on it. So it was extremely profitable and it was a monthly subscription. Of course I had to keep it up to date, but the update of the development, you know, was not that much. And so basically I was like, oh, so the way that you make development work is you don’t sell a one-time fee, you sell a subscription, you do software as a service. And so once I figured out the software as a service model, I’d always had the goal of when it, you know, I want to get back into the development game and I want to do it as a

45:16
product rather than you are buying me and my time and my consulting, you are buying this product that I’ve created that is essentially thousands of lines of code that create an experience for you when you log into it and do things to help you. But you’re not buying Ezra, you’re buying this individual product that you pay for on a monthly basis. So I liked the idea of recurring revenue of selling development and yeah, I mean, I am developing things for my site all the time and anything that works, I roll into my landing page builder or I roll into my upsell builder. So

45:46
Essentially, it’s permaculture all over again because I’m taking what’s working for me and my students in my mastermind and I’m developing that into the application and open sourcing that for my customers who can buy that on a monthly subscription. But what I underestimated was how difficult that business model is, is far and away the most difficult business I have ever been involved in by a factor of 15 or something. It’s very resource intensive too, right? It’s so hard. It’s like so, so hard. But

46:16
It’s really fun. It’s kind of a never ending spiral of integrations and madness and Shopify changes something and just like it’s crazy. Uh, and the product is amorphous. It’s like with boom, I’m selling a tub with goo in it. And when I, when I, when I scale, it’s like more tubs, more goop, more labels and ship them. mean, it’s really great goo and it’s amazingly well made and all. It’s a really wonderful product, but it’s very simple. Um, zipify is like a code base that’s always changing. And so like,

46:46
I don’t need just a manufacturer and then someone to ship it. I need front-end engineers, back-end engineers, QAs, project manager. I mean, it’s crazy. The product side of it is very, very difficult. How do you actually allocate your time between your three businesses? You know, I kind of do what is needed when it’s needed. I mean, that doesn’t give you good answer, but each business has a project manager who is responsible for all ongoing operations who you could label essentially a COO.

47:15
And then I have a president who kind of swings across all companies and is sort of like dipping in to the key projects when needed. And he’s really great. And so, you know, I might spend a week or two working only on boom and then a week or two working only on smart marketer. I might have a week where I do, you know, all of them in the same day. So it’s just kind of like as needed. But each of the companies at this point has very strong leadership and a very clear and cohesive direction and ongoing operations. And so we’re no longer, none of them.

47:45
are any longer in the startup phase where it’s like, we don’t really know what we’re doing. It’s all chaos. It’s like every one of them has consistent ongoing clear operations and objectives and team members. And, know, with smart marketer, had a big change because I was both the lead educator and also the lead kind of person who was doing strategy and content and all this stuff. And I found that as boom scaled and as zipify scaled,

48:13
I was no longer having time and energy to keep the courses up to date. And so with smart marketer, I’ve kind of transitioned to the main thing that we sell or the main thing people want to buy from us is training on paid advertising. And I’m really good at teaching that because I’ve been doing it for a long time, but Molly Pittman is also really good, if not better at teaching that. And so she’s now come on board to be the lead advertising educator, which has kind of freed me up. And then I’ve got Colleen Taylor teaching a course for me, Brett Curry teaching a course for me. So

48:42
Now with SmartMarketer, I’m no longer the one responsible for the courses, even though here and there I will do a course and I really like it, but it’s more like I am the guy who’s out there speaking on stages and generating awareness, because I can do that better than anyone else, getting people to know about us, and then the monetization or the product side of it is done by other folks, which is kind of cool. Okay, yeah, that makes total sense, Ez, I want to be respectful of your time here. We’ve been chatting for like 45 minutes.

49:11
Where can people find you? Where can people check out your products and see for themselves what you’ve been up to? That’s I got a little sidetracked there because I was going to go on another tangent about something. But go on the tangent. Go for it, man. Well, it just, you know, was going to say that I think what you do is super cool. You know, you do this podcast and you also run a bit. We have very similar businesses. And I think that this that in today’s world, anyone who wants to do something

49:41
and then talk about what they’re doing and share that and share tips has this opportunity to be an influencer. I mean, maybe a micro influencer, but an influencer to a group of people who are sharing a collective experience who are interested in getting better at that experience over time. And I think that there’s a lot of rewarding things that are available when you build a community around a given topic. not only can you monetize that community by selling products, but like then

50:07
you make friends with people in that community and like it’s just a super cool thing to do. And I just wanted to like anyone who’s listening to this, who maybe has considered the potential of putting themselves out there and starting a Instagram handle or a YouTube channel. Like I could not recommend it more highly. And, and you know, you’re talking from someone who’s pretty much introverted, even though that is not my public persona and I’m really good at turning it on on stage and being my authentic self and sharing that. like in general in my life,

50:35
I’m not like, if I get into a big room of people at a party, like I don’t know how to handle that situation super well. I like smaller groups, so I just think that this opportunity is available to anyone. I can definitely agree with that. Nothing ever bad has ever happened from creating content. Nothing bad can, only good things can happen. Totally. As long as you keep it up on a consistent basis. Consistency is the key. So you can reach me at

51:00
at Ezra Firestone on Instagram. That seems to be the hottest place right now. I can tell because it used to be when I spoke at events, I would get Facebook likes, know, a couple hundred Facebook likes. I don’t mention my, my, I don’t say go follow me, but I would just watch. And then like a couple of years ago, it was like all of a sudden I was getting followers on Twitter. And now every event, I literally get no Facebook followers, no Twitter followers, but I’ll get hundreds of Instagram followers. So it seems that Instagram is like kind of the go-to platform at the moment. So you can find me, uh,

51:29
at Ezra Firestone on Instagram or you can go to my blog smartmarketer.com or if you’re a Shopify person you can go to the Shopify app store and type in Zipify, Z-I-P-I-F-Y. You know it’s funny Ezra, we are very similar in what we do and SaaS is missing from my portfolio and I actually was thinking about doing a SaaS company for a long time but just after talking with you and a bunch of other people like my kids are my primary priority and it seems like it’s all consuming.

51:57
It’s in the first year to 18 months, it’s a very big cycle. But I will tell you, one of the ways to look at this, Steve, from one of the things I’m looking at, and I think this is the last run I will go on, but I think it’s really important. I think the game that we are playing is resource generation. And I think that a lot of people will say, what are we doing? Well, we’re optimizing our businesses so that they’re more profitable and perform better over time. But it’s like, yeah, but for what? To generate.

52:22
as much resource as we can in the time that we have to work and then to use that resource towards causes that we find noble, taking care of our families, supporting our communities, serving the world and taking care of the world. when we look at what are the most effective ways to generate resource, I’m looking at, most people look only three to six to nine months ahead. I’m looking at, I think you need to look further. I’ve got 20 years left at this pace. I’m 32, I’ll be 33 in a couple of months. I’m not gonna be working at this pace.

52:49
much later than my early 50s and then I’m going to be slowing way down, I think. So, okay, I got 20 years, right? And I have some high revenue goals and profitability goals and wealth creation goals because I have a lot of direct people in my family of where I was raised. I got 60 hippies to support. I got a lot of people I’d like to take care of. got a lot of things I want to do in the world that require large amounts of resource. So, as I understand it and have looked at the game of wealth creation, it’s

53:18
You know, cash flow businesses do not, will not get you there if the goal is massive amounts of wealth creation, which is a fun goal to have. And if you’re going to play the game, why not have that goal? So what gets you there is asset liquidation. So the monetization of assets that you own and have equity in, and then the deployment of that capital into the market to acquire other assets, let them appreciate and then liquidate those. And the most common way to do this in the

53:45
you know, 70s through today has been through real estate, right? Take your money, buy an asset, let it appreciate, sell it. But I think that, you know, the way that I am playing this game is to either purchase, operate and grow businesses and then liquidate them or build, operate and grow businesses and then liquidate them and then use that money to deploy in the marketplace. And when I looked at smart marketer, smart marketer is a cashflow business. You could never sell it. It’s built around my persona. So what was a way that I could

54:12
create an asset from this community that I have gathered around my persona who I am serving, well, Zipify could be sold one day. Zipify is an asset and the beauty of a SaaS business is the multiple that you will receive on the SaaS business is even higher than the multiple you receive on an e-commerce business because SaaS businesses are generally valued for a multiple of revenue, whereas e-commerce businesses are generally valued for a multiple of profit. So I do think at some point,

54:39
If you have the community and the desire and the skill set and the, you know, interest, it’s not a bad experiment because it would result in a very valuable asset, uh, even if it’s very small. mean, let’s say you built up a small little app that wasn’t super complex. You only needed a couple of developers for, and it only made a hundred grand a year. I mean, that could end up being worth between 500,000 and a million dollars free and clear liquid in your pocket. Uh, if you ever were to monetize that asset, which is a

55:07
a huge sum of money in liquid cash. especially considering even if you have a million dollars in liquid cash, you can put a hundred or two hundred of that thousand down towards the acquisition of an asset and take a loan. mean, it affords you opportunity that not having large sums of money doesn’t afford you. I know you already know all this, but I’m just saying it for the audience. And this is just something like our mutual buddy, Drew Sinaki does all the time. Exactly. So anyways, I think you should do it maybe someday.

55:35
Thanks, well we’ll catch up at the mini chat conference. I’m eager to hang out with you. Yeah, looking forward to it. Hey man, thanks for having me on the show. I really appreciate it. Thanks a lot for coming on. Take care. Hope you enjoyed that episode with Ezra, which is actually one of the favorite ones that I’ve ever recorded with him. More information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 499. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting,

56:04
develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event. That’s SellersSummit.com. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuarterJob.com and sign up for my free six-day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

498: Top 5 Most Profitable Side Hustles You Can Start Today (With No Money) – Family First Friday

498: Top 5 Most Profitable Side Hustles You Can Start Today (With No Money) - Family First Friday

In this Family First episode, I’ve compiled a list of the most profitable side hustles that you can start this year.

The margins on some of these business models are greater than 90% and you can start most of these directly from your home.

What You’ll Learn

  • Profitable Business #1: Blog
  • Profitable Business #2: Sell An Online Course
  • Profitable Business #3: E-commerce Store
  • Profitable Business #4: Service Arbitrage Business
  • Profitable Business #5: Affiliate Marketing

Transcript

00:00
Every year, thousands of new businesses are launched in the United States, but unfortunately, not all businesses are able to make a profit and many don’t survive. Now, if you look at small businesses as a whole, a 10 % net profit margin is considered average for a small business. Anything below 5 % isn’t going to cut it, while anything above 15 % is excellent. Now, if these percentages sound really low to you,

00:23
It’s because these numbers are calculated across all business models and types, including brick and mortar stores and restaurants. But don’t be discouraged. The online space is way more profitable. So in this episode, I’ve compiled a list of the most profitable businesses that you can start this year. And trust me, the margins on some of these business models are greater than 90%. What’s up, everyone. You are listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online.

00:50
by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. This is a special segment of the show, called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. By the way, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and get over $690 in free bonuses. And right now,

01:17
The book is actually 38 % off on Amazon. Now the first most profitable business that you can start is a blog. Now you might be thinking to yourself, does anyone read blogs anymore? Didn’t blogging die like 10 years ago? Well this is 100 % false because I run a seven figure blog myself. And here’s what you need to realize about blogging. Everyone in business needs a website in order to gather leads and to close sales. Without a website, you can’t build a customer email list.

01:47
you can’t build a list of subscribers. And the number one way to get traffic to any website is to start a blog that attracts search engine traffic. Now, if you look at my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com, I get roughly 250,000 visitors a month, where 80 % of that traffic comes directly from Google and other search engines. And with that traffic, I generate over a million dollars per year, of which 90 % of that is profit. And here’s why my margins are so high.

02:15
The cost to run my website is literally $50 a month. And back when I first started, I was only paying $7 a month. And today, you can start a blog for less than $3 a month. In fact, if you go on my YouTube channel right now, you can find step-by-step instructions on how to set up a WordPress blog with Bluehost in less than five minutes. My largest expense for my blog today is my email service provider, where I pay roughly $500 a month. I also have a few writers and editors on my staff.

02:43
that write a good chunk of my content for about $3,000 a month. And then I use various software tools like Ahrefs that cost me a couple hundred dollars per month. Meanwhile, I’m bringing in anywhere from 80 to $160,000 a month from a multitude of revenue sources such as affiliate marketing, advertising, and sponsorship deals. Blogging is perhaps the most profitable business model that you can possibly have because it’s just words. Writing content doesn’t cost anything

03:13
and the overhead expenses are super low. Now the only downside to this business model is that it takes quite a while to get off its feet. I didn’t start making real money until about three years in. In fact, here’s my exact revenue trajectory with mywifequitterjob.com. I started my blog in 2009. In 2012, which is three years later, I broke six figures for the first time. In 2013, I made 171,000. In 2014, I broke 350,000.

03:42
In 2015, I hit 712,000. In 2016, I hit over a million bucks. And in 2017, I hit over $1.4 million, and the rest is history. Trust me, once your blog gets going, it is a cash cow. By the way, if you’re interested in starting a blog, make sure you sign up for my free six-day blogging mini course over at profitableaudience.com slash free. Now the next most profitable business idea is to sell an online course.

04:11
And right now I run two online courses. Profitable Online Store is my flagship course that teaches people how to start an e-commerce store. My other course is called Profitable Audience, which teaches people how to make money with either a blog, a podcast, or a YouTube channel. Online courses are great because you can create a product once and sell it to many people with extremely low overhead. Now the current course setup that I use is based on WordPress and a free plugin called S2 Member. So I literally just

04:40
pay the cost of web hosting to run all of my courses. And remember how I said that I pay $50 a month for my blog? Well, that same 50 bucks also pays for all of my courses as well. To host all the videos for my class, I pay roughly $20 a month for Amazon S3, which is an online storage service. Meanwhile, my profitable online store course costs roughly $2,000 for lifetime access, and my profitable audience class costs about $1,000.

05:08
And between these two courses, I have over 5,000 students. By the way, the cost of my Create a Profitable Online Store course goes up on October 12th. Now, if you do the mental math, my margins are like 99 % plus to run my online course. If you have expertise in practically any subject, I would strongly encourage you to teach an online class. And if you’re thinking to yourself, I’m not really that good at anything, well, that’s the wrong attitude. You don’t have to be world class at what you do.

05:37
You just have to be expert enough to teach someone who knows less than you do. For example, am I the most successful person in the world in e-commerce? Not by a long shot, but I do run a seven-figure e-commerce store over at bumblebelinens.com, and I feel comfortable teaching students how to launch their e-commerce businesses to seven or eight figures. But anything beyond eight or nine figures is not my area of expertise, because once you get past eight figures, it involves a lot more knowledge on how to structure and build large teams.

06:07
how to set up HR, how to scale your operations, et cetera. Now, even though I don’t run an Amazon.com, I’ve had tremendous success teaching students in my class to generate seven figures or more. For example, Amanda Wittenborn, who’s been on this podcast before, makes over seven figures selling party supplies over at Amanda Creation. My student, J.K., makes over seven figures selling home supplies over at SaratogaHomeOnline.com. Abby Walker makes millions selling high-heel inserts on her site over at VivienLoo.com.

06:37
Now, if you’re scared about the amount of work involved in starting a course, I have a fun story to share with you about how I started with my first course. Now, back in 2011, before I launched Profitable Online Store, I was actually dead set against teaching an online course. After all, it felt like such a monumental task, and I didn’t want to waste my time creating a class unless I knew people were going to sign up. But everyone from my blog started asking me to create an e-commerce course over and over again.

07:06
Until one day I just got fed up and I said, all right, I don’t have any content right now, but if I get 10 signups by the end of the week, I’ll create a class. And sure enough, I got 35 signups right away, made a quick 10 grand, which forced me to launch my class. Anyway, you probably don’t have to go through the same drastic measures that I did to get started, and you should do whatever works for you. The easiest platform to launch an online course today that’s super cheap to get started is a site called Teachable. There’s no excuse.

07:36
Now the next profitable business that you can start is an e-commerce store. Now you all know that I teach e-commerce and that I run my own seven-figure online store. So why did I list e-commerce at number three on my most profitable business list? Well, it’s because the margins to run an e-commerce business are far less than that of a blog or an online course, but selling physical products online is probably the quickest way to make money. Whereas monetizing a blog takes two to three years, you can easily start making money right away

08:05
with an online store within a year or less. In fact, my online store made over $100,000 in profit in our first year of business selling handkerchiefs. One of my students made over $100,000 a month within six months of launching her business selling jewelry. Now I publish many videos on e-commerce on my YouTube channel that you can watch for free and you can check out my blog as well. But the beauty of e-commerce is that you can sell the same widget over and over again on a website that takes orders for you 24 seven.

08:34
Now there’s a common misconception that you have to store your own inventory and ship out your own orders. That’s 100 % false. Today, most online stores don’t do their own shipping and fulfillment at all. Instead, they use 3PLs to handle all their fulfillment needs. 3PL stands for third party logistics, which is a company that specializes in processing your orders. All you have to do is have your products shipped to a 3PL, and when an order comes in, they’ll ship it to your customer.

09:01
Amazon FBA, for example, is one of the largest 3PLs in the world. There are also e-commerce business models like dropshipping, where you don’t have to deal with any inventory at all, and there’s no upfront costs. Dropshipping is where you take orders online, and when someone makes a purchase, you pay your supplier on demand to have the product shipped to the customer. Now, overall, the margins for an e-commerce business is between 30 and 40%, which is far less than the 90 % for a blog or an online course, but you can start making money sooner rather than later.

09:30
In fact, if your goal is to make significant money within one year, then e-commerce is probably your best bet. By the way, if you’re interested in learning how to start your own e-commerce store, then sign up for my free six-day mini course over at mywifequaterjob.com slash free. Now another profitable business that you can start is what I call a service arbitrage business. Service arbitrage or drop servicing is a business model where you offer services to clients without doing the work yourself.

09:58
Instead, you outsource a task to freelancers or agencies who complete the work on your behalf. Think of it like dropshipping, but instead of selling products, you’re selling services through another service provider. For example, let’s say you own a website design agency and you sell your services for $5,000 a website. You can then hire a freelancer who charges you $3,000, allowing you to earn a profit of $2,000 from the project without doing any of the physical work. There are many service-arbitrary business ideas that you can try,

10:28
including SEO consulting, content creation, graphic design, virtual assistant services, and copywriting. Now the easiest service arbitrage business that I can think of is for content creation. One of my colleagues, Katrina McKinnon, runs a service arbitrage business that creates blog posts for e-commerce stores. She employs a team of writers that are based in countries with a lower cost of labor, such as Kenya or the Philippines, and then she charges US prices to her clients.

10:55
Now, if you can take advantage of disparate labor costs around the world and you know how to attract clients, then running a service arbitrage business might be a good option for you. But probably the most profitable business model in the world right now is being an affiliate for a company that you love. Affiliate marketing is a commission-based business model where you recommend products to others and in return earn a commission for every sale. There are hundreds of affiliate marketing programs, but Amazon Associates is one of the biggest and most well-known.

11:23
To make money with Amazon Associates, Amazon will give you a special link to recommended products that you love on Amazon. And whenever someone clicks that link and makes a purchase, you get a cut of the sale. And the best part is that you don’t even need to have a large audience to do this. Most of us have friends on Facebook and Instagram, and all you gotta do is create reviews of everything that you buy and post them on your social media channels. And if you create enough content about different products, someone will be bound to be interested in something that you’ve reviewed.

11:52
I have friends in the personal finance space that make millions of dollars per year recommending financial services to their audience. Affiliate marketing carries zero overhead costs, so your profit margins are literally 100%. You don’t need any money to start, and you can make money right away. Now that you know the most profitable businesses to start, if you didn’t see anything that you like, make sure you check out the podcast episode with Nick Loper, where we give away a whole bunch of different million dollar business ideas.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

497: The 3 Step Plan To Ditch Regret And Tap Into Your Massive Potential With Jon Acuff

497: The 3 Step Plan To Ditch Regret And Tap Into Your Massive Potential With Jon Acuff

Today I am thrilled to have John Acuff on the show. John is a New York Times bestselling author of eight books, including his latest book called All It Takes Is A Goal.

Jon is also one of Ink’s top 100 leadership speakers and has spoken to hundreds of thousands of people at conferences and events. And for the last 20 years, he’s helped some of the biggest brands tell their story, including Home Depot, Bose and Staples.

In this episode, Jon is going to teach us the levers we must pull to take action with our goals.

What You’ll Learn

  • The 3 Step Plan To Ditch Regret
  • How to find the levers that you need to pull to take action on your business
  • How to tap into your full potential

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

SellersSummit.com – The Sellers Summit is the ecommerce conference that I’ve run for the past 8 years. It’s small and intimate and you’ll learn a ton! Click Here To Grab Your Ticket.

The Family First Entrepreneur – Purchase my Wall Street Journal Bestselling book and receive $690 in free bonuses! Click here to redeem the bonuses

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today I have my friend John Acuff on the show. And in this episode, John is going to teach us how to find the levers that you need to pull to take action on your business. It’s all about mindset and how to tap into your full potential. But before we begin, I wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at sellersummit.com.

00:29
The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their business, entrepreneurs who are importing large quantity of physical goods, and not some high-level guys who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet.

00:59
I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past 8 years. If you are an ecommerce entrepreneur making over $250k or $1 million per year, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 14th to May 16th, and right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be.

01:28
For more information, head to SellersSummit.com. Also, if you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, it’s actually available on Amazon right now at 38 % off. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. Plus, you can still redeem my free bonus workshop on how to sell print on demand and how to make passive income with blogging, YouTube, and podcasting.

01:55
when you grab the book over at mywifequitterjob.com slash book. So go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Now on to the show.

02:12
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I am thrilled to have John Acuff on the show. Now, John is a New York Times bestselling author of eight books, including his latest book, which comes out very soon called All It Takes Is A Goal. Now having just published my first Wall Street Journal bestselling book, I’ve really come to appreciate how really incredible John’s accomplishments are as an author. He’s also one of Inc’s top 100 leadership speakers.

02:41
and has spoken to hundreds of thousands of people at conferences and events. And for the last 20 years, he’s actually helped some of the biggest brands tell their story, including Home Depot, Bose, and Staples. Now, clearly, John and I could talk about a lot of topics, but what we’re gonna talk about today is actually a problem that many of the students in my Create a Profitable Online Store face. It’s basically how to get off your butt and find the levers that you need to pull in order to take action.

03:11
And we’re also going to talk about how to tap into your massive potential. And with that, welcome to the show, John. How are doing today? I’m great. Thanks for having me. I think this is going to be a lot of fun. Yeah, John, I know a lot about your books, but I actually know very little about your backstory. How did you blow up? And I know how hard it is to sell books. So how did you become a New York Times bestselling author?

03:31
Yeah, so I was in corporate marketing for about, I don’t know, 14, 15 years. I journalism major loved advertising. I’ve always loved the ability for copywriting to inspire action. I was an ad nerd. would, I would rip like before Pinterest, I would rip ads out of magazines and organize them in binders on my bookshelf. Like completely like there was an automotive section. There was a makeup section just cause I was fascinated by why did they write their headline that way? What does that mean?

04:00
So I love the written word. And when I was working at Auto Trader in Atlanta, I started a blog just kind of on a whim. And it was the first time I kind of realized, wow, there’s this whole other world out there and a lot of the gatekeepers are gone. Like for me to have an audience in the sixties, I would have had to have known somebody who owned a radio station. And for me to have an audience, you now I can just decide, I want to talk to people about these things I care about. So that’s really what started it for me. And it kind of grew from there where

04:29
The blog turned into a book, turned into some speaking, turned into some other opportunities. And so for the last 10 years, I’ve had my own business and I do primarily two things. I write books and then I go speak to companies about the books. What was the name of that blog? Well, the first blog I had was in 2001 and that was called, that was called Sweet Raymond and it was a music review blog. And it was, I, it kills me that we were like, ah, we quit it. Me and my buddy, Billy Ivy started it and we had a little bit of momentum, but you had to build it in Dreamweaver.

04:58
And it was impossible, dude. It was impo- and so like, I was an early slash lazy adopter. I was there kind of early, like a blog in 2021. Like if I was telling you today, I’ve been doing it for 23 years, but then we, did it for like a year, got a bunch of people to send us free music, which was like, oh my gosh. Like, and then I started a second one in 2008 called Prodigal John. And then a third one called Stuff Christians Like, which was a satire of, um,

05:27
growing up in a church, my dad’s a pastor, so I wrote about kind of the funny side of that. And then it just started to grow from there. And then Twitter kind of came on the scene. And as a headline writer, Twitter felt right in line with what I like to write, which is short, of hooky, sticky statements. So I felt like I got a 15-year education from Home Depot, Bose, Staples, these big brands on how to write tweets. And then all of a sudden, just like the world opened up. Nice. So you start out with the blog, built an email list, and then Twitter started blowing up.

05:55
Well, now it’s called a bill. No, you’re giving me credit. didn’t build. didn’t put enough into my email list. Like, so I would say like people sometimes will go, what advice would you give yourself 10 years ago? Please, please, please invest in email. Like, please for the love of like, please build an email list. Like I’ve, I have one, a great one now. I feel great about my email list now, but I think I wasted years chasing shiny forms of social media because they gave me these dopamine hits of immediacy. Like there’s a heart, there’s a like versus doing the slow

06:25
delayed gratification of building a really good email list. again, I’ve made up for it in some of my lost time, but yeah, that’s one of those things I always tell younger people especially like, don’t sleep on email, like don’t sleep on email, like do it. Yep. And this is just a random question. I came back from vacation a couple of weeks ago and discovered my Twitter app was named X. Are you still big on Twitter and where do you think it’s going?

06:50
No. So like in 2020, I deleted it from my phone, which was like heartbreaking for me because I just didn’t need that much anger in my pocket and I didn’t need that much anger in me. So like it was this circle of like, it just wasn’t healthy for me anymore. So I still use it on my laptop because that feel like when I’m out with my kids, Twitter was so easy to try to document a moment. And then I leave the moment and I could feel my wife, my kids be like, Hey, we’re here at this zoo. You’re writing what you think is a funny

07:19
tweet about a giraffe, we’re also here at the zoo. And so I still have it on my laptop. I still use it. I, you know, I don’t think threads is killing it. Like, don’t like so many people are like, this is the end. think we love to say things like that. I think it still has a future. I still enjoy it. I just, you know, for a couple years there, it just felt so toxic to me. And so like I had an interaction on threads the other day that kind of sums up how I think social media sometimes I posted a parenting tip.

07:49
I’ve got two teenage daughters. I’ve got a about to be 20 year old. She turns 20 tomorrow, which is crazy to me. And I’ve got a 17 year old. So I posted a tip about parenting and a single mom responded like with her version of it, like, well, here’s how this is impacting my life. She got three kids and then a dude who is like late twenties with no kids corrected her. And I was like, this is the problem. Like, and like he shamed her with his, like he was like, well actually, and I was like,

08:15
She’s a single mom with actual humans she’s raising. You’re a 29 year old with cool tattoos and a thread account, like stop it. So I think there’s some parts of social media that are like that and Twitter sometimes leans toward that, but I still like it as a concept that still think there’s tons of possibility there. Yeah, I’m not a big fan of social media. In fact, I don’t let my kids have a social media account. It just puts me in a bad mood sometimes. Yeah, yeah, it’s not a, I rarely

08:45
scroll and get happy. Like I rarely go, man, that was an hour well invested. And so my relationship with it is, I would say it’s medium hot right now. It’s not super hot. When Twitter first came out, was, man, I love tweeting. It felt like this whole new world. But now I’m kind of like, where do I need to draw healthy boundaries? And like to write books, like it takes me a long time to write books. And so I have to be like,

09:11
Something I often tell people is that time is our most valuable resource, but it’s also our most vulnerable. Like time can’t protect itself, only you can protect it. So that’s been part of my journey too, is as I want to write more books, I have to go find that time. And if I realized I was on Instagram eight hours last week, that was eight real hours I gave to something that wasn’t paying me. Like why am I doing that? Hey, so John, so I’ve been teaching

09:38
online business courses for over a decade now. And I really wanted your take and your philosophy on some of the most common psychological issues that my students face. And I do this all the time. I compare lists of my successful students versus the ones that really don’t go anywhere. Really? That’s how do you do that? I’m just curious. Like, is it like you have a list of people that you’re like killing it, killing it, killing it, killing it? Like, tell me about that. So every couple of years.

10:07
actually every year, I’ll send out a survey and see where people are at revenue wise. And a lot of these people I’ve noticed on these lists are people that I interact with regularly. I give live office hours every week. Gotcha. And then I also do one on ones with other students. And oftentimes I can tell within the first five minutes whether someone’s going to succeed or not. Just some of those signs. What are some of those like, okay, this is a red flag, a red flag is if they come on and they’re not prepared at all.

10:37
And they’re just wishy-washy. They didn’t watch a single lesson. They just come on, they go, hey, you know, I was hoping you could help me. Is this good? And you didn’t do your homework. Yeah. Right. And if you’re wishy-washy and you’re not and you’re all over the place, that’s another red flag for me. Yeah, that’s good. That’s good. So, for example, like if somebody though says, hey, we’ve got our one on one coming up. I want to use your this office hour.

11:05
and they come in and they have five pages of notes and specific questions and they like that’s somebody you go, okay, like they’re into this. They’ve got some skin in the game. I like that, but it also works in reverse. So sometimes, ironically, I think the engineers in my class are the worst ones because they want definite answers. So they’ll come with this book and they’ll come to office hours and whatnot. And they’ll say, I need to know this, this and this. I’m like, dude, you don’t even need to know that stuff. Just get started.

11:33
It’ll work itself out because you can’t prepare for any of that stuff. Right. Yeah, that’s interesting. My version of that is people want me to specifically tell them how many goals they should work on at any given time to say how many goals and they want me to say four point eight. Like that is the number. And the truer answer that I give, which is sometimes frustrating is as many as you can, like as many as you can do well. Like some people can they’re they’re in a zone and they can do 10 different things at a time. Some if it’s their first one, they need to start, get a little momentum.

12:03
You know, I so I totally get that. What are some of the things in your world they want specific answers on? How long is it going to take for me to make money? Yeah, how can I? How can I guarantee that this is going to work? How much does it cost? To start, how much can I like these are all questions that are very highly dependent on what you’re selling and there’s there’s too many variables. There’s not there’s not general answers or even specific answers until you know the situation and it’s going to change. It’s going to be fluid. Correct.

12:33
Yep. Anyway, my point is, is that I’ve just noticed running my class for last decade that most things are just completely mental, right? Another thing that I teach is rocket science. It’s not like you need a degree or anything. You just need to know how to sell stuff and it’s just people getting into their head. I would say the majority of the people though have problems getting started because you know, when you, whenever you start something new, there’s all this knowledge overload and you feel like you don’t know exactly which direction to go.

13:01
And even if you know which direction to go, it’s hard for people to get outside their comfort zone and actually give something a try. So question for you is everyone’s different, right? What are the steps that you would take to understand your own personality and then trick yourself into making forward progress? Well, I love a simple technique I sometimes use with people is to interview a previous win. So what I’ll see sometimes is people come to me and they’ll say,

13:30
John, I’m having a really hard time losing weight or getting in shape. And I’ll go, okay, well, tell me about a time when you did achieve a goal. Like, tell me about the time. And they’ll go, okay, you know what? I got out of debt like three years ago. And I’ll say, well, so what did you do? What were some of the factors? What were some of the tools that were helpful? And they’ll say, well, I was in like a small group where we met and we talked about it. And I had an envelope system that I used. And we printed out a picture of our car and we cut it up into 12 pieces. And every time we paid off a piece, we put the picture up and we…

13:59
We kind of built the car as we progressed. And I listened to radio stations about radio shows about it and podcasts. And then I’ll go, how many of those helpful things are you currently doing in your weight loss goal? And often they’re not doing any of those. So I’ll say, how do we translate some of those tools into this new goal? You might need to hire a coach. You might need a personal trainer. You might need Orange Theory because that’s a group of people that all work out at the same time and it becomes a community.

14:28
You might need a sticker system. You might need all these things. So a really easy way and it’s encouraging versus overwhelming is to go, tell me about something. And most people have done something. If you ask them enough ways and enough times, they can find something that’s gone well that they’ve, you know, I have a friend for instance, he’s thinking about doing a business, his own small business.

14:52
And I reminded him, he sold books door to door. Like he did that college book program, which is one of, my opinion, I’ve never done it. In my opinion, one of the hardest sales things in the world. You’re going door to door in an area you you’re not from selling a product that, you know, some would say is fairly archaic. Like you’re like, Hey, you know how you have Google? What if it was this? You know, like, and he made tons of money as a college student.

15:18
So part of my job in that moment is to remind him of that and then take some of the learning from that and apply it to the new thing. And then you’re, it’s like you’re automatically starting with a win. You’re not starting with this feels so massive. Yeah. I’m just trying to think about your analogy that you just gave. So right now I feel like I need to be running and the problem is I hate running. So every time I shut myself out and I run, I do this Hill and I hate every minute of it. And then I come back and I,

15:46
It feels good afterwards, but during sucks. And then the next week comes around and I have to do it again. And I just can’t get myself. Why does it have to be running? Like, why does it have to be running? It doesn’t, but that’s the most efficient way to get the most amount of exercise in the shortest period of time. It is. That’s true. It’s part of why I don’t, I’m not a cyclist because I have to do 30 miles of cycling to get three miles of running. But I, yeah, in a situation like that, I would specifically go, okay,

16:14
Does it have to be running? Can it be something else? And then you could say, well, it’s the most efficient. And then I’d say, well, can you like, if you gave it X amount more time, would you get X amount more joy? Like maybe there’s a joy, there’s a joy payoff. Like if it’s that miserable that you’re not doing it, it doesn’t matter if it’s the most efficient. It’s kind of like saying, I never eat Brussels sprouts, but I know they’re really, they’ve got the vitamins I need. go, well, do you eat them? go, no, I don’t eat them. But I know they’re like someday when I like, would say,

16:44
If you’re not doing it, doesn’t matter. It’s efficiency. It’s not being done. If you are doing it and you’re grumbling through it, but you feel really good after I’d go, well, if the payoff of the after is work it worth it, still do the thing. Like that’s, still worth the, I’m always trying to do that ROI of this thing I got is worth the work I put in and it like multiples of the work I put in. It’s not just a one-to-one. It’s like five X, four X, whatever. So it’s, it’s worth doing it. Like,

17:13
writing books is hard for me. it takes a really, and it is, it is. And if I, if I did probably an hour, if I broke it down hourly, what I’m paid to write them, there’s other ways to make more money. Like there just is, but I love the challenge I need. You know, I read a book called ADHD 2.0. It talked about the right kind of difficult. Your brain needs something that’s the right kind of difficult for me. Writing books is the right kind of difficult when I’m not actively writing.

17:43
I’m a much grumpier person. I’m a much more stuck person. for me, the challenge of writing the book, even though it’s really challenging, is worth the many, many forms of payoff I get for it. So I continue to do it.

17:58
I just wanted to take a moment to tell you about a free resource that I offer on my website that you may not be aware of. If you are interested in starting your own online store, I put together a comprehensive six day mini course on how to get started in eCommerce that you should all check out. It contains both video and text based tutorials that go over the entire process of finding products to sell all the way to getting your first sales online. Now this course is free and can be attained at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

18:27
just sign up right there on the front page via email and I’ll send you the course right away. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now back to the show. I mean, the students in my class clearly want to start a business that’s successful, but it’s hard, especially when you’re learning a bunch of new things and there’s a ton of variables. So I don’t know if that’s analogous to you writing a book, but whenever someone tries something hard, the tendency is to just kind of give up.

18:55
Like you try really hard for a short period of time, things don’t move and then you say, hey, why am I doing this? It’s not working. How do you get over that? Yeah. So for me, I expect it. go, every goal you go through a this is dumb anyway phase. Like it’s just gonna happen. So part of it is you think that’s not going to happen and then you feel surprised and feel like a failure. So I know in the middle of any goal, I’m gonna be like, this is the dumbest thing. Like why, who cares? Like, and I’m gonna start telling myself another story.

19:22
Like there’s a show called Alone. don’t know if you’ve ever seen it. love the show. It’s the best show. So you can always tell when somebody is preparing to quit. They do like the same four or five speeches. I had the producer of the show on my podcast. And so one angle is they’ll start to talk about the people at home that need them. So they’ll go, you know, man, my uncle, I just, I left my uncle. Like I don’t want to quit, but I know he’s somewhere. He’s got a bad foot. don’t want to.

19:47
What if he’s limping somewhere and I’m not there? Like they start. So that’s one of the stories. And so I think it’s the same with in the middle of a goal, you know, you’re going to have the, is dumb anyway story. So don’t be surprised by it. Be prepared for it. So one of the things that I think Steve happens is we think we’re going to maintain our motivation at a fairly reasonable level, the entire goal. And what I say is the opposite of that.

20:12
Motivation is the flightiest thing ever. It leaves on day two. Like when the work shows up, your motivation dissipates. And then the other problem is we think we’re going to have one form. So we have this like, I’ll find my why I’ll find my perfect thing. And that’ll propel me for 10 years. And what I teach instead is what about a motivation portfolio? What about like making a list of the things you can refer to, not just one or two, because some days like on my portfolio, my personal portfolio would be things like.

20:39
you know, showing my kids that they can do difficult things and showing my kids that like hard work is worth it. Some days I’m like, I don’t care. Like that’s not like my kids aren’t motivating me. Some days I’m like this music is some days I’m like this accountability, this mentor, whatever. Some days I have to go like 12 deep to find the reason I’m doing the thing. And I go, okay, that’s right. Some days I have to remember like my favorite thing, Jocko Willenick ever said was that if you’re going to procrastinate, procrastinate on quitting, tell yourself I’ll quit tomorrow.

21:08
I’ll give myself the ability to quit tomorrow because chances are by tomorrow you’ll be like, got a night’s sleep. had breakfast. Like I’m not quitting. So I, I am very serious about treating motivation as a skill that I can practice and add to versus going, I’ve got my motivation. Now let’s just hope it lasts because that’s just not, that’s just not how it works. And so for me, if you were trying to start a business, I would expect to think it’s dumb in the middle. I would expect to be discouraged.

21:37
I would expect for those things to happen. And then before I started, when I had the most natural motivation, I would try to fill my portfolio as full as I could for the journey ahead. Knowing that it was going talk about this portfolio. I mean, what does it look like? Yeah. So for me, it’s a, it’s a written down list. It’s a, I’m a notebook guy. I’m a paper guy. And so I have a bunch of notebooks. So like, I’ll have a notebook that I’ll keep kind of a running list of like, Oh, that was really fun. Oh, that was really cool. Like, Oh man.

22:07
Like, like think about it this way. I was, I was thinking about this. I asked an NBA coach or NBA trainer this the other day. I was like, how many minutes do you think Steph Curry has practiced? You’re on the West coast. Like you know, Steph Curry. And I said, will you do the math on that for me? He’s trained tons of NBA players. And he was like, in my estimate, 29,000 minutes, no, 29,000 hours, 29,000 hours. He said from six to 35 with an NBA dad. So he got an earlier start than some people, 29,000 hours.

22:36
And then you look up his stats and he plays what like 38 minutes a game maybe on a real like he’s traded eight like in a week, he probably practices 25 hours. And if they have three games, he had 90 minutes of court time. Like you go, well, that’s not like mathematically that doesn’t make sense, but he knows that like that 20 minutes, that four second shot is worth the 29,000 hours. So like that’s another big part of it is like.

23:03
If I have a really amazing event that goes well and I got to speak for 20 minutes, I’m writing that down on the list so that I remember. really feel like, scientists call it negativity bias. We have an ability to remember the negative moments easier than the positive. And so I work hard to remind myself about those positive reasons that I’m doing this difficult thing. I don’t hope I’ll remember because I know I’m not gonna. Like I know I’m not gonna. I, you know, people are sometimes surprised. I’m a naturally very negative person.

23:32
I’m super cynical. I’m super jaded. I’m pessimistic. Like I grew up in Massachusetts. Maybe it’s because I grew up in the Northeast. I don’t know. But I often tell people I’ve tested positivity and I’ve tested negativity and the ROI of positivity is so much better. So I just work really hard at it. don’t, you know, so I don’t wait to feel motivated. I don’t, I don’t wait to kind of keep going. I have to work on it. And somebody might look at me and go like, well, that’s a crutch. And I’m like, yeah, exactly. Like not even just a

24:01
crutch. Like I’m the guy that they pull down the ski hill, behind the, like behind the snowmobile and I’m all wrapped up and I’m like, I need that many tools to get through like this challenging stuff I’m doing. So I take a lot of the shame away for people to say, if you need additional ways to stay motivated during this challenging thing, this business you’re building, like go ahead and plan for that, like go ahead and that’s going to happen. And your version is going to be different than my version, but you, have a version. know a woman that one of her,

24:31
things for building a business was she said she was gonna buy a Louis Vuitton purse. Like once she made a certain amount of money, like that purse, that purse would do nothing for me. That would be wasted in my motivation portfolio. For her being in Paris, being on the streets, every time she saw one on another woman, it was like, hey, hey, hey, don’t forget. Like this is, you’re building this bit. Like that was amazing. Like that was, she probably got a thousand reminders to keep pushing on her business. She eventually got to do it.

25:01
So I just think you have to get creative with your motivation as creative as you get with building the actual business. You know what’s funny about what you just said? I was just thinking to myself in the beginning when I used to teach my class, it was all about motivation and, and you know, just, Hey, you can do this. You can do this. A couple of years ago, I took a different stance and I think it’s working. I went out and I gave a lecture and I said, Hey, this is going to suck. It’s going to take you longer than you think it’s going to be. And you’re going to, you’re going to witness these

25:30
what I call troughs of sorrow, right? When you’re doing really well, and then it’s gonna go down, then you’ll figure something out, it’s gonna go up and down. And I think that’s mentally prepared people to think and give a longer timeframe for success. And so they stick with it a little bit longer. What’s worse about today’s environment is there’s so many get rich quick schemes out there, where people expect to make money within like two or three months. And when they don’t, they’re like, oh, this must not be for me, I’m not doing something correctly.

25:59
Yeah, I did something wrong. Yeah, I think there’s the tension. I think for people who encourage other people is like, where’s that line? Because some people like, you know, if you look at motivation as a spectrum, there’s some people that want that. Hey, get out of bed. You got to get going like you got to do. It’s gonna whatever that you got it like that type of motivation. There’s other people where it’s like, hey, I want you to try one thing and then let’s be let’s be kind to ourselves about the progress like let’s.

26:28
And I just think there’s different ways different people are motivated. I don’t think it’s one size fits all. But one of the things that I say that relates to what you just said is that I say excellence is boring. Like excellence is boring. Like the things I do that contribute to my excellence are very like thank you notes. Like they’re not, they’re not exciting. They’re really not like getting somebody’s contact information and then making sure it makes it to my CRM system. Like when I get on a flight and I did it, like there’s like five little detail steps I have to do. It’s very, to me, it’s very boring. Like

26:57
being on stage, super exciting, but that was a fraction of what the whole experience is. So I just, try to set this, the, kind of expectation that way. And then I also, people say, how long will it take my business to be successful? And I say, I actually know the answer. The answer is longer than you want. Cause I’ve never met somebody who’s like, yeah, it was like, it took like five minutes. It’s crazy. Like I just, I just did it. It took five minutes. I think the challenge is social media gives us a lot of befores and a lot of afters, but not enough during.

27:27
Like we don’t have enough during. And I get it. Like when you post the during, people are like, eh, it’s kind of boring. Like, yeah, cause excellence is boring. like the stuff I, that’s why I like, I don’t do a lot on YouTube because the things I do for my business would make boring videos. Like today, if I, like I wrote for two hours by myself, if I set up a camera, like that, what would you watch? You would watch me be like, oh, that, no, that’s the wrong word. What am I, this story feels fake. What do I?

27:56
That wouldn’t be exciting. And so I just think we don’t show the boring stuff. And that’s unfortunate because most of it is boring stuff. I agree. My friends used to joke with me when I was an electrical engineer. was like, I was always like, hey, they should make a movie about engineers. And they used to make fun of me. It just be like this dude typing in front of a computer. Yeah, that way. And for like two hours with like some sad song and then you like it’d be the national and then you’d go.

28:23
Then you go back to your car and be like, all right, did my job today. Yeah. Let’s talk about breaking out of your comfort zone. I actually have mixed feelings about this term because I seek comfort actually in everything that I do. Right. I like everything to be in steady state in a place where I can just maintain it indefinitely and not have to worry about anything like I optimize for stress. So when someone tells me to go outside of my comfort zone, I resist.

28:53
But I know it needs to be done. So what are just some ways to encourage not only me, I guess we can turn this into my own self-help session. other people. Let’s fix Steve. What are some of your tactics for doing that? Well, to the phrase comfort zone, I always tell people like use the phrase that works for you. So if your version of that is I want to be comfortable, I don’t want to be stuck, call it the stuck zone. Like sometimes people say, what’s the difference between a habit, a goal?

29:21
And like, I don’t care about the word. I care about the results. Like so, cause I heard somebody say like, Oh, I don’t believe in goals. And I was like, what do you believe in? They’re like, believe in commitments. And then they described what was exactly a goal. So some of the words, but I think we’re talking about the same thing of like the moments when I’m stuck, when I’m in a rut, when I’m in a funk, like you can use whatever phrase to describe that. Um, I just mean you’re, you’re being less than the Steve you’re capable of being. Um, there’s, there’s more to you there. Um, and you can still perform it.

29:51
you can still be high performing in a relaxed state. Like I think the times I’ve tried to create out of stress, the creation is not as good. Like the times I’ve written things out of stress, it just has a texture that’s not helpful to people. Like I think you can tell that. I think you can tell when somebody, I think there’s a difference between having urgent information and frantic information. And so like there’s people that I respond like, oh man, that was urgent. They really wanted me to get that idea.

30:17
That felt frantic and manic and like there was so much stress that I don’t feel like I can learn from that person because they feel like they’re living in perpetual stress. And that’s not what I want in my life. But as far as getting out of the comfort zone, um, I always say nobody willingly leaves the comfort zone and they shouldn’t because it’s comfortable. Like, why would I, why would I leave that? You have to trick yourself out of the comfort zone. You have to create something that’s worth leaving the comfort zone. So my personal example,

30:45
which is really where I started kind of building my own business. When I lived in Atlanta and I started to blog, I didn’t wake up one day and say, today I’m going to be disciplined. Today I’ll get out of my comfort zone. Today I’ll have grit and persistence or whatever. I just started this small experiment called blogging and I really liked it. And I liked it so much. I wanted to do more of it. And the way to do more of it, cause I had two kids under the age of four and a young wife and a Atlanta commute and a full-time job and freelance clients, the way to do more of it was for me to get up earlier.

31:15
So desire drove that change, not discipline. I thought about time like logs and like each hour I threw at the project was like throwing a log into a fire and the fire just got bigger and bigger and bigger. So for me getting out of the comfort zone, I’ll often say to somebody, well, what do you want? Like what would make it worth it? What’s something outside the comfort zone? Like what’s the challenge you’re trying to fix or the thing you’re trying to win? And if I can get them thinking about that,

31:44
then leaving the comfort zone isn’t a challenge. You want the thing you, you know, it matters more than these other things that maybe, you know, for me, like think about, I think about my job. I love speaking on stage. Like I feel so honored that I get to do that. I don’t love, uh, delayed flights. I don’t love airports, airports assault every sense, like every single sense. I don’t love missing flights. There’s a million parts of it that I don’t love.

32:12
But the thing I love is so strong. Like I’m a homebody. My wife, it’s so funny. I don’t like if somebody invites us to a new restaurant, I’m like, well, what’s the parking going to be like? What are we talking about? it a valet? Like, is it on street? What are we talking about? Like I have all this anxiety about that. Like, cause I’d like, I don’t want to get out of my comfort zone. I don’t like, and then when somebody says, Hey, we want you to come to Omaha, Nebraska, you’re going to rent a car. You’re going to go to a city you’ve never been to. You’re going to have to connect. Like, would you do that? I’m like, yeah, I’ll do that. And she always laughs like,

32:43
I can tell you love it because of all the things you do that you don’t normally do. And so that’s what I try to help people with the comfort zone is like, why, like, how can we find something you love that you that you’d willingly leave the comfort zone and you’d and you’d leave it in a way where it was small enough that it was easy to do. And then it started to build momentum. And then before you knew it, like I, one of the lines I sometimes tell people is like, I want you to find something you love so much. Netflix is boring.

33:09
Like if I’ve done my job, I’ve helped you find something you love so much that Netflix just gets boring. All these other distractions get boring. Like you’re not on social media bunch for a bunch of reasons, but one of them is you have stuff you love doing and you go, no, like I’m helping students. Like, like I’m doing all these other things that are more exciting and fulfilling for me than social media. So that’s not a difficult choice. Let’s use the analogy of business here. So you want to make money.

33:38
and you’re excited by making money, but the process of doing that is not, you kind of have to take a leap of faith, right? When you started your blog, was it hard to write? No, no, felt like I’d been stuck for years and I had all these words. So the writing wasn’t hard. The making money part was still challenging. like sponsors, stuff like that. There was a lot of things I didn’t know how to do. And so

34:06
those parts were hard. The actual content wasn’t challenging to me because I felt like I was tapping into something that I really wanted to do. And I think that’s the same with small businesses where if it’s something you really care about, there’s a natural obsession that starts to take over. Like I watched a video the other day where this guy reviewed his five favorite types of socks from these like obscure sock manufacturers, because that’s his business. And I was like, man, this guy went real like real nerded out on socks.

34:36
So I think like for me, there’s a ton of people that would say, you um, I started the business that had the most potential profit. I don’t really care about owning car washes, but it had the most potential. I think that’s great. If you’re motivated by that, go for it. Like own 50 of those. think there’s other people who are creators where they’re like, this is a thing that I care about on a creative level and I want to do it and I want to turn it into a business. think those are two very different expressions of business.

35:05
And you got to kind of figure out which one you fit into. One thing that happens to me is I, I feel like I’m not meeting my full potential. And then I just started saying yes to everything. And all of a sudden I’m over committed. It’s kind of how I felt last year when I was launching my book or earlier this year. And I ended up in this like seesaw of, you know, feeling complacent and really kicking butt, but like not being happy with all the things that I’m assigned. How do you find the balance?

35:35
Well, I think you find the balance daily. I think it’s I had a I had a friend David Thomas He’s a therapist here in Nashville and he said the problem is people want there to be a switch They’re looking for a switch I do the thing and it switches off the stress it switches off the out of balance switches off the negative thoughts I have whatever and he says so you’ll see people jump from switch to switch to switch They’ll go I did yoga yoga is the new thing or I did but like I launched this thing. I’m gonna this is the new thing

36:03
and it works for a week, maybe even two weeks, maybe even a whole month, but eventually life gets stressful again, the world gets loud again. And he said, life is more of a dial than a switch. When it gets dialed up, you have to dial it back down. You have to use turn down techniques to turn it back down. So for me, I know I can start to feel when I’m out of balance. I can start to feel when I’m not writing it as much anymore. I don’t have time for it. I’m so busy. I don’t have time for writing.

36:30
I’m short with my wife and kids. I’m not interruptible. As I’m working, if my kids can’t interrupt me or my wife can’t interrupt me, I feel thin. My favorite description of being overwhelmed is I’m so nerdy. is Bilbo Baggins in Lord of the Rings says he feels like too little butter spread over too much toast. I remember that mental image of that scraping of trying to…

36:57
I’ll have moments where my dials turned up like that and I have to start saying no to stuff and I have to start doing things differently and I have to start relooking at why I’m doing it in the first place. And then the other thing is like, I’ll do exercises. So an exercise I do occasionally is I’ll make a list of the things I do that are important and the things I’m doing because they make me feel important. It makes me feel important at a meet at a dinner party, be like, okay, 10 people on staff. Like, but

37:25
Is that important for me to have 10 people? Could I have four people? Could I have five people? Like it makes me feel important to say, oh, you should talk to my COO. And like, do I, do I need a COO? Like am I building a business that has that, that real need and it’s beneficial. So I’m often going, okay, where am I doing things out of ego versus out of I’m supposed to do them. And a lot of times I’m, you know, it’s, it’s wrong. And then the last thing I do is I try to practice self-awareness and my version of self-awareness. One of them is overhearing yourself.

37:55
when you can overhear the things you’re saying. And I’ll get into this rhythm where I can start to do that and I’ll notice on go, Oh, I didn’t like how that sounded. It came from me. Like I didn’t like the person that said that, Ooh, I took some steps down a path. didn’t intend to go down. So an example, or, or I’m limiting myself. An example of that would be just the other day, I caught myself saying to somebody, I’ve plateaued on my speaking fee because I’m not a celebrity and celebrities like you win a super bowl. can make

38:23
10 times what I make as a keynote and talk about throwing touchdowns. And I was like, so I’ve plateaued. And then I teach these three questions in this book, Soundtracks, wrote that say, it true? Is it helpful? Is it kind? Is it true that celebrities make great keynotes? It is. That’s true. Is it helpful for me to say that to myself again and again? It’s not because what I’m doing is saying, so therefore you don’t have to work hard. Therefore you can, like it’s over, whatever.

38:50
And so instead I switched it around and said, I’m going to make my content and my customer service so great that I get around the celebrity obstacle. I get around that. And so when you work with students, I guarantee you hear them say things like that, where you say, I think you should try this. And if they come up with their five excuses, you know, okay, they’re, so committed to the excuses. Like gay Hendrix. Yeah, I’m not tech savvy.

39:17
I’m not good at video. I don’t have a big network. I don’t live in a big enough city. You know, like I’m not an expert in 10 years. could be maybe do this, but like Gay Hendricks, who wrote the big leap says I get to keep the limitations I fight for. So if I fight for my excuses, if I fight for my limitations, get to keep them. So I’m trying to constantly like keep my finger on the pulse of that and go, okay, where am I at a balance or where am I stressed in the wrong way? What can I do about that?

39:47
Yeah, one thing that I’ve started doing, what’s funny is I started out teaching this class, but it’s turned out to be like a psychological class. You know, just dealing with the way people work. And what I found is that if you can get someone to just do a little teeny thing, like you don’t tell them all the work that needs to be done up front, you tell them to do a little bit. And then over time, you get used to doing that little bit of work on a regular basis. And then you can just gradually add on to it. And an example for me was I remember this was like 10 years ago.

40:16
Ramit Sethi came on stage. He told us all the things he was doing with email and his autoresponders. I’m like, oh man, that’s overwhelming. And so I went up to him I was like, how do I, it just seems so overwhelming to implement all that stuff in one go. He’s like, oh no, no, no, just start by sending out one email a week. And I’m like, oh, okay, I can do that. And then gradually, it’s just like one video a week for YouTube or one blog post a week. And then gradually I’m used to that. And then I can increase it just a little bit. And before you know it,

40:46
I’m writing all the time or putting out all the time. A hundred percent. I think that’s, you know, the way I sometimes describe that is if you think about a goal, like a ladder, most people only have two rungs. So imagine a 12 foot tall ladder. There’s one rung at the top that says make a million dollars in my business. And there’s a rung at the very bottom that says, start my business. And there’s no rungs in between. So the person sits there and goes, okay, I just have to jump up 12 feet, which is two feet higher than a basketball room. Grab that rung and pull myself up where my approach is more.

41:16
What if we put a rung every six inches? Like, could you climb to the top of that ladder? And they’ll go, yeah, that would be really easy. And sometimes they feel it’s too easy and that’s self-sabotage and there’s all these things, but I’ll go, let’s figure that out. Like, how do we add some rungs to that? Which are those little things like Rameet? He didn’t say to you, you just got to get it together, Steve. Like, don’t be lazy. He was like, no, just, just do this, you know, and here’s, and plus like in a speech, somebody’s experience is condensed. Like,

41:43
You’re often looking at nine years in 30 minutes and you forget that. Like, you know that intellectually, but you forget it in the moment. And the other thing is I wouldn’t have done half the hard things I’ve done if you told me how long it would take and how hard it would be at the beginning. If somebody at the beginning, like I got to speak at this event called global leadership summit, which was amazing. It was so fun. And it probably took me 12 years to get on that stage, like 12 years. that like, but if, if you had told me at the beginning of that, like, Hey,

42:12
you’re going to get to do this really fun thing. It’s going to take you a dozen years. That would have been so demoralizing to me. And I wouldn’t have been able to receive that and certainly been encouraged by that. the little one email is to me, it’s just another rung on the ladder. And that’s why I tell people all the time, like, want to start a business. And you’re like, what would it look like to spend half an hour thinking about what type of business it would be? Or what would it look like to spend, know, because what’s funny is

42:40
I’ll have people say to me about business. They’ll go, I want to start a business, but what if I get sued by one of my customers? And I’ll be like, do you, do you have a product yet? And you’re like, no, Mike, do you have a customer yet? And they’re like, no. I’m like, well, that we can’t, let’s not fix a fictional problem. Let’s go. Like we don’t even have that problem. They’ll say, what if I sell out? What if the product sells out? And I go, do you, do you have like a storefront yet? And they’re like, no, but what if like, and all these people are mad at me you’re like, they don’t exist yet. Like.

43:09
let’s figure it like, let’s do the first thing and then we’ll get to that. But I think sometimes we fantasize about future problems that prevent us from taking like today steps. What if someone copies my product is a big one. I’m like, well, if they’re copying it, then that means it’s selling well. You’re doing well. what if somebody steals? Yeah, I on the writing front, people say, what if somebody steals my ideas? And I do you ever see a read Derek Sievers book? I think it’s anything you I have. So his metric, his thing in there, I think it was in that book.

43:39
where it’s idea times execution. So the idea is worth one and the execution is worth 10. So he’s like, most people will never execute your idea. Don’t even worry about it. Everybody has ideas. They don’t execute them and they certainly don’t execute them faithfully and consistently. So don’t worry about that. So that always makes me think, oh yeah, I don’t need to worry about that. If somebody does that, they’re probably not going to.

44:07
go as long as I go on this. Like they’re not going to put 10 years in. So it’s not a big deal. Yeah. John, it’s funny. When you’re talking about evaluating, you know, what’s on your plate and that sort of thing. Why does the world need another book? All it takes is a goal. You’ve already hit, I mean, you hit the New York Times bestseller list, which is like the pinnacle for an author, right? But you continue writing these books that are amazing. What motivates you to write this book? Tell us about this latest edition that’s coming out, I think in like a month, right?

44:37
Yeah, it comes out of September whenever I don’t know when this is going to air, but it comes out September 12th. So here’s how I, this is my, like, this is my Venn diagram for starting a business or writing a book. And I’m sure you might have different things you tweak, but I look for three things. I look for a personal connection that I’m deeply passionate into the idea. Like I, I have to be personally connected to the idea. The second thing I look for is a need like

45:04
Is there a real need for it? So for instance, am I hearing about it from neighbors at the pool? Am I seeing it online? Like, am I seeing clients ask me about it when I go speak at their companies? And the third thing I try to find is, is there a spot for me in the marketplace? Like, can I fit in in the marketplace somewhere? So the thing I’ll sometimes say is, if you have a passion and there is a need, but it’s already over-served in the marketplace, that’s a cake pop. Like if somebody told me like, hey, I got this crazy idea I’m going to do, it’s called cake pops. I’d be like, oh.

45:33
They’re already at Starbucks. Like you’re late to that. If you have a crazy passion, nobody’s serving it in the knee in the marketplace, but nobody needs it. That’s a hobby. Like I love that you’re into ferrets, but like there’s not a huge need for that. And if you have a need in a marketplace, but no passion, you just built yourself a day job. and you’re not going to. So with this book, I went and dropped, uh, brought my daughter, my oldest daughter to college for a tour. was a college I went to college. My wife went to, and we’re walking around and my wife is like,

46:00
wasn’t college amazing. I was like, no, it was a train wreck. Like it was horrible. Like I, I wasted so much of my time there and, I was having this real moment of regret. Um, and so then I, when I drove back to Nashville, because I just written this book about mindset, I was like, well, let’s change that mindset. That was four years. I might live 40 or 50 more. What can I do with those? Is there a way to live into your potential? Like on purpose? Like, what does that look like? And so then I had the first piece, which was passion. And then the second piece was need.

46:28
I’ve got this PhD who’s a professor here in Nashville and he and I did a survey with 3000 people and said, are you living up to your potential? And 96 % said no. And 50 % said 50 % of them was untapped. So then I had the need. So then I went to the marketplace, which is pretty easy for me, which is usually just Amazon. I realized there’s a ton of books about potential, but a lot of them are very high level and very holistic. And they kind of like, they say things that you go like, what do I do with that? And my, my

46:58
content I try to create is I’m always trying to answer the question for people, what do do with this on a Tuesday? Like, what do do with this on a Tuesday? How do you actually put this into, you know, into action? And so I felt like I had the three things. And so the quick answer to why does the world need another book is like, I needed another book first. And then I tested to see if my audience needs that book. And then I tested the ideas with hundreds of people first. So that, that’s what’s changed about my writing process as a, I think, and I think you would probably agree with this, like,

47:28
I live in Nashville. You’d agree with that because I do. That’s true, Steve. I don’t know why you’re being argumentative, but to be a long-term musician in Nashville, you eventually had to be an entrepreneur. Like you eventually have to have some business acumen. like Taylor Swift is a brilliant CEO. Like she’s doing so many smart things. Garth Brooks is a CEO. My friends who are musicians who never caught the big break, but still have full-time careers.

47:57
are entrepreneurs, like they look at it like a business. I think about writing that way too. So I now know like one of the things that’s helped me is instead of releasing a book and hoping the ideas work, I test them in online communities. I have hundreds of people poke holes in them and go as a single mom, this isn’t how I’d look at it. As a retiree, this is not how. And so by the time the book comes out, there’s 30 to 40 real people in it other than me. Like you’re right.

48:22
I don’t need to write another book that’s kind of like a memoir. I’m 47. This is my ninth book. Like get over yourself at some, like what, what new part of my life I’m going be like, Oh my gosh, you need to see this side of me. But what I can do is say, here’s a challenge I face. Wow. A lot of people face it. I think there’s a fresh way to talk about it. Let’s go. I will say this, you know, when I first saw the title, if I didn’t know you and your history, and if I saw it for the first time, I would have been like, Oh, okay. Uh, you know, all it takes is a goal, but.

48:52
What I really like about your writing is you make it really fun. You tell stories. I ended up chuckling a couple of times reading the book too. let’s go, Steve. Let’s go. It’s hard to make me chuckle. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. He’s a steel. He’s a certain Asian man. Yeah. He’s, he’s an electrical engineer. He’s not here for you, for your riddles and your limericks. And I just love books about psychology, right? Because we’re all in our own have you read lately that you love?

49:19
Like what would have been the family first entrepreneur? hear that’s a great book. Nice. Nice. My favorite all time book actually is a influence psychology. yeah. By Chaldini and how to win friends and influence people. Uh, any book like that. I love, actually really like Michael Hyatt’s recent book also. Oh really? I forgot what it’s called. Make your mindset. I have it up in the back here. Yeah. It came out like six months ago. I mind your mindset. That’s what it was.

49:49
Basically how to reframe the narrative that that’s in your head because we all have narratives in our head. Yeah. I’m just a head case, John. I think that’s what it is. anything that can are you were you unusual in engineering that like that you cared about that stuff? Well, you know, what’s funny is I always hated the stereotype of being an engineer, you know, that we just heads down. But I was I was a stereotype. was heads down. The computer was my best friend. Yeah, but

50:18
Everyone always thought that I was more social than the average engineer. And I didn’t start embracing that until I started getting into business. Yeah, that’s interesting. yeah, I guess I’m always curious about what different types of books different types of people read. And you and I read a lot of similar books, but we have very different backgrounds. So that’s curious to me. Yeah. Yeah. mean, just the whole, maybe I should have majored in psych and not electrical engineering. Who knows? Okay. Well, let me ask you a question. So you know a little about what I do.

50:49
From an outside business perspective, what would you do differently? As you? Yeah. Well, I mean, we’re different people for, and I know you have courses. So for me, I, I don’t necessarily like doing customer service. So, which is why everything I do is kind of online, right? So we sell handkerchiefs and linens in our e-commerce store. That’s all online and the customer services through email and you know, it’s easy to, to farm out online course, one to many, it’s the same thing, right?

51:18
People are digesting the same amount of material. And I run customer service just once a week, pretty much in live office hours where I just answer questions in real time. Smart, smart. I found writing my book to be one of the most challenging things because I was under the impression that you put the book out there and if people love it, it just kind of sells itself. get it, dude. Selling books is hard in my opinion, but I don’t know. I didn’t realize that

51:48
It was harder to sell a book than it is like a $2,000 course. Which doesn’t make sense because the book is $19. But what you’re selling is actually work is what I discovered, right? Like people would rather watch a movie or video than read. At least my folks, I don’t know about yours. Well, the thing I’ll tell would be authors is walk down a plane and like the aisle of a plane in the middle of a flight and count open books versus open videos.

52:17
and then cry in the bathroom a little bit. And then, or I’ll say, go to Barnes and Noble and count the number of Harry Potter collectibles and puzzles versus like there’s been a, like it’s been growing the toy section of Barnes and Noble. So yeah, think it’s books are books can definitely be challenging, but I, what’s interesting to me from a business perspective is I sell two and a half times as many audio books as I do eBooks. And that’s been a change that I’ve noticed for the first time in the last like two years.

52:46
And I think it’s because of podcasts. think podcasts taught people there’s great content via audio and now more people are going to audiobooks. I read like from a business perspective, I read my own audiobook and I add 10 bonus stories. So that because there’s people that will be like, Oh man, I got the print book. Why would I get the audio book? And I want to be able to say, Oh, there’s a, there’s a whole other, you know, exploration in there. You should check that out. So I’ve over the years, that’s been a shift for me. You know, what’s funny is

53:14
I tried to veer from the script, but the director refused to let me say what I wanted to. As I was recording. to riff a little bit? I wanted to riff a little bit and I wanted to add a couple extra stories just kind of off the cuff. But I guess it depends on the director. me, like I’ve done it two or three books and we saw some success with it. So I felt like I had a little bit of an ability to say like, hey, here’s how, like, let’s try this. And I didn’t have a director. I had an audio engineer. I’ve had directors on different books.

53:44
But for the last two, was mostly an audio engineer and they were super like, yeah, dude, let’s do it. Let’s make it. So like, didn’t feel, you know, and there’s words I can’t say lie. Like I had to change rural road to country road. Cause I couldn’t say rural road. Like it’s hard. Like audio books are hard to record. So it’s fun that we have that in common that that’s something we’ve both kind of looked at. So do you sell more audio books than hardcover? Is hardcover last?

54:11
Unless the hard covers first. So I would say like if we broke it down, I would say right now it’s out of 10 books, seven print, three audio, one ebook. Like that’s the breakdown right now. So no print is still, but you have to remember I am a corporate speaker. So I’ll have, you know, I’ll go to an event and a corporation will buy a thousand paper back or paper hard, hard backs. So no, they never go.

54:39
We gave everyone in the audience a code to redeem, to get an audio book. like the nature of my business leans toward hardbacks. That makes sense. That makes sense. I wonder, I wonder how it works in just traditional online sales, not, not bulk buys. Yeah, I don’t know. I still think print is number one. It might not be as big a gap as mine, but I still think from what I’ve seen in authors I’ve talked to print is still we, you know, 20 years ago, we were like, the ebook’s going to kill print. Like it hasn’t, it’s been a slow death.

55:09
And it hasn’t happened yet. ebooks have gone down. yeah, there’s less. Yeah. So like, again, audiobooks, I think are eating ebooks lunch right now. Hey, John, I feel like I could talk you forever. we Yeah, it’s fun, Yeah, we appreciate you coming on. The book is available at every major retail store, I would imagine. Yeah, totally. Yeah. And you can johnacuff.com is my website and my podcast is called All It Takes is a Goal. So yeah, that’s where you find and I highly recommend it for anyone out there who’s

55:37
just looking to take some action and looking to trick yourself really into making forward progress. that’s good. Yeah, I like that phrase. That’s fun. Thanks a lot for coming on. Thanks for having me on, Steve.

55:52
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, if you are having problems making forward progress with anything that you want to do, try some of the strategies in this episode and feel free to reach out. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 497. And once again, tickets to the Seller Summit 2024 are now on sale over at sellersummit.com. If you want to hang out in person in a small intimate setting, develop real relationships with like-minded entrepreneurs and learn a ton, then come to my event.

56:21
That’s over at SellersSummit.com. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to MyWifeQuoterJob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

496: Forget China! How To Import From India And Save 37% On Your Products – Family First Friday

496: Forget China!  How To Import From India And Save 37% On Your Products – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I teach you how to go beyond sourcing from China, find great suppliers in India and get the lowest prices possible.

Check out this India Sourcing Trip organized by my friend Meghla Bhardwaj. This is an 8-day learning, sourcing and cultural guided tour to India.

Use the code STEVE for $300 offhttps://www.indiasourcingtrip.com.

What You’ll Learn

  • What You Should Source From India?
  • How Do You Find A Manufacturer In India?
  • The Products India Excels At Making

Transcript

00:00
In this episode, I’m going to teach you how to get lower prices for your products by importing from India. Now, if you’ve been following this podcast for any length of time, you know that I have a lot of material on how to import from China. But China has gotten a lot more expensive over the years. And not only that, during the Trump era, the president imposed heavy tariffs on many product categories ranging from 10 to 25 percent, which still exist today and probably are not going away anytime soon.

00:27
These heavy tariffs have caused many companies to move their manufacturing operations to other countries to avoid the extra taxes. And one of the biggest beneficiaries of the tariffs has been India. And today’s podcast is going to teach you how to go beyond sourcing from China, find great suppliers in India and get the lowest prices possible. What’s up, everyone? You are listening to My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales.

00:56
Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now, if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses. Also, if you enjoy the content of this show, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now over the years,

01:26
India’s economy has been booming and they’ve been making huge strides in various industries. From textiles, handicrafts jewelry to technology, pharmaceuticals and automotive, the range of products India offers is pretty extensive and exceptional in quality. In addition, India’s proactive government policies has encouraged foreign trade by signing free trade agreements with many countries, including the United States, which means lower duties and more importantly, no tariffs. Right now, there’s never been a better time to import from India

01:56
And depending on what products you decide to source for your e-commerce business, you can import products from India that are the same or better than China in terms of quality at cheaper prices. Now, let’s just start off by comparing China versus India overall in terms of overall cost. When it comes to manufacturing any product, the cost of labor usually factors heavily into the end price. And this is why whenever someone asks me about buying from the United States, it’s usually a non-starter for most products. For example,

02:25
the cost of labor in China is 4x lower than the US. And India’s cost of labor is significantly lower than China. Now, if you look at the minimum wage among different countries in Asia, you’ll notice that the average minimum monthly wage is about 170 bucks a month in India compared to about $360 a month in China. So in other words, the average cost of labor in China is over 2x that of India. Now keep in mind that this is just an average of the minimum wage.

02:53
In a recent study conducted by Procon Pacific, it is estimated that the overall labor cost is roughly 37 % cheaper in India than China when it comes to manufacturing. And this difference in labor costs and tariffs is one of the many reasons why China has been losing global export market share in the past several years. And by losses, we’re talking losses of about 10 % or more. Meanwhile, both India and Vietnam have been gaining market share in droves. Now, given the cheaper cost of labor,

03:23
Why not source everything from India? Well, the main downside is that unlike China, India does not make every kind of product well. For example, China is the leader electronics, toys, machinery, and India is not gonna overtake China anytime soon in those categories. So what is India good for exactly? And what should you source from India? Well, here are the main product categories where India shines in terms of manufacturing. The first type of product is anything made out of leather.

03:50
India is the world’s second largest exporter of leather goods such as shoes, bags, and garments. And they have a long history of leather production and a skilled labor force that is well-versed in leather processing. India is also a major producer and exporter of textiles such as cotton, silk, and wool. In fact, India’s textile industry is one of the largest in the world. In addition, there’s a huge variety of product made out of steel, ceramics, and bamboo that are unique to India that can be imported and sold in the US and other countries.

04:20
Now the thing about India is that every different region of India specializes in something different. And if you’re looking for a supplier, you basically have to find one in the right location. For example, Mumbai specializes in steel, kitchen products, and textiles. Ludhiana specializes in wool products. Pennepat supplies home furnishings. Bangalore specializes in apparel, hardware, silk, and coffee. Kurgia makes ceramics. Kolkata specializes in leather bags. I’m not going to list them all.

04:48
but there’s a map that I’ll post in the show notes for more information. Now the key thing to realize here is that India doesn’t make everything, but what it does manufacture, it does very well and at lower prices. So overall, India’s probably not going to replace sourcing from China completely anytime soon, but here are the main reasons why I personally sourced from India for my e-commerce store over at Bumblebee Linens. One, the production costs are lower. For our handkerchiefs and linens,

05:16
I’d say on average prices are lower by about 15 to 20%, especially after you factor in customs duties. And unlike China, the US has free trade agreements with India because there’s not a trade war going on. The second reason is to diversify my product risk. Unfortunately, US-China relations haven’t been that great as of late, so I’m playing it safe and diversifying my factories all over the world. I remember during the pandemic, my wife and I were terrified when one of our main factories shut down in China.

05:44
and we had no idea when they were reopened. And third, India is awesome for textiles, which is what we mainly sell in our shop. The prices and quality for fabrics and handiwork is as good or better than China at lower prices. And then finally, the overall trend is that China exports are going down and more and more brands are sourcing from India due to lower prices. In fact, many of the companies I work with in China have opened factories in other Asian countries to avoid the US tariffs.

06:12
and experts are predicting that China’s market share will continue to fall in the coming years. Now that I’ve gotten you excited about sourcing from India, how do you find a supplier over there? And unfortunately, there’s no Alibaba for India and there’s no magical directory for Indian suppliers. This means that you often have to do your own legwork to find a factory. Now the good news is unlike China, many India factories actually have websites that you can browse and find online. And one of the easiest ways to find a supplier is by using

06:42
Google Bard. For example, let’s say you want to source leather bags from India. Leather bags are primarily made in Kolkata, India, so you can simply use this prompt. Provide me with a list of potential suppliers from Kolkata that have more than 100 workers in their factory and export to the United States. And within seconds, Bard will give you a bunch of factories that you can reach out to. Now you can also find some India manufacturers on Alibaba, but it’s pretty rare. So overall, the best way to find a factory in India though, is to use a sourcing agent.

07:12
In fact, my friend Meghla is a sourcing agent over there and I’ll post her information in the show notes. A sourcing agent is someone who resides in India that has close ties to the factories over there. They will help you contact vetted suppliers, negotiate on your behalf, and help you navigate the various certifications in order to import from there. If you are interested in learning more about product sourcing and sourcing agents, make sure you sign up for my free six-day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. Now once you have a list of factories,

07:41
you must learn how to approach suppliers in India. And in many respects, importing from India is a lot like importing from China and relationships are everything. You must treat your supplier like a partner and project confidence in your dealings. Never admit that you’re a newbie. Be professional and act larger than you are. After all, if you look at yourself from a supplier’s point of view, would you rather work with a newbie who doesn’t know anything? Or would you rather work with a client that knows what they want, is decisive and ready to buy?

08:11
Here’s a sample script for initial contact that you can use. Hey, my name is Steve and I’m a buyer from Bubble Me Linens, a store in the US that sells handkerchiefs. We are interested in carrying many of the items that you have to offer. Specifically, I would like to get pricing and availability for the following items. Please send pricing in 500, 1000, and 5000 unit quantities. If you could send us your product catalogs, lead times for manufacturing, and your minimum order quantity, we would greatly appreciate it. Now, after you get a reply with pricing,

08:39
Keep in mind that these aren’t the final prices that you’ll be paying. You are expected to negotiate. This isn’t like the US where prices are fixed. In India, anything goes. And before you begin your negotiations, you should have a target price in mind. Now, how do get this target price? Well, basically, you must figure out how much you can sell your product for online by looking on Amazon, eBay, or any other website. Then you take this number and you divide it by four. Now, this is a very rough calculation for what your target price should be.

09:09
But in general, you want to be able to make at least a 66 % margin on what you sell after shipping and customs. Now, as you negotiate with your supplier, you should ask questions about what affects the pricing and the minimum order quantity. For example, with our store, there’s always some wiggle room regarding the different fabrics we use for our hankies, the thickness of the fabric, how it’s treated, et cetera. And in general, the more you buy, the cheaper your costs are going to be.

09:34
I always like to get pricing upfront for different order quantities so I know what to expect as my volume grows. But in general, your ability to negotiate will heavily depend on your perceived value as a customer. And this is why you must project confidence in your negotiations. Anyway, if the pricing is within your ballpark, you should request a sample of the product to be sent to you. And then if you like to sample, you can arrange for a bulk order and shipping to your home country. Here’s just a couple of questions you should ask your factory. What is the minimum order quantity?

10:04
What is the production time? How will the product be shipped? For orders shipped by sea, you should hire a freight forwarder. You should also ask what the HS code is for your product. The HS code, or Harmonized System Code, is a standardized system of names and numbers to classify traded products. And this code is used by the customs authorities around the world to identify products for the purposes of levying duties and taxes. And with this code, you’ll want to check to see if there are any customs duties from India for your products.

10:33
Once you are ready to place your order, you typically have to put down a deposit of 20 to 30 % to cover the cost of materials and then pay the remaining balance upon completion. If this is your first time importing from India, rest assured that it’s highly unlikely that you’ll get outright scammed, but quality control can be a problem. You should always hire an inspection service like KEMA to inspect the goods before they are shipped. KEMA will spend an inspector to your India factory to make sure your goods are as you expect for about 300 bucks.

11:03
and hiring an inspector is 100 % worth it. Because once your goods are shipped from India, it’s way too expensive to return them to India if there are defects. Now that you understand the basics of importing from India, make sure you check out all my other resources on the blog, YouTube channel, and podcasts on how to import from overseas step-by-step.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

495: How To Make An Extra $100k This Year By Optimizing Your Financial Stack With Bill D’Alessandro

495: How To Make An Extra $100k This Year By Optimizing Your Financial Stack With Bill D'Alessandro

Today I have my good friend Bill D’Alessandro back on the show. Bill is the founder of the ecommerce company Elements Brands and the host of the Acquisitions Anonymous podcast. He also does a bunch of consulting and coaching, and he’s spoken at my annual ecommerce conference, the Sellers Summit.

In this episode, Bill is going to teach us how we can make an extra $100,000 per year with just a couple of small changes to our financial stack.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to optimize your banking
  • How to optimize your credit cards
  • How to optimize your cash flow

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I my good friend Bill D’Alessandro back on the show. And in this episode, Bill is going to teach us how we can make an extra $100,000 per year with just a couple of small changes to our financial stack. Now, I didn’t know about one of these tips and it’s already made me over $40,000 this year. But before we begin,

00:27
I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself. This course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase.

00:57
I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linnens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon,

01:26
then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. The students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now on to the show.

01:56
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Drop podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Bill D’Alessandro for I believe the third time. He’s the founder of Elements Brands where he acquires and sells consumer brands. He is also the host of the Acquisitions Anonymous podcast. Does a bunch of consulting and coaching and he’s spoken at my annual e-commerce conference, the Seller Summit, a bunch of times now. I can’t even keep track. I’ve known the man for about nine or 10 years at this point and he always has a ton of knowledge to share.

02:25
And in this episode, we’re going to talk about managing your finances as you run your e-commerce business. And I thought I knew a lot of these things just to be upfront with you guys until I chatted with him recently. And I wanted Bill to share his knowledge with all of you. And with that, welcome back to the show, Bill. How are doing, man? I’m great. I’m glad to be back. I said that at Seller Summit, I had lost count of the number of times I’d have attended. And I’ve also lost count of the number of times I’ve done your show. So good to be back for the who knows how manyth time.

02:54
So, how’s it going? I’ve noticed you’ve been just popping out a lot of kids lately. Yes, we’re working on our third at the moment. So I got two. So I my first kid in March 2020, like right when the pandemic started, and then we just went for it. So now our third child will be born in January 2024. Thank you. You guys done a three or are you going to put up basketball? I think so. My wife is lobbying for four already. We don’t even have three. That’s enough for me.

03:23
So it seems to me, and I’ve known you for a long time, it seems like the bill of just maybe four, three or four years ago has changed dramatically since having a family. How have things changed? Yeah, well, when you have, before you have a family, it’s just you. And I know that sounds obvious, but you can go really hard before you have a family, right? You you can work nights, you can work weekends, you know, you can have an erratic schedule, but once you have kids, you can’t, that’s a luxury you just don’t have anymore. So I have gotten much more structured. So I have like a really,

03:53
blocked week now, which is awesome. like Steve, you scheduled this with me. This is in like my external meetings block. This block is for meetings with people that don’t work at elements brands. And it’s like just today and tomorrow. And that’s it. Otherwise, wait till next week. So I’ve been much more structured with my time. And we’ve also sold a bunch of our brands. I simplify my life a lot. So we have kind of one one big brand now in natural dog company. We kind of 80 20 the whole portfolio. So life is more chill now.

04:23
Yeah, so just one company to worry about not like you had like five or six before, right? Eight, in fact. Eight. Oh my God, that’s crazy. Yeah, it was crazy because like, I mean, a lot of people listen to have ecommerce businesses and Steve, I you have an ecommerce business in any ecommerce business. Something goes catastrophically wrong, like once a year, right? Like your Amazon, your main Amazon listing gets suspended. Your Facebook ads go completely off the rails. Something happens like really bad once a year. And when you have eight brands, that means something happens like

04:53
catastrophically bad like every six weeks. It’s terrible. It was terrible. Right. And so like it was a it was a tough life. And we can talk a lot about whole Co’s and why whole Co’s are tough and know, multiple brands is tough. But that was what my life was. And then in 2022, we basically just said this is bananas. We have one one brand in natural dog that can be really, really big. Let’s just go all in on that. Nice. Nice. That’s like Spencer Jans philosophy.

05:21
He sold off all his other brands except for the main one, Solo Stove, and then he turned that into a billion dollar business. Yeah, that would work for me. So I am curious, just the environment still isn’t that great in general with the economy. How are you putting your business’s money right now? Are you just T-billing and chilling? T-billing and chilling, yeah. I mean, I use money market funds. I don’t buy the T-bills directly, but yeah, mean, and I haven’t like, just to be clear,

05:51
like bailed out of the market. haven’t like sold everything or anything like that. I’m just kind of accumulating excess cash in T bills and interest yielding instruments. I’m doing a friend of mine also raised a debt fund that invests in like fix and flip homes across the whole portfolio yield like 10%. So I’m invested in that. So I’m looking for more kind of interest bearing stuff.

06:15
Yeah, so one thing you said at seller summit was you were going to guarantee that everyone listening was going to make $100,000 after listening to your talk. That’s right. And there was one thing that you mentioned, which I want you to talk about, where I was just sitting on like a pile of cash just sitting in like a checking account. And then you said something I was like, Okay, well, he just made me maybe $40,000 right there. You want it? You want to share it? You want to share it?

06:43
Cause I thought that’s cool. didn’t even know these existed. Yeah. So, uh, several people, by the way, Steve came up to me after my talk and said that I did legitimately make them a hundred grand. So I’m the stellar summit next year. Uh, so, but I’ll, no, I’ll the beans here. Also, you don’t, you don’t need to come to seller summit next year for this, but you should. Uh, so the big thing that everybody’s gotta be doing that people have kind of taken their eye off the ball for the last 10 years.

07:10
is earning cash, earning yield on your cash, on your business’s cash, right? So for the last decade, interest rates have been effectively zero. So you didn’t have to optimize where you parked your business’s cash. But now, interest rates are in the high fours, as we record this in July 2023. And if you park a million bucks in an interest-yielding account, you’re going to make 50 grand a year just for doing nothing. And there’s these new banks that have popped up that will let you earn yield on your operating cash.

07:40
There’s two of them I really like. One is called Mercury and one is called Highbeam. Mercury’s been around for a while. They were focused on SaaS companies, but they’ve recently started pushing the e-commerce and then Highbeam was founded, I think last year or two years ago, and they specifically focus on e-comm. But both of them will give you like 4.8 % yield on your business’s idle cash, just straight up free money. So here’s the thing, Bill. During the whole bank scare, my wife became paranoid.

08:09
And what she did is she started opening bank accounts like crazy because of the FDIC limit. Yep. And so now we were the proud owner of like a bunch of bank accounts, which I hate keeping track of. One thing you left out was the insurance limit on these companies that you just named. What? Yeah, it’s cool. So right. Everybody’s freaked out. We don’t want to keep our cash over the FDIC limit. The FDIC limit is two hundred fifty thousand dollars. If you more than two hundred fifty thousand dollars in account, your bank goes belly up. You may not get all your

08:39
But the cool thing about both Mercury and Highbeam is what they actually do is spread your money around what’s called a sweep network. So it looks like you only have one account with them, but behind the scenes, they open accounts for you at lots of different banks and distribute your cash and make sure each individual kind of phantom account is always below $250,000. So no bank, you’re always fully FDIC insured. So both of them, Highbeam and Mercury,

09:05
have $5 million of FDIC insurance because they divide your money across 20 different accounts. And that is the bomb. So we are closing those, a bunch of those accounts now and consult, you wouldn’t, don’t know if you’ve ever tried to do this, but keeping track of all those accounts is a pain in butt. have this spreadsheet down. Yeah, whenever I want to log in, I don’t even know how much money we have. My wife could just run off right now and I would have no idea.

09:32
And if you lose one, that’s 250 grand. Oh, we forgot about, you know, the, Steve Chu community bank in Mississippi. Oops. It reminds me of Bitcoin. Like you lose your wallet. It’s gone. Yeah. It’s also gone. Even if you don’t lose your wallet in crypto. That’s true. Uh, the other value add that I had a number of people come talk to me about regarding your talk was just optimizing your spend. One of the biggest bonuses of running an e-commerce business.

10:02
or any business for that matter, is that you can get points and that sort of thing. But a lot of people aren’t optimizing that. what is your, what is your strategy there? So yeah, so the first half of make a hundred grand by listening to this podcast is park your business cash in an interest yielding checking account. The second half of make a hundred grand by listening to this podcast is optimize, optimize your fricking credit card spend. If you are running, if you own an e-commerce business like

10:28
I know everybody’s read all the blogs about points and you go, Oh, this sounds so complicated. Maybe it’s not worth dealing with. I’m here to tell you this absolutely worth dealing with. Um, you know, myself and other people I know take home six figures a year just on credit card cash back and points, um, based just on points. I fly first class pretty much everywhere I go. Um, I don’t pay a penny for it. It’s just points from the business. This is absolutely worth figuring out. So here is like the

10:56
80-20, the simplest possible e-commerce credit card stack so you don’t have to like do all the points brain damage. So you need two credit cards. So first start with an Amex Gold. It earns 4x points on advertising and shipping. And if you’re an e-commerce, know, advertising and shipping are basically the whole cost structure. So you get an Amex Gold, the first $150,000 you rent with that Amex Gold are going to make 4x, you’ll get $450,000.

11:28
Then any ads or any spend that’s not ads or shipping, put it on a Capital One Spark business card. It earns 2 % cash back on everything. If you just do those two things, right? That’s like the most basic e-com stack. If you are spending more than $150,000 a year on ads and shipping, and here’s the big secret, you can have more than one Amex Gold on the same EIN. So you just apply for another one.

11:55
and that one has a separate $150,000 cap. You can have up to 10 Amex golds. So you can earn 4X Amex points on up to one and a half million dollars a year of ad and shipping spent. So that’s like, and then everything else besides that and shipping put on a capital one spark. That’s the simple like 80 20 econ credit card stack. I don’t really spend money on flights or hotels anymore because of this.

12:22
But I don’t fly first class. guess that’s the only difference. You could. I could. know, we’re sitting on like millions of points. Actually, we could. We’re just, I’m just a, I’m just a frugal guy, Bill. Even if it’s imaginary, imaginary, but they’re a point. But they do disappear. The value of them does depreciate. They devalue them over time. like the kind of the strategy on points is like earn and burn because they’re, they’re not a good investment. holding them.

12:51
The credit card companies are just looking for ways to slowly make them worse and worse. Yeah, I think the philosophy though is unless the points that we’re getting is a good deal for the ticket for the points, we tend not to use them, which requires a little bit of planning, right? But are you planning your trips so that you can take these first class without blowing a bunch of points or? Yeah, I tried. So for example, my wife and I just went to Italy for 12 days. We flew first class both ways on points and I.

13:17
Don’t remember how much it was in points, but it was not. Well, first of all, I would never pay cash for these. Like let’s just be quick. I would have never flown international first class. It would have been like $20,000 or something insane. So no, I would have never done that. But on points, was like the equivalent. I got like something like five to 10 cents of value per point, which is like, you know, base value on a point is like one to two cents. Right. So when you redeem for first class international, the points just go a lot farther.

13:46
I just wanted to let you know that tickets for the 2024 Seller Summit are now on sale over at Sellersummit.com. The Seller Summit is the conference that I hold every year that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will lead with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Every speaker I invite is deep in the trenches of their e-commerce business

14:15
entrepreneurs who are importing large quantity of physical goods and not high level guides who are overseeing their companies at 50,000 feet. I personally hate large events, so the Seller Summit is always small and intimate. Every year, we cut off ticket sales at around 200 people, so tickets sell out fast and we’ve sold out every single year for the past eight years. If you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over $250,000 or $1 million per year in revenue, we also offer an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers.

14:44
The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, from May 14th to May 16th of 2024. Right now, this is the cheapest the tickets will ever be. For more information, go to SellersSummit.com. That’s S-E-L-L-E-R-S-S-U-M-M-I-T.com or just Google it. Now back to the show.

15:05
Okay, so now that we’ve put out the candy for this episode, let’s talk about the guts that are gonna really make the big difference for an e-commerce business. One of the, I guess the downsides of running an e-commerce business is that it’s a cashflow heavy business. So I wanna get down to the nitty gritty now and just talk about how to manage cashflow, because you’ve done this for so many, eight e-commerce brands at one point, and it can get into a headache. So what are some of your main principles? Yeah, so the…

15:34
The problem, right? And I think everybody running an income business has felt this. Even if your business is doing well and growing, you know, my business is doing well, and then it’s time to buy inventory again. And you’re like, I need to buy $200,000 worth of inventory and I have $100,000 worth of cash. Where is all my cash going? My income statement says that my business is profitable, but I never have any cash. Why is my bank balance not going up? What the hell is going on? But I’m sure a lot of people listening have felt that.

16:01
And what the hell is going on is that all of your cash is tied up in inventory. It is all on the shelves that you’re 3PL. Because as your inventory balance goes up, that is a use of cash, right? So if you had, you know, $500,000 of inventory last year, and this year you have a million dollars worth of inventory, you have plowed in an incremental half a million dollars into inventory. So if your business made a half a million dollars, well, guess what? You don’t have any more cash. You have a bunch more inventory, but you don’t have any more cash.

16:31
So I’ve seen so many entrepreneurs get pinched by this. And then what do they do? They go for one of these quick cashflow loans, you know, like the Parkers or the eight figs or the clearcoes or Wayfly or all these things, right? And they pay absurd interest rates. And it’s just a tax on people who can’t forecast their cashflow. So I’ve got a couple of kind of like easy rules of thumb to make sure that you have enough cash to buy your next inventory order.

16:59
Okay, it’s really, it’s really only two. For one, it is maintain a weekly cash flow log. And I don’t mean an income statement, I mean a cash flow log. mean, when you think about an income statement, right, so like, you sell a product for $1, you have 20 cents of cost of goods in it, you have all the other expenses down the PNL, and you’ve got maybe 20 cents of profit, right. But there’s a couple expenses in that PNL that are not cash. And the biggest one is cogs.

17:27
cost of goods, like yeah, you had 20 cents of cost in it, but when you sold it, you didn’t pay 20 cents, you already paid the 20 cents, it’s been on the shelf, right? So you generated as far as cashflow from that order, whatever your net income is, plus your cogs, because the cogs is a phantom cost. So when you build a cashflow model, you need to build it based on deposits. And the deposit that you get from Shopify is gonna be, know, doesn’t have cogs taken out.

17:55
So build a cashflow weekly cashflow log. And then in the future, you can start going, when do I think I’m gonna have to buy more inventory? And you put a bogey out there, you know, in two or three months of, it’s gonna cost me a hundred grand. And then I go, how many days between now and then do I have of cash coming in? Am I gonna have a hundred grand? And you go, well, okay, how much money should I save to make sure I have a hundred grand buy whenever it’s time to order inventory? Easy rule of thumb.

18:23
put away in a separate account on the side, whatever your daily cogs were, right? Because that phantom cogs expense, it’s phantom, you’re getting that cash. If you blow the cash, you won’t have it to buy inventory again. So kind of think of it as replacement costs. When you sell a unit that costs you 20 cents, right? You’re gonna need to replace that unit, essentially, eventually, right? So take 20 cents and put it aside every time you sell something.

18:52
you know, that cost you 20 cents. And then when it’s time to order more, you should have cash in the bank to do it. This sounds just like profit first, kind of, but for inventory, but for inventory. Exactly. So exactly. Are you implying then that there’s literally separate bank accounts for each of these things? Like for Yeah, okay. Yeah, I find it super helpful to have a separate bank account. just call it reserve cash. And it’s basically I, you know, I we move money into it every week.

19:19
And we that’s what we save up and we know that reserve cash is going to get spent down to zero. You know in three months and four months or whatever when we have a big inventory bullet right, but then we know it’s there and so then we’re basically we borrow from ourselves our reserve cash rather than having to go borrow money from a lender. So this happens every week or every month. We do it weekly. I find if you do it monthly your it’s too late like you will have spent three weeks of the cash right right right?

19:48
You know, because business owners tend to operate on what’s in their bank account, right? They’re like, oh, wait, the bank account has a lot of money in it. And then they’ll spend the money or they’ll take it out of the business. But then a month later, the big bill shows up and they got to order more inventory. They don’t have the cash. It’s funny how that psychology works. Someone just gave me an analogy the other day, like, you know, in the beginning, when you have a big fresh tube of toothpaste, you slather your toothbrush. But then when it gets down the little bit, you’re just putting this little tiny dot on there. Humans are like that. When there’s money, they spend it. So yes.

20:18
100%. So it’s really important to build a cashflow forecast. So what happens if you’re doing this forecast and there’s no way in hell that you’re going to actually make enough money to pay for your next inventory order? What are your options? So, well, so you have lots of options, but before we get into the options, if that is the case, you need to fundamentally change something about your business, right? Your margin profile is not good enough.

20:45
If you are running your business and it’s not generating enough cash to pay for your next inventory buy, there’s something wrong with your business, right? You’re either spending too much on ads, your gross margin isn’t high enough, you have too much overhead, something is fundamentally broken. So first, let me just say, you know, don’t just put a bandaid on the thing and figure out how do I get the cash to pay for the next inventory buy? Because that’s what everybody does. And then they call me and they’re like, Bill, we’re totally screwed.

21:11
And I go, yeah, but it could be you’ve been just looking for the next hit and you didn’t fix the thing that was wrong in your business. So first thing, fix what’s wrong with your business. What if you’re growing just so fast though, and you want to just keep fuel to the fire and that if you really have the, the math and the spreadsheets to show that you’re profitable, you have good margins and it is simply because you’re growing too fast, proceed to the next step, which is what we’ll talk about. Can you throw some numbers out there? Like what is a healthy company in order to throw fuel in the fire?

21:41
Yeah. So I mean, first of all, are you net income positive? Right. I mean, if you are not venture backed, you need to be net income positive. Right. Period. That’s like the lowest bar. Right. Right. The higher bars, I think, and I’ll credit this to Taylor Holliday on Twitter. He basically says that your returning customers should pay for your overhead and your new customers should be breakeven. Right. So you can basically run your ads at breakeven.

22:11
and then look at how much money you make from your recurring customers. And that should cover the overhead of your business. If you do that, you can’t possibly lose money, right? That’s a break even business, right? Another way to describe a break even business, right? The returning customers pay for all the overhead. So that segment breaks even. And then the new customers are break even because you spend on ads to acquire them. And that part’s break even. You can’t go out of business. You’re break even. I would think sort of a, so if you’re running a really fast growing econ business, you know,

22:39
low single digit EBITDA margins are OK because you’re probably plowing money into ads. But if you’re doing that, you better have frickin good cash flow forecasting because one or two percent the wrong direction and you’re losing money. So you got to be focused on it really, really tight. So that also implies then that you have more than one product, right? Because if you’re one and done, you’re pretty much screwed with one product is tough. mean, hero products are great. Like successful companies have hero products.

23:06
power skews that push big volume and you can order in big quantities. And you know, mean all else being equal, right? I would love to have one product that does $100 million versus a million products that do $1 or you know, whatever. So if your products is obviously easier in every way. So you want to cultivate power skews. There’s nothing wrong with the power skew. But if you are a single skew business, you probably have a massive opportunity to build a product family around that single skew.

23:34
Okay, I like that. I never heard that before. Maybe I should follow this guy on Twitter. Yeah, Taylor’s really right. He runs ComFed Collective. He’s a really smart, smart guy, tweets a lot too. So lots of good content. So if you feel comfortable that you’re not spending on ads irresponsibly, and that your business is structurally okay, but you need money for growth, you have a couple options from best to worst.

24:01
One of the cheapest ways, if you sell on Amazon, the Amazon Marcus lines of credit are really, really inexpensive. They’re like 10 % interest. They’re true interest. We’re talking about the difference between true interest and a fee in a minute. But they’re true interest. If you go for the Amazon Marcus loans, the Amazon paraffin loans, they have partnerships with Marcus and with paraffin. The paraffin ones are phenomenally expensive and avoid them like the plague. The Marcus ones.

24:31
are reasonably priced. Another thing you can do is go to your local bank and get a line of credit. A line of credit is basically like a big credit card that you can draw down on and then pay back. And they’re usually priced in today’s interest rate environment. They’ll be in the low teens. They’ll be 10, 11, 12, 13 percent, which is pretty cheap money considering that T-bills are paying five percent.

24:57
the bank’s only making a 7 % ish risk premium to lend to you. Very reasonable. They charge true interest. When you pay them back, it stops charging interest, right? You pay them to zero and it stops charging interest, which is different than some of the other products we’re gonna talk about here in a minute. So a line of credit to your bank is a great place to start. Can we go back to the Amazon loans real quick? I’ve actually never taken money from Amazon before. What is the difference between a Marcus and a Paraffin just logistically? Yeah, so these are…

25:24
Just to be clear, Marcus and Parafin are third party companies that Amazon has partnered with. Okay. Like on the loans and then Amazon like facilitates you getting the money. Got it. Okay. So you’ll see a Marcus logo or a Parafin logo inside of Seller Central. Okay. The Marcus one, the terms will be something to the effect of like it’s a hundred thousand dollar loan. It’s 12 % true interest, you know, and it’s due in a year. Okay. Something like that. Right. And you will

25:52
The key though is if you borrow the hundred grand, it’s 12 % interest. If you pay it back tomorrow, you you only kept the money for one day. You would only pay one 365th times 12%. You would pay functionally no interest because you only have the money for a day. Okay. Right. And because it’s a true line of credit that shows there’s true interest. And that’s how it would be too. If you went down your local bank, um, it reasonable. This is the way money should be lent. This is way money is lent all the time to large businesses and, uh,

26:21
Normal. Let’s now go to the next, the other type, which is these merchant cash advances, the way fliers of the world, the paraffin side of Amazon lending, eight fig, like all these and people will invariably tweet you after this episode comes out and me and they’ll go, well, what about this one? If they frame it as a fee, if they use the word fee and what they’ll say is borrow $100,000, pay a 10 % fee and you’ll pay it back as a fraction of sales.

26:51
or you’ll pay back $1,000 a day or whatever until the loan is paid back, run the other way. And here’s why. If you borrow that same $100,000, what will happen is they will immediately just increase your loan balance to $110,000. They will just put the fee right on your loan balance. If you try to pay it off tomorrow, you will owe them $110,000. You would have paid the full year of interest and only have the money for one day.

27:21
And that is the huge difference between these merchant cash advances and a true line of credit is that the merchant cash advance charges you all of the interest for the entire duration of the loan right upfront. And then on day one, you pay back a little fraction. On day two, you pay back a little fraction. On day three, you pay back a little fraction. Well, the problem is that money you pay back on day one, you had it for one day and you paid the fee on that money for the whole time.

27:48
Right? You had the next money on day two, you had that money for two days, but you paid the full 10 % fee on that money and so on and so forth. I have a whole calculator and article about this. If you go to buildda.com, B-I-L-L-D-A.com slash debt, I kind of spell it all out because verbal math is hard on podcasts. Right. buildda.com slash debt. And you can kind of break down the math. And so what is the effective APR then on one of these loans, assuming you’re paying back? Yeah, the way these loans work,

28:18
I guess for people listening is they literally take the money out of your revenue directly from your Amazon account, and then pay you the difference after subtracting their fee. So how does the math work? What does it end up coming out to? So let’s say you get a traditional loan, and it’s 10%. But a 10 % fee from one these companies, what is the equivalent? So and this is sort of what these companies are based on. You can’t is very hard to do the math without a spreadsheet, right? front.

28:45
But I will tell you, having done the math on a lot of them, they usually pencil out to between 40 and 60 % interest. Wow. Even though it looks like a 10 % fee, they usually pencil to about 40 to 60 % true interest because you pay the money back so fast. So you’ve paid a 10 % fee on money you had for days or weeks. So think about this way, if you pay a 10 % fee and you have the money for a month, what’s the real APR?

29:14
Right, it’s 12 times 10, 120%. Right? So that’s why these things are so they’re hidden expensive. But people can’t do math because math is very complicated if you don’t have a finance degree. And that’s kind of what these companies are relying on. I was always wondering why so many of these popped up all of a sudden, like I get emails from these types of companies, probably like every other day, wanting to sponsor something or or or whatnot. So I guess they’re just making a ton of money hand over fist then.

29:44
Well, that should tell you, right? If somebody is like desperately trying to get you to take their money, you should be asking, why am I so lucky? Right? Like if they have, if they can afford to email the crap out of like, does Bank of America email the crap out of you every day? Does Chase Bank, you know, does your local credit union like no, because they’re lending money at reasonable rates of interest, right? These guys who are lending money at insane rates of interest.

30:11
What are they? They’re actually sales and marketing companies. They call Steve Chu every day and say, we need to sponsor the podcast. We need to sponsor seller summit. We need to be in front of all these sellers. They have huge marketing budgets because they are trying to get their money out because when it goes out, they get 50 % APR on it. It’s the best deal going. So I guess one of the, one of the value adds that they advertise is that you get approved in like a day and you can get your money the next day. Whereas if you apply for a

30:40
a line of credit at a bank, for example, what do they need from you? A full proctology exam. Yeah, a lot, right? And so this comes back to my strong recommendation for a cash flow forecast. Spending paying a really high interest rate is a tax on not realizing you need the money until you need it tomorrow. Right? When you realize that, oh, crap, I need the money in 48 hours.

31:09
your only option is expensive money. And by the way, that’s why the money is so expensive, because they don’t fricking underwrite you. They’re like, Oh, hi, Steve Chu off the street. Here’s $200,000. Does that sound normal to anyone? Like, no, they’re taking a ton of risk. They don’t underwrite very well. And so as a result, they have to charge really high APRs to the people that do get the money because it has to cover defaults because when they lend that fast, they can’t underwrite.

31:39
So that should be another tip. If someone is just trying to shove you the money and doesn’t even know you, you should start asking questions. Plus, you know, they’re taking it directly from your Amazon earnings and they look at your track record. I mean, they get access to the money first. They’re intermediary between your earnings and your bank account, actually. So they always get paid. Yeah, they go pay it first. Yes. And I’ve seen businesses just choked by these things. You know, they’ve got two or three of them and they’re none of the money’s making it to their bank account.

32:09
And then they got to buy inventory and what they don’t have any cash. So what do do? They get another one. It’s, it’s a horrible slippery slope. I’ve seen it kill businesses. All right. So let’s talk about, uh, logistically keeping track of your inventory. And I mean, you mentioned a separate bank account, but I’m just thinking like cost of goods. It’s, kind of complicated because, you know, it comes in at different times. You’re getting everything at different prices. Like, is there a nice logistical way to organize all this? Yeah. So this is hard. Um,

32:39
And it’s kind of like much in accounting. If you guys have ever done tried to do accounting for your business or talk to your accountant, you will pretty quickly realize that all accounting is a trade off between speed and accuracy. Like so many things in life, right? Of course, you in the inventory side, you could keep track of literally every unit. And you could keep them all in little piles based on how much money you paid for them, right? If your cost from your supplier is changing, and you could

33:05
keep them all in little piles because the freight is different each time you bring it all in. Right. And then you could be very sure which pile you sold each one out of, and you could make an entry for every single one and your accounting would be perfect. Right. But that’s just not reasonable. Right. Like we all use three PLs and three PLs won’t keep inventory in little piles. You know, it’s just, it’s not feasible. Um, so I find sort of the, the best, like 80 20 for most econ businesses.

33:34
is what’s called landed average cost. So let’s say you’re make our math really easy. You’re going to buy 100 units from China and they each cost a dollar a piece. Right. So that’s $100 in inventory, right? 100 units, dollar piece, $100 in inventory. You’re also going to pay $20 to ship them. Right. So many businesses will expense the $20 that they paid to ship it.

34:03
and then stick $100 of inventory in the balance sheet and debit it $1 at a time as they sell everything. I think the better way to do it is to take that $20 you pay for shipping and what’s called capitalize it. Put it on the balance sheet in your inventory account as well. So you have $120 of inventory because that’s really what it costs you to get it to your 3PL, a landed cost. So you got 100 units at a dollar of hard cost and 20 cents each of shipping cost, meaning

34:31
the landed price of that unit is $1.20. And by doing it this way, like think about the $1.20 is also essentially the replacement cost of that unit, right? If when you need to buy another one, it will cost you $1.20 all in to get it to your 3PL, right? To get it landed in the state. So you should be putting away to the side, $1.20 per unit, right? So when you buy again, you pay $100 to your factory and $20 to your freight forwarder, and you have

35:00
100 more units. So that is what’s called at landed cost is the dollar 20 versus the dollar. So that’s landed cost. Then average cost is if you pay, you know, 90 cents this time and $1 10 last time, you just carry it at $1. Like you put them all in one giant pile. And the value of everything in the pile is the weighted average of everything that’s gone into the pile, right? If that makes sense. Yep. Yep. Yep. And that’s just the easiest

35:29
80 20 way to do it. And then once a year or twice a year, depending on how much you care about, you count everything and you revalue it. So basically, you know, if you’re if your prices have gone up and now you’re paying your supplier, you know, $1.20 or whatever, you just count how many things are in the pile. You multiply by $1.20 and you go, that’s the new cost. And you take a charge or a benefit on your income statement one time and you revalue your inventory. I find that’s like

35:57
the easiest. So you use average landed average cost and then like once or twice a year, you just give it a sanity check and say, I holding this at the proper value? So I had Kevin Steckow on the show a while back and he does this for everything. He calculates overhead per unit advertising cost per unit and he lumps that all into one, one cost that he subtracts out when he makes a sale. Is that something that you guys do also?

36:26
I think there are limits to this. So like I take some issue with putting advertising cost in the cost of goods in the per unit, because like, for example, for us, we can sell a unit on the dot com. We can sell you an Amazon or we can sell a unit through Petco. And, you know, the advertising cost is very different right through all those channels. So and also the advertising cost hell even on Facebook changes day to day. So like things like that that are so dynamic are not cogs items. There are different.

36:56
Okay. for you, it’s just basically whatever you paid to get it in the door landed averaged across a bunch of different orders. And then you change that number of once a year. Yeah, once a year. And it shouldn’t change that much. Or you change it when your supplier emails you and goes, this is your new price. You’re getting a price increase. Yeah. You know, so logistically, is there like a plugin that does this? Or yes. Yes. With Asterix. So there’s a million different ways to do this.

37:26
The biggest iron way to do it is to get an ERP like an ERP and enter enterprise resource planning piece of software, right? Worst acronym of all time. This would be like a net suite or like an SAP or like a fulfilled at IO and these things are really good if you care about accuracy and you’re a bigger business, but they’re expensive costs like 100 grand a year. Yeah, but if you’re a smaller business, the best way to do this is you should use either QuickBooks or zero Xero accounting. One of those two.

37:54
And then there is a service called a 2X a 2X accounting.com a letter a the number two letter X accounting and they will connect to your Amazon and your Shopify and your QuickBooks and we’ll see what you sold every day and then you will tell a 2X what your average landed cost is. You you keep track of that in a separate spreadsheet and then you just plug the number $1.20 in the case of the example we were using into a 2X and every time you sell one.

38:22
it will recognize the proper cogs in your accounting. It’s pretty slick. They’ve been doing it for like 10 years. It’s a good piece of software. Okay. And as for the bank account, is there a way to automatically divvy up the revenue that comes in to all your separate accounts? Well, not if you have 250 of them like you and Jim. You get what I’m saying, right? If we have a separate account just for cost of goods, ideally when that dollar comes in to Shopify, let’s say part of it goes into your tax account, part of it goes to your cogs account.

38:51
part of it goes into your own account. Is there an automated way of doing that? Not that I’m aware of. know Mercury Bank who we use actually has some some cool rules about, you know, routing money between different accounts at Mercury, but we just have an SOP every week. Our account does it. Yeah, I was just thinking like stuff like that I wouldn’t be good at. Even with an SOP, you got to still follow it, right? You do have to follow it, but I found I take it out of my hands.

39:21
Right? So it’s our accountant that does or my COO does it. I see. Okay. And they’re just moving the money around for you. Yeah. So it feels automated to me. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. And then in the event that you find out that you don’t have enough money to fund your next inventory, where like walk me through the process of finding out what the hell is wrong. I know that’s a loaded question, but we’re just some common places to look. So complex to look, I mean, just sort of walk your income statement.

39:50
Right. So number one, has your revenue fallen off a cliff? Right. So that’s number one. Right. If your revenue is falling off a cliff, you know, it’s hard to fix a lot of problems if you’re not selling anything. So number one, look at your revenue. I mean, everyone checks their revenue. So chances are that’s like the obvious. So walk down the P and L your cost of goods is your cost of goods more than 30 % of your revenue. If so, you’re going to have a hard time.

40:20
In my opinion, this is maybe a hot take, but I believe that gross margins below 70 % are in e-commerce are not workable. It’s there’s just not enough room to pay for ads and shipping and profit. So if your gross margin, if you’re paying 50 cents for a thing you sell for a dollar, you got a problem. So you need to renegotiate with your supplier, launch some higher margin products. You got to get that gross margin up to at least 70%.

40:49
Then, you know, keep walking the PNL. If your gross margin is about 70%, what else might be the problem? And then this is always the other thing that’s a problem. Mark Zuckerberg is taking all your money, right? Or Jeff Bezos is taking all your money in the form of sponsored product ads, depending on what channel you’re selling on. So if your ads are more than, say, 40%, even 30%, like if your ads are more than 33 % of sales, you’re going to want to look at that. Yeah. You know, you might need to grow slower.

41:16
or even shrink, you might need to do less business, but more profitably and slow down those ads. And then the last thing is you walk to PNL is you got to at your overhead. Do you really need all those employees? And like, it’s a hard thing to say, but people are the single biggest. It’s usually cogs, ads, people on every PNL. It’s like almost that simple. So you just got to look at cogs, ads, people, and those are the only three buckets that I mean, canceling software and stuff doesn’t move the needle.

41:45
You want to move the needle cogs adds people period. So you mentioned 70 % margins. Does that imply that just selling wholesale, which is traditionally 50 % margins, it’s just not going to work these days. Wholesale is not traditionally 50 % margin wholesale for the retailer, right? So for the retailer will make a 50 margin. So like, let’s just give you an example, right? So let’s say a thing sells for $1 at the store. The retailer is going to want to buy it from you for 50 cents, right? Right.

42:14
you might make it for 15 to 20 cents. Right. That’s not what I meant. I meant you as the online retailer with the 50 % margin. No, if you’re, if you’re honestly, and this, I’ve been saying this for a couple of years and people always get mad at me, but like retail arbitrage and retail selling of the people’s products is dead. I mean, like this is a, it’s a tough business. It’s you create no incremental value. You know that these, if you’re buying from brands and selling

42:43
buying wholesale and selling on Amazon, they’re just waiting to cut you out. Yeah, I know they might, you might think that you’re so good at selling on Amazon. I’m sure you are, but tons of other people are too. This is not a sustainable business. Either your business partner, your brand is coming for you to cut you out or other sellers are coming to compete your margin away to zero. If you’re not selling your own branded products, the clock is ticking. I love it. I’m glad you said that because I’ve been saying that for like the last almost decade now.

43:12
But maybe people will listen to us eventually. Well, here’s what I think. Like the price always erodes to the bottom, right? You got a whole bunch of sellers, especially on Amazon on wholesale, right? Not only you have to fight for the buy box, the only way to get the buy box to keep dropping your price for the most part, right? Yeah. Yeah. And then pay more for ads also to one penny more for ads than the next guy who’s selling the exact same thing. It’s a it’s a zero sum, zero margin game. All right. Let’s wrap this up, Bill. So OK, so just switching to a bank account, assuming you have

43:42
a sizable sum of cash will make you between four and 5%. Right? Yep. If you like traveling and luxury, I think I saw the picture of you and Natalie on Emirates. Was that was that Emirates? Couple years ago. Yeah. Well, there’s like a private bar in the back. And then if you don’t want to ever pay for hotels or airfare ever again, get what was the MX gold, get an MX gold or multiple of them and then get a capital one spark. And I mean, you can get way more complicated than that. But that’s like the 80 20.

44:12
What I didn’t know actually what I learned from you was that you could get multiple MX goals. did not. Yes, that’s the secret. I guess you just had to be diligent about switching it out and keeping track, right? Yes. So it’s very easy if you just only put ad ad and shipping spend on the card. So it’s very easy and MX to just go on their website, you just go year to date spending. And so if you spent more than $150 on $150,000 on the card, you know you’re over the limit and to roll to the next card.

44:40
Yeah, but it’s way harder if you’re like putting all kinds of non bonus spend on the card and you got to parse it out. So I just put only bonus spend on the golds and everything else on the capital one spark. Okay. And then the other nugget was your repeat customers should fund your business and then you can break even on new customer acquisition. Correct. And then the other takeaway was do not do these fee based loans. If something sounds too good to be true, it probably is.

45:11
Yep, and do cash flow forecasting so you don’t have to so you can see your cash need coming three to four months in advance and borrow cheap money from a bank rather than three to four days in advance and borrow expensive money from one of these merchant cash advanced people. Right. And the way you do that is you calculate your landed cost of goods and then just put that money into a separate account and that will fund your next inventory purchase. Yep. That’s the easy way to think about it. I love it, Bill. Where can people find I know you

45:39
coach on this stuff? Where can people find you? Yeah, so this is complicated. I was trying not to do too much air, Matt. If you would like this, you know me to help you implement this type of stuff in your business, I do do coaching. It’s buildda.com slash coaching or just buildda.com and you can find the coaching link. So I will only work with like three or four businesses at once so I can get really deep with just a couple people and kind of help people implement a financial operating system at their econ business. So I’ve been doing this for 10 years. I’ve done

46:09
finances for e-comm based on my whole career. So I help people install financial operating systems in their business. Yes. So billda.com slash what? It’s just building slash coaching. Okay. Yeah. Well, Bill, thanks a lot for coming back on the show, man. I should have you back more often. I think you’ve only been on three times. I should have you back more often. Whenever you want, you know where to find me. I’m glad to come on and just run my mouth and tell me about your podcast actually, because that’s relatively new, right?

46:34
Oh yeah. Well, actually we’ve been doing for two years, believe it or not. Oh, has it been two years already? Good Lord. Yeah. Okay. Yeah. So the podcast is called Acquisitions Anonymous. If you are interested in acquiring a business, you know, be it another e-commerce business or even a business in another industry, what we do is twice a week, we break down businesses that are for sale and we say kind of what’s good about this business. What’s risky about this business. If I were buying this business, what are the questions I would ask in diligence? How would I value this business?

47:01
How would I finance the acquisition of this business? So if you’re looking at buying a business or for the first business of yours, or if you wanna add on a business, maybe do a business you already own, build a mini holding company, on Acquisitions Anonymous, we talk about how to do that. Dude, love it Bill, thanks a lot man. Thanks for coming on the show. Go check out that podcast. All right, thanks for having me Steve.

47:26
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you haven’t done so already, make sure to optimize your bank accounts right now and start using the right credit cards and avoid predatory lending practices that charge ridiculous interest rates. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 495. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud,

47:52
head on over to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his class over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

48:20
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

494: The Blueprint For Making $100K+ With A Shopify Store – Family First Friday

494: The Blueprint For Making $100K+ With A Shopify Store – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I provide you with a blueprint that all successful Shopify stores follow to make 7,8 and even 9 figures with their online store.

It is a blueprint that when executed properly almost guarantees success.

Tools Mentioned

My Free Mini Course –Join for free
PickFu – Get 50% Off Pickfu
Ahrefs – Try Ahrefs

What You’ll Learn

  • 3 Things Customers To Look For While Shopping
  • How To Collect Emails And Phone Numbers On Your Site
  • How To Generate Traffic And Sales

Transcript

00:00
In this episode, I’m going to provide you with the blueprint that all successful Shopify stores follow to make seven, eight, and even nine figures with their online store. It is a blueprint that when executed properly, almost guarantees success. What’s up everyone. You are listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays.

00:28
where I’m going solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. Now, if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses. Now, first off, can you believe that I’ve interviewed over 450 successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce for the last nine years? In fact, this podcast is currently the number 14 podcast in all of Apple in the marketing category.

00:57
Now through a combination of running my own seven figure e-commerce store, interviewing other successful e-commerce store owners on this podcast and running my annual e-commerce conference, The Seller Summit, I put together a family first Friday episode today that will teach you what it takes to be successful in e-commerce. And I’m going to start with possibly the most important attribute of all. Now I’ve been teaching e-commerce for over 12 years now, and I often get asked the same questions over and over again.

01:25
after a student first launches their website. What’s up Steve? Just launched and I’m getting some traffic but no sales. What am I doing wrong? And when I take a look at their website, I almost always see the same mistake. Now what do you think is the number one reason why most people don’t make any sales with their online store? Well, it’s because of a lack of trust. It’s because the website is not designed for conversions. But here’s the thing, you don’t need to be a website designer.

01:52
nor does your website even have to aesthetically look that great. It just needs to reassure the customer that if an order is placed, that it will be handled with the utmost of care. Now over the years, Amazon has trained customers to look for two things when shopping online, free shipping and no hassle returns. Now everybody already knows who Amazon is, but when a new visitor lands on your brand new website, they have no idea who you are. As a result, you have to prove to the customer

02:20
that you can handle an order as quickly and as efficiently as Amazon, and that you are a trustworthy site. So how do you do this? Well, step one is to show off front and center that you offer free shipping and no hassle returns and add your contact info on your website. This information should be readily accessible on every single page of your website. Now, most people who are brand new to e-commerce or who are running an online store as a side hustle are often hesitant to include a phone number and an address.

02:49
but not having a phone number or an address will basically cut your conversion rate by half. Just go to Google Voice and sign up for a free phone number. And trust me, no one is going to call you in the beginning. And if you’re getting too many calls, well, that means your store is already successful and you can probably afford to hire a customer service agent in the Philippines for about $400 a month. Now, if you can’t answer the phone, just leave a message that says, all the customer service reps are busy right now. If you need an answer right away,

03:19
emailing us or texting us is the fastest way to get an answer. Otherwise, just please leave a message and we’ll call you back. By the way, if you are enjoying this podcast episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. And trust me, this mini course is better than most paid e-commerce courses on the internet. Now the next thing that you must have on your website is social proof. People are like lemmings and they always follow the pack. Unless a customer knows

03:48
that someone else has made a purchase before on your site, they’re probably not gonna buy either. This reminds me of the story about how my buddy in high school couldn’t get any girls to pay attention to him until he was seen photographed next to a beautiful girl. Now didn’t matter this girl was his cousin, but because he was seen around someone good looking, it actually made him more desirable. Anyway, I digress. People are like lemmings. And you have to have social proof on your website in the form of testimonials, press mentions, anything.

04:17
If you are a brand new site with no press or testimonials yet, just ask your friends to review your product and then post their testimonials on your website. And once you start getting real testimonials, you can replace them. And to make these testimonials even more effective, use a photo or a video. Just make sure you place these testimonials on every single page on your site, especially at points where you want a customer to take action during checkout or an add to cart. Also, if your products are brand new and have never been purchased before.

04:47
Make sure you hide the fact that your product has zero reviews and don’t display share accounts until you’ve reached critical mass. Otherwise, a lemming might see the lack of reviews as a reason not to make a purchase. After all, if a product has no reviews, well that means no one’s buying it. And in many ways, e-commerce is like a popularity contest, so just make your website come across as popular, even if it isn’t really popular just yet. You also must put together a compelling about us page.

05:15
Now Amazon doesn’t need an About Us page because they’re Amazon. But almost every stranger who visits your site will want to know who is behind the business. On your About Us page, make sure you post a photo of yourself and get personal. Tell the story about why you started your e-commerce store and what your unique value propositions are. And many people are more than willing to support a small business online. On our website, we post a picture of my wife and tell the story about why we started our business, followed by our strongest value propositions.

05:45
Now once you feel like your website is ready to go, do yourself a favor and pay $25 to run a poll on PickFu. PickFu is a service that allows you to poll 50 people about their opinions for only 50 bucks. And the only reason I said 25 is because there’s a 50 % coupon in the show notes below. Anyway, all you have to do is create a poll that asks the following. Assuming you like the product sold on this website, would you shop here? Do you trust the store and would you make a purchase? If not, please explain why.

06:14
And if yes, what do you like about the site? And within 20 minutes, you’ll get real feedback from real people that is 100 % unbiased. I ran a poll about three or four weeks ago, and I just wanted to highlight what one person had to say about my website over at bumblebeelinens.com. I’d shopped this store, and I like how upfront the website is about numerous things, like the kinds of payments it accepts, the headline that shows the number of hours, as well as shipping offers and the return policy. And that’s before I even searched around the site.

06:45
Contact info, hours, and free shipping. Having all this info on every page matters. Now the next step to seven figure success is having a way to bring customers back to your store. In other words, you must have a way to collect emails and phone numbers on your site. Now if you look at my online store over at Bumble Bee Linen’s, I have a pop-up that collects emails by inviting people to spin a Wheel of Fortune to win valuable prizes in our store. Everybody loves games, especially games that seem like gambling.

07:14
So they enter their email to spin the wheel. Every spot on the wheel is a winner. And when they win their prize, they must claim it by sending a text. Here’s what’s ingenious. The redemption link automatically opens up the customer’s messaging app with a pre-populated message. And all they have to do is hit send to get the prize. Now using this method, I now have the customer’s email and phone number, and I can email or text them about special offers and promotions. Here’s the thing about email and text.

07:43
A customer might not be ready to buy from your store right this second, but by emailing them on a regular basis, when they are finally ready to buy, they will shop at your store. Email and SMS is also a great way to bring an existing customer back to your site for subsequent purchases. For example, with our online store, I have a system set up that automatically emails a customer related products depending on what they bought. For example, if they buy a lace handkerchief from our store, my email system recognizes this

08:10
and automatically sends them related products for purchase. And these automated systems can be easily implemented by Klaviyo for email and Postscript for SMS. Now for most online stores, email should represent at least 25 % of your revenue for your e-commerce business. And for some stores, email can make up as much as 50 % of their annual revenue. For my store over at bumblebeelinens.com, email represents about 30%. But make note, you must have a trustworthy website

08:39
and have email and SMS set up before you even think about driving traffic to your site. Otherwise, it’s just a waste of time, and you’ll be emailing me wondering why your store is not generating any sales. Now, the final prong to run a successful e-commerce store is traffic, and this is where it really depends on what you sell. If you sell a product that many people are actively searching for, then search engine optimization and Google Ads is probably going to be an excellent traffic source for you. Determine whether your products have good search volume

09:08
you need to use a keyword tool like Ahrefs. Ahrefs is a tool that tells you exactly what people are searching for and how many searches are being conducted per month. For example, over 38,000 people search for handkerchiefs every month. And I bet you were probably thinking to yourself, who the hell buys handkerchiefs these days? But we run a seven figure store that sells them, so there’s clearly a market. Now, if your product gets a lot of search volume, you’ll want to use Ahrefs to help find out the exact keyword phrases that people are searching for

09:38
and use them in the titles and meta descriptions for the pages on your website. Also, you’ll probably want to start a blog. Why is a blog important? It’s because Google needs words and content in order to understand how to index your site. Most online stores don’t have that much content, so having a blog will allow you to attract organic traffic to your site. My store generates roughly 25 % of sales for organic search, and I rank for practically every handkerchief search term online.

10:06
For more information about how rank an online store in search, just check out my YouTube channel or my blog. I got lots of resources there. Now, if your product is not well searched, then you’ll probably have to resort to social media to promote your website. For example, my buddy Eric Bandholz, a beard brand, makes almost 50 % of his revenue by driving traffic to his site from YouTube. My student Angela runs a jewelry store called Azura Jewelry and generates most of her sales from Instagram and TikTok.

10:33
Running a successful social media platform for your online store is all about understanding who your target customer is and posting on a regular basis. Most social media experts will never admit this, but social media is a numbers game. In order to be successful, you must post often and consistently. And my friends who run successful Instagram accounts post seven times a day. I have one friend who makes millions from Facebook posts and she posts 24 times a day. It’s gonna be a slog.

11:02
but you got to do whatever it takes. Almost every successful e-commerce store runs paid advertising also in some shape or form, but here’s what they won’t tell you. New customer acquisition through paid advertising is an extremely expensive way to acquire a customer. In order scale, you often have to break even and rely on repeat business and email to generate the majority of your profit. And that’s why having a solid retention strategy in place with email and SMS is so important. For our store,

11:32
A repeat customer rate is only 12 % because we’re in the wedding industry, but that 12 % generates over 36 % of our annual revenue. Repeat business is the lifeblood of every successful e-commerce store. So there you have it. If you can implement these three things successfully, you’re pretty much guaranteed to run at least a million dollar Shopify store.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

493: The Easiest, Maintainable Way To Run Ads For Your Online Store With Brett Curry

493: The Easiest, Most Maintainable Way To Run Ads For Your Online Store With Brett Curry

Today, I have my good friend Brett Curry back on the show. Brett runs OMG Commerce, which is an ecommerce agency that specializes in PPC advertising.

In this episode, we discuss a way to advertise your products on Google that is about as hands off as it gets. And, it works really well for ecommerce stores.

If you aren’t running Google Performance Max ads yet, you should give it a shot.

What You’ll Learn

  • What’s working in the world of advertising right now
  • Which ad platforms are converting the best depending on what you sell
  • How to set up Google Performance Max ads

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today, I my good friend, Brett Curry, back on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about a way to advertise your products on Google that is about as hands-off as it gets, and it works really well for e-commerce stores. If you aren’t running Google Performance Max ads yet, you should give it a shot. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself. This course can be found at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode.

00:59
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

01:28
And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeiters and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now on to the show.

01:56
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Brett Curry back on the show for I believe the fourth time, it might be the fifth time. Is that right? Man, honored, honored. Brett is someone who I met through Drew Sinaki at the Traffic and Conversion Summit in San Diego a long, long, long, long, time ago. Long time ago. He’s spoken at my event, the Sella Summit, for I believe the past four years, I think. He runs OMG Commerce, which is an e-commerce agency that has helped hundreds of companies with their PPC advertising.

02:25
And it’s been quite a while since I’ve had Brett on the show, probably due to the pandemic, honestly. And because he works with a diverse set of companies, today we’re going to talk about what’s working in the world of advertising today, which ad platforms are converting the best for what type of company. And we’ll also do a deeper dive into Google Performance Max. And with that, welcome to show, Brett. How are doing today,

02:50
Steve Chu, man, thanks for having me back. Honored, think, yeah, this is like the fourth time. And I think Tony maybe said it was the fifth Seller Summit. I’m not sure. She’s the one keeping track, not us. What’s that? That was the seventh. Oh, for you, It was my fifth to speak at some of them. Did I subtract a year from you? Sorry. I realize. you did. I mean, there was one year that probably wasn’t very good. So, I know from my presentation. we’ll forget about that one. It’ll be fine. But yeah, man, doing great. Excited to be here. Love this podcast. Love hanging out.

03:19
And love talking ads, man. Talking ads and business growth, super fun. Never gets old for me anyway. So you know what’s funny is the timing of this recording is interesting because we are on the eve of the sunset of GA3. We are. Yeah, it is being sunset. The curtain is closing on Universal Analytics. It’s about toast. And I have countdown timers on all of my analytics screens because that’s even though I’ve switched, you still get them.

03:48
So my first question to you actually is how important is it that people move to GA4 versus another paid analytics company like Fathom or there’s a whole bunch of them out there. When it specifically comes to running Google ads, like is your ad performance going to be worse if you do not switch? I don’t think so, not directly. and I will say ideally you made the transition to GA4 like a year ago. That’s what we were.

04:15
consulting with all our clients about like, get basic implementation installed so that you can get that year over year comparison because they’re gonna be like two totally separate platforms. So you’ll have to go back and reference, you know, Universal Analytics if you wanna see last year’s performance, if you’re just now installing GA4. So hopefully that’s not the case, but if it is, it’s okay, we can work with it. Inside Google Ads, so if you’re running Search, Performance Max, YouTube, we definitely like to use the Google Ads Conversion.

04:43
and we can get into the whys of that. But basically that’s where the source of truth that your campaigns are using is the Google Ads conversion code or their conversion pixel. Campaigns work better, the machine learning, the AI behind the campaigns work better. But I think you’re gonna want GA4 for other reasons. GA4 is just pretty awesome and I think it’s gonna only get better over time. So you’re want that data.

05:11
but it’s gonna be more for your benefit and more for holistic marketing and more to map out the buyer journey and things like that, rather than, we don’t usually recommend that you feed those GA4 conversions back into Google Ads for the campaign’s benefit. It’s more for your benefit. Interesting. And you said GA4 is awesome with a straight face. Okay, so it’s not perfect yet.

05:40
We’ve got a couple of guys on our team who are rock stars at conversion tracking and analytics. That’s not me. I love data. I love looking at what’s behind the data and why things are the way that they are, things like that. I do think that GA4 is going to be an improvement. I do think GA4 is going to be much more flexible and powerful in the long run. But I know there’s, know, just like with any change, there are some people that are not excited about it, but kind of this event-based tracking where essentially you can track anything and everything in GA4. This can be pretty powerful.

06:09
But yeah, the key is like what we don’t want to do is we don’t want to plug in GA4 back into campaigns for them to optimize off of that data. Interesting. Okay. So one, it does not matter that you’ve moved to GA4 for the purpose of Google ads, as long as you have the Google ads conversion pixel firing. Exactly. Exactly. Yeah.

06:32
And one way to think about that is just Google, the way Google ads measures is just a little bit differently than the way Google analytics has measured historically. And we want to get as much visibility into what the ads are doing as possible so that we’re feeding the machine, right? We’re feeding the algorithm. And the best way to do that is with the Google ads conversion code. So yeah, just strictly for the purposes of will my ads run better? Will my campaigns be better in Google ads? Use that Google ads conversion code. Okay.

07:01
which is probably what most people have been doing all along anyway, right? For the most part, yeah. We do audit some accounts where they’re using Google Analytics and feeding that back into campaigns and we usually switch that and then see better performance. if you want GAA for, if you wanted Universal Analytics in the past to be your source of truth, that’s great. That’s what you can kind of put business decisions on, but just the campaigns in Google Ads, need that Google Ads conversion code. They need that oxygen from that conversion code. Okay.

07:30
So let’s just talk about some of your client companies. or where have you seen like the biggest growth in ad spend just this past year? Yeah, so it’s undoubtedly performance max. And it was interesting. We actually saw, and I’d be curious to hear what you’ve seen with your community and what people were talking about, but Q1 was a little bit light in terms of ad spend. If you look at kind of where most DTC brands were spending, Q1 was kind of light.

07:57
We saw an uptick in kind of April, May, June, where ad spend is up. Companies are getting more aggressive. It seems like consumer confidence is up, you know, at least enough to drive some more e-commerce sales. And so we’ve seen quite a bit of growth. YouTube ad spend is up for us. Hmm. Pretty dramatically. like May, June, especially, we got kind of completed numbers for May, June as at time of this recording. And we’re about 20 % over last year for our clients as a whole.

08:26
And for a little context, we manage about $100 million a year in ad spend. it’s a decent data set to pull from. But yeah, YouTube is up about 20 % in ad spend. then performance max, like looking at year over year comparison isn’t fair because a lot of people just kind of switched to performance max within the last year. But if we look at performance max spend to say smart shopping, which is what a lot of people were doing pre-performance max, performance max spend is up.

08:55
So PMAX, people are spending more on that than they were on Smart Shopping for the most part. And that varies from client to client, but as much as 20, 30, 40 % more spend on Performance Max than on Smart Shopping. Do you want to just, just in case people listening don’t know what Performance Max is, you want to just give a quick 30 second rundown? Yeah, absolutely. And it’s one those things where a lot of people are divided. Like I’m in some communities, like Andrew Guderian’s community, Ecommerce Fuel, there are people in there that love Performance Max, people that hate it.

09:24
I heard a guy call it performance meh one time, which I thought was pretty entertaining. For us, it has been overwhelmingly positive. We’ve had a few campaigns that didn’t work. We’ve never had like PMAX not work for a client. But what performance max is, it’s essentially seven Google channels rolled into one campaign. So it’s search, it’s shopping, it’s display, it’s Gmail, it’s discovery, it’s maps, if you got any kind of a local type.

09:53
business, and then it’s something else that I forgot. It’s a whole bunch of stuff. It’s like everything that Google offers basically all their channels. And so in the past, you have to create a separate campaign for each of those channels. Now you create one performance max campaign. You give Google your assets, your images, your headlines, your descriptions, your feed for Google shopping. And then Google auto magically puts those ads across their platforms.

10:24
to drive sales and drive conversions. I’ll admit, when I first heard about it, I hated the idea. I thought it’d be black box. I thought Google would have all the control. I thought there’d be no room for creativity. That has not been the case. There’s some black boxiness in it, but it actually does give you quite a bit of room to be creative and the results have been good. I think it’s pretty smart on Google’s part to do this because I felt like Google Ads was just way too complicated in the past. Totally. And performance and I think that’s part of it.

10:53
You know, we, know so many brands that are kind of in that mid tier size that lean into Facebook more. And I think part of it is, it’s just easier to set up and run Facebook ads than it is to run Google ads. And so yeah, that was at least part of Google’s motivation is let’s, let’s create something that’s easier for advertisers and agencies to run. And also it’s more set in, forget it than it’s ever been. At least in my opinion. I mean, I just have one data point from my own store, uh, which I

11:22
don’t like, I actually liked it when I had separate campaigns for everything. But I understand you had this script that you’re giving out that helps you separate and decipher all that stuff. Yeah, totally. And shout out to Mike Rhodes from Agency Savvy and Web Savvy. He’s the original author of this conversion or this script and we kind of modified it and moved it along little bit. basically you run this script in Google Ads and it will break down some of the performance for you.

11:51
Google is rolling out now where you get some performance metrics at what’s called the asset group level. It’s basically the terminology for an ad group inside of Performance Max. There used to all that data was hidden. Google’s rolling out more of it, so more of it’s available in the interface, but this script really allows you to pull in almost any data point you want. Not every, but almost any. So that’s critical to get that to see what’s really working and what’s not.

12:16
And yet, you know, what’s interesting though, Steve is, and I kind of liked it too. Like I love the old days of Google shopping when we were using spreadsheets for our bidding and we were bidding up a penny down a penny, like based on performance. That was fun for me. We were really good at it. But then smart bidding came along, right? And smart bidding was better. And then we had smart shopping and I kind of didn’t like smart shopping, but then smart shopping was better. And now P max is kind of in that boat too, where the performance is better and you can set it and forget it. And it works pretty well.

12:45
but you also have these opportunities to kind of go wild with it and be pretty innovative and you can kind of manipulate Performance Max a little bit. Not a bad way, not in against terms of service way, but you know, get the most out of it. But you can also still run search ads for our biggest clients. still running brand and on-brand search. We’re still running separate YouTube campaigns. We’re still running separate remarketing campaigns. And then PMAX is kind of filling in the gaps and augmenting and making everything else better.

13:14
So I wanna ask you, the people out there listening who aren’t on PMAX yet, let’s say it’s a pretty new e-commerce store, you have products, maybe you’ve been selling on Amazon for a while and you get some sales on your site and you wanna start, would you advise everyone start with PMAX today? I would, I think you could start with Performance Max and then add like branded search and that could be about all you need if you’re just getting started on Google. Now with PMAX, it…

13:42
It usually primarily leans into Google shopping traffic, right? So you’ve got, you’ve got your product feed that you’re giving Google merchant center, and that’s what builds your product listing ads or Google shopping ads. And that’s at the core of PMAX. So when you first launch a campaign, that’s, PROMOS is usually going to lean into branded search and shopping. What’s nice, if you have a well-built out branded shopping campaign, so your

14:09
bidding on your own brand name and maybe that’s divided by category and then there’s some other ways we can divide that. And you got good ad copy there. That separate branded search campaign should get most of that traffic. And then Performance Max will kind of fill in the gaps, get some search traffic, but then also really lean into Google shopping. So as we audit accounts, we audit hundreds of accounts every year, most of the time Performance Max is 70, 80, 90 % of the clicks are going to Google shopping.

14:39
Right. Okay. So there’s no reason to have a separate Google shopping campaign today. Yeah. When performance max first launched, you could run smart shopping and P max together. And we kind of had this deal where we would, and this is, this is a tactic that not a lot of people know about. You don’t have to, or you’re not limited to just one product feed. you know, we, like I said, we’ve all, you know, hundreds of accounts each, each year. And I can’t think of a time when I ran into an advertiser that more than one product feed, meaning

15:09
Multiple feeds the same product as in both feeds, but you’re just testing different titles different images different headlines things like that different descriptions So you can totally do that So in the past we would run standard shopping with one feed and then performance max with another feed and they would both coexist in an account They both run and both work and that doesn’t really work anymore. I’m now Performance max just it’s it’s a bit of a bully It will just it would you know stiff arm standard shopping get it out of the way take all the traffic

15:37
There’s still a few cases, sometimes you can launch a separate account, which is more advanced and probably most people here don’t need to do that. yeah, Performance Max basically steals all the shopping traffic, which hey, if it works better and it’s easier for you to manage, then that’s probably okay, probably not a bad thing.

15:56
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

16:26
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no-brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three-day print-on-demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print-on-demand e-commerce store, and I provide you with a free website theme as well.

16:54
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

17:12
Okay. So let’s just go with the basic setup here. So you’re recommending going with performance max and then a branded search campaign, right? Okay. So, uh, can we just talk about the setup of like a bare bones P max for totally for just like a store, maybe with like, I don’t know, 20 skews, let’s say in three categories, 20 skews, three categories. That’s, that’s pretty easy.

17:37
We kind of have three approaches to performance maximum. We’ll kind of break this down as we go. But the first one I called the Marley. This is Bob Marley. This is the no worries. Everything’s just gonna be okay. And it’s kind of the set and forget it. So in that case, what you gotta think about with PMAX is you got the campaign level just like with any campaign type. But then below that you have asset groups. And asset groups are sort of like ad groups, but sort of not. So the asset group, that’s a collection of all your assets, your images, your product listings.

18:07
listening group or your feed. It’s your headlines, your descriptions, and then videos and logos. And there’s a couple of the little details, but that’s basically the bulk of it. And then audience signals. And these are not true audience targeting we’re used to on Facebook or other channels where we’re like, hey, these are the people that I want to reach. So here’s my audience. It’s a lookalike audience, or it’s an audience with these interests, or on Google, it’s an audience of people searching for these keywords.

18:34
It’s not exactly that, it’s an audience signal. So you give Google these audience signals and Google just uses that as a starting point. So Google uses that as a starting point and then they go beyond it. So it’s kind of like, hey Google, this is the picture of who my buyer is. This is who is likely to buy my product. And then Google goes beyond that. And so you’re kind of looking for this best combination of the right assets that go with these right audience signals. That becomes your asset group. And so if I’m running the Marley,

19:02
approach, so this is kind of the simple PMAX approach. I probably have one campaign. And then in this scenario, I would look at probably three asset groups, So broken down by category because likely I’m going to have different images, different videos, different headlines, different descriptions for those categories. So as an example, Boom by Cindy Joseph, Mutual Friend, Desert Firestone, awesome business. We’ve run their Google and YouTube and Amazon now for years.

19:27
But if they’ve got their mascara line and then they’ve got skincare and then they’ve got makeup, it’s kind of hard. If those were all mashed together into one asset group, how do you write a headline that applies both to makeup, to moisturizers and to mascara? I mean, you could, but it’s not very specific, right? How do get the right image that lines up with all those categories? You could, but it’s not the best. So that’s where you separate those into different asset groups. And then you’ve got…

19:53
headlines that speak to mascara, descriptions that speak to mascara, images that speak to mascara, videos that speak to mascara, and then audiences. And so now there’s a really tightly themed asset group around that category. And that’s how would do it. So one campaign, three asset groups, and then we’re ready to rock and roll. And it should get better over time. If you wanna get in and tinker, can find the worst performing images and pause those and add new ones and same with.

20:22
headlines and descriptions, but you don’t have to. if you just leave it the same, Google is going to find the best combinations and kind of go with that. So that’s kind of the very quick rundown of the Marley approach. would you say that in general, the categories will correspond to your, to your ad groups or not ad groups, uh, asset groups. Yeah, often, but not always. So, so this is where, like, again, with that simple setup, I’d probably have asset groups by category.

20:50
If I wanted to go a little bit more intense with my build out, so it’s bigger build out, a little more work. We call this the Arnold. So it’s like a little more, a little more beef, but better results or a little more work, but you’re getting better results. Then I’d maybe look at like campaign level by the category and then maybe single product asset groups, or I would do like top sellers as an asset group. So as an example, so back to the boom by Cindy Joseph.

21:20
the boomstick trio, basically it’s like three makeup sticks. That’s his drawing item, right? I think. It is, yeah, yeah. So three makeup sticks, it replaces the whole makeup bag if you want it to. So like that would be an asset group. And in fact, in that case, and this would go into another strategy, we make that the whole campaign. So then maybe at each asset group, it’s just one product. And then that way everything is laser focused on that single product. So it kind of depends, it depends on, how logical is this?

21:50
collection of products and images and headlines and descriptions. Like can the machine make sense out of what someone wants and what someone’s shopping for, or do we need to segment further? So it’s usually either at the category level or at the product level is how we do asset groups. So in Amazon land, the best practice right now is to have one campaign per product. Is that overkill for performance max? It can be, but not necessarily. So we’ve got several. And so this kind of moves into, uh,

22:17
The third strategy is what we call the wizard, right? So think about the wizard of Oz, the guy behind the curtain. He’s pulling levers and pushing buttons and he’s just going wild. This is my favorite. I like to tinker. I like to be in control, to do crazy stuff. So this is where probably going to have like a separate campaign for your top products. So just, you know, single campaign for a single product doesn’t fit for everybody. And then maybe you’re going to have some category campaigns that go along with that.

22:44
And then that way you can get creative with bids and with budgets and with, you know, how you’re testing audiences and how you’re testing creatives. so, you know, in that, in that case, so like for boom, you know, we would have a separate campaign for boomstick. We have a separate campaign for mascara. We have a separate campaign for some of the other products. Um, and then we have some category based products for, for, for lower volume sellers, you know, in addition to that. What’s the difference between having them in a separate campaign versus different asset groups within the same campaign?

23:12
for your time. so historically you didn’t see as much data at the asset group level. Uh, that’s still the case, but like I said, Google is showing more and more data at the asset group level. So that’s hopefully getting better. But the main issue is bids and budgets. So if you’ve got multiple asset groups in a single campaign, they all have the same bid. So if you’re using like a target return on ad spend bid, whatever’s at the campaign level, that’s what trickles down to the asset group level. And maybe

23:41
I want to bid more aggressively for Boomstick than I want to for Mascara. Or if I’m selling guitars and guitar cases, maybe I want to bid really aggressively for guitars, but I want to bid really conservatively for guitar cases because it’s lower priced. Maybe I’ve got worse margins, that type of thing. So bids and then budgets. So how do I, if I identify that this product is like my flagship product, and this is one of my favorite things to do with companies is look at like, what is the best entry?

24:10
product for your brand. for, for boom, it’s, it’s always been, you know, boom, stick color. Um, you know, for other like supplement brands, there’s always like one flagship supplement that that’s what people buy first. Like we used to do organifies YouTube and it was always the green juice. Like the green juice was the product that people got introduced to. And then they would buy, uh, the red or the chocolate or the whatever. Right. So, uh, you know, I want to be able to control budget for my top products.

24:39
And so those are the main reasons, visibility, bid control, budget control. So the Marley, the, yeah, the Marley and the wizard and then the wizard. Yeah. Is that meant to be a logical progression? Like can we run all these campaigns? Not necessarily. So it could be, it could be, but you know, a lot of times we’ll, we’ll launch with kind of the Arnold where it’s like, top products and a couple of category campaigns. we’ve got maybe, you know, two to four campaigns.

25:08
where you can really go crazy then if you do stuff like, I mentioned most PMAX campaigns are 60 to 80 to 90 % Google shopping. Well, you can actually run PMAX without a feed. So you could build a PMAX campaign and deprive Google of that feed and now it can’t run shopping. So we’ve actually done this with some brands where if they’ve got really good YouTube assets, we run a PMAX campaign, we pull out the feed.

25:36
And then we really, then the campaign leans into either search or display or YouTube. And it’s going to depend on what assets are really good, right? And that’s another thing to keep in mind. Like PMAX is only going to be as good as the assets you give it, right? You can’t, if you got weak headlines, if you got boring images that don’t sell the product, if you got videos that are optimized for YouTube, like the machine is not magic. can’t just make that stuff work. So you got to have good creators, but if you do, then good things can happen. So we found

26:06
even with accounts that are spending a decent amount on YouTube, if we run a PMAX campaign with no feed and we’ve got these good YouTube assets in it, PMAX can find new opportunities on YouTube as well. So that’s one of those things. Or, like the other side of that coin, is you can also run PMAX that’s only a feed. So then you can not give it anything else and just do feed only. And now you’re like, hey, this is just a shopping campaign.

26:31
And so it’s stuff like that that you kind of layer in that kind of gets you to the wizard approach. Now, what gotta be careful with- What’s the advantage of doing that though, because it’s already doing all that. Are you just trying to direct it more towards a certain style than one another? Yes. You’re trying to get more control, right? Yeah. You’re trying to get a little more control. And this is where it becomes complex. And this is where you can kind of get into trouble if you’re like, oh, I want to go wizard. And then you just set it up and you don’t look at it for a month or two months. And you’re like, it’s probably gonna-

27:01
campaigns will start competing with each other and there’s cannibalization. But what we almost always find, and this was true in the standard shopping era, the smart shopping era, Google picks favorites, right? They’re gonna find like your top 10%, 5 % of products and they’re just gonna focus in on that. And so what we try to do then is we look at, what are the products we wanna advertise that are not getting visibility? And what’s the best way to make them visible? Is it with a feed only campaign? Is it with a

27:29
standard PMAX, but it’s just separated by category. So we’re looking at that type of thing too. So we’re not, we don’t have a bunch of campaigns that are trying to compete with each other. Maybe there’s a little bit of overlap between campaigns, but we’re looking at how do we give all the products we want to have visibility and want, you know, to merchandise and put on the digital shelf. How do we best do that? All right. So let’s, let’s assume that everyone listening here is, is new and the logical place to start is the Marley campaign. yeah. Exactly. So you run it for a while.

27:58
And maybe you notice that these products are getting shafted. They’re getting no, no traffic whatsoever. Would you put those products in a separate campaign just to try to get some visibility for them? Yeah. So one thing you can do, so as long as you’ve got like asset group level visibility, which I think is being rolled out to all accounts, like right now, most of our accounts have it, not all. I would look at, Hey, this, you know, I’ve got, I’ve got these three categories to go back to the original example, but only one of these asset groups, one of these categories is getting, you know, 80 % of the traffic.

28:29
I would keep that in the existing campaign. would duplicate the campaign and separate out those other two asset groups and then see how those separate campaigns. Okay. Yeah. Because now you can, now you can say, well, maybe I just need to bid a little bit differently or maybe I need to budget a little bit differently. Right. Cause Google’s going to always look for like the easiest path to success. So if you you launch a P max campaign and Google finds success with one of your asset groups,

28:56
and you don’t have a huge daily budget, it’s maybe just gonna focus all of its attention there. And you don’t really know that maybe the other asset groups aren’t gonna work. Maybe they’re great, but they just haven’t seen the light of day. So then you need to separate those out into new campaigns. And then that way you can bid more aggressively. can, you all the budgets focus there. So yeah, that’s how I would work it. And you know, if you wanna go just simple, I would build the Marley, the one campaign, and then as it performs, just budget more, right? Budget more.

29:26
mess with the bid a little bit like that. You can maybe get all the success you want from PMAX by doing that. But then I would look at, it’s pretty likely that one or more of your asset groups is gonna get no love. And so then you’re gonna need to separate that out. So by that logic, why not start by keeping them separate campaigns in the first place? You could, but then it’s a matter of budget control and do we know what’s going to work. And so that’s not a bad idea at all.

29:55
to kind of force the envelope or to kind of force Google to give equal credit to those. But then it is more to keep track of, it is more to kind of watch the budget with. so, it’s kind of a pick your poison thing there, but one advantage to having multiple asset groups in one campaign is there is more data. So it’s not very often that Google will give…

30:18
all the traffic to one asset group and none to the others. It’ll just be split. So there’s also something at the campaign level, if there are 30 or more conversions at the campaign level on a weekly basis, that campaign is usually a little more stable, a little more consistent, like the machine works a little bit better behind it. And so that’s another thought too. Like if you’re just getting started, a little bit of consolidation so that that campaign has enough conversion data to really get rolling and then you can separate it out from there.

30:48
And then once you start separating out asset groups, let’s say they’re getting shafted into separate campaigns. Do you turn off that asset group in the main and in the Marley campaign? The original. Yeah. So then you want to, you, you want as little overlap and competition between campaigns as, possible. There’s always going to be a little bit and Google, Google is going to pick whatever combination of image and headline and description they think is best, you know, got out of all your campaigns, but we try to limit the overlap as much as possible.

31:18
Can we set some expectations here? So let’s say you’re just starting out brand new, when should you start to see it getting optimized? Like one month, three months? Yeah, so mean, it sort of depends on, so if you’re brand new, like brand new account from scratch type of thing, you know, the nice thing is PMAX does lean into branded search and shopping first. So it’s not that common that it’s just gonna, you know,

31:45
be horrible and be like a .5 ROAS or something. The only caveat’s there is if you don’t have a site that’s really proven to convert or new product testing, stuff like that. But you’re gonna get to see some results month one, but it will get better over time. And usually it’s in that month two, month three that it really starts to take off and the machine starts to learn. I think this is another reason, Steve White, why Google created PMAX was it’s like the perfect environment for their machine learning and their AI.

32:14
Right? So they bought DeepMind back in 2015, which company full of some of the best machine learning and AI scientists on the planet. It’s been kind of behind the Google ads products since that time running smart bidding, running smart campaigns, things like that just gotten better and better. But this PMAX is kind of like the perfect environment for that to really shine. And so it will get better over time as it learns your customers and learns your products. But if you, if you bid properly and we always do like maximize conversion value to kind of start with.

32:44
It’s usually like worst case scenario is just doesn’t get much volume, right? It rarely comes out of the gate and just as, know, burns all your money type of thing. Yeah. Oh, that’s, was my next question actually. So you start out a new campaign by maximizing ROAS? So, so it’s a, yeah, kind of nuance here. I usually don’t set a return on ad spend value, but I like maximize conversion value. And so what that means is basically Google’s going to look at

33:12
whatever your budget is, and they’re gonna look at your products, and they’re just gonna try to get you the most return as possible from that product group. And then as it goes, then you can layer in that target return on ad spend. I don’t mind if you really know your target return on ad spend, I don’t mind starting with it, but sometimes it can kind of pigeonhole the campaign and make it too conservative or too aggressive. And so a lot of times we just leave that open, but maximize conversion value.

33:37
Yeah, that’s interesting. I think I started out with just maximize conversions period regardless of that work, too Yeah, that can work too. I think it it kind of depends and if like your products are are your products of Bobby linens or is there a wide Discrepancy in price or are they pretty consistent? They’re pretty consistent. Yeah Yeah for the most part so I that I think that’s where it comes in handy or like we have some clients where it’s like Mostly one or two flagship products and then everything else is like add-ons or we sell later or whatever

34:06
Maximize conversions can work better there. The nice thing about maximize conversion value is then the campaign will treat differently a little bit. You your $10 item versus your $50 item and things like that. So that’s the advantage there. But both can work. And so often we’re testing both and kind of reading the performance and then adjusting from there. Can we talk a little bit about the product feed? know for years I didn’t really optimize it.

34:35
at all, I just kind of use whatever was there. Can you just provide some pointers there? Because what you do feed in really makes a difference, right? It makes a huge difference. And this is one of those areas of marketing that can just be like drop dead boring, know, product feeds, data feeds, come on, man, like I’d rather talk about anything else. But what helped me is thinking about, hey, this is just merchandising, right? This is, this is thinking about the digital shelf. How do I line up my products with what people are looking for all across the Google ecosystem? And so

35:05
There’s a few elements here. It’s actually part SEO. I know you’re in the SEO, Steve. I know you know it really well, but your feed creation and optimization is part SEO and part merchandising. So what we’re looking for is, Google really relies on the title, the title of your product. That’s gonna help determine when they show your product, where they show your product, who they show it to. And so the title needs to be first accurate. It’s gotta describe the product. So if I’m selling,

35:34
Jordan one shoes like that needs to be in the title But then it also needs to have other details like details who are gonna be searching for it So these have color these have size these have gender and these have like is it a high top low top things like that? So what are people searching for so accurate title? What are people searching for put that in the title? Because that’s what we’re gonna inform Google as to what it is the image is super important and it’s where I like to test different images because

35:58
you know, aside from the title, the image is what people are gonna click on, right? That’s what they see first. And then they often look at the title and the price to see, okay, do I wanna click on this or not? But the image is really important. So do we want, you what angle do we want? Probably want a white background, cause Google wants at least a few images with a white background. Sometimes we can sneak in a lifestyle image and that still runs, but image is super important. The price, actually believe it or not, the price is super important. So,

36:25
Google knows that if there’s a lot of people selling basically the same product, lower prices are gonna get more clicks. And you gotta understand, Google does want you to get conversions, because then you’ll spend more, and then you’ll be happier and things like that, but they’re optimizing for clicks and click through rate. And so, lower price can get more clicks. That does not mean you should try to be the lowest offering. I know you and I have talked about profit maximization and pricing, and there’s…

36:53
There’s science there, there’s psychology there. So price your product where it needs to be. But just know that does impact clicks. Sometimes though the most expensive product in a category can get some clicks, but sometimes those are just people that are somewhat interested. There’s a few other elements where you can get kind of technical, kind of nerdy, but things like Google product category and product type, and a few other things you plug in that will help Google know, oh, this is where I put this. This is where this can show up. Because the cool thing is, you’ve got traditional Google shopping, which is on the

37:23
main search results page, there’s the shopping tab, but not a ton of people click on what people do. But then also your feed can show up on the YouTube mobile app, it can show up on YouTube on desktop, it can show up in Gmail, it can show up across the display network. And so you really wanna get this optimized because it’s gonna fuel shopping, but it’s gonna fuel these other channels as well. So I’m curious, when you have a client come on and you see their feed and it’s just the name of the product displayed on their website,

37:52
Do you actually bust out like the keyword tools like Ahrefs or what? We do, yeah, yeah, and we use a number of tools. I’m still kind of like SEM Rush, but like Keywords Anywhere are cool. Ahrefs is all, like there’s so many good ones, so whatever your tool of choice is, fine. I’ll give you an example. So a buddy of mine runs Everyday California. you know Chris Lynch? Have you met him? He knows a lot of people in Haven’t met him. Everyday California based in La Jolla, just outside of San Diego, one of my favorite cities that I’ve ever been to.

38:20
So they sell this T-shirt, it’s called the El Clasico and it’s got their everyday Cali logo. It’s the bear named Brutus, the California bear is holding a surfboard. It’s like a flag around it. And so if we just gave Google the feed, the title would just say El Clasico. That’s it, El Clasico. That’s not enough. Like nobody knows what the El Clasico is, not even Google. And so, but we put, know, El Clasico, California bear, T-shirt, black.

38:48
men’s medium or men’s X, whatever. And then we add a few other things too, but like that California bear t-shirt, a lot of people search for that. And so that allows that product to show up for those searches. So yeah, you got to first be accurate, but then we’re looking at keyword data, we’re looking at what’s converting inside of Google ads already, we’re looking at what’s converting on Amazon. And then of course we’re looking at those keyword tools as well.

39:12
Do you, so in that example that you just gave, would you move California bear shirts all the way to the front? Ahead of the brand? Often we would, yeah. So it kind of depends, like if your brand is big enough now where people are looking for your brand, so like Native as an example, Native’s a long time client. Started as just, I used to call them Native deodorant, but now they’re much more than that, right? They’re sun care and hair care and body wash and a variety of other products. launching new ones all the time, which is awesome.

39:42
In the early days, we’d put natural deodorant up front, native in the back. Now native is something people look for, right? So it’s okay in that situation to put native at the front of the title. You don’t necessarily have to, but you could. For like Air Jordans or something, I’m putting that brand at the front, because that’s what people are looking for. But if you’re not that, which a lot of us are not, then I would put more the keyword or the descriptor at the front, brand at the back of the title.

40:10
And in terms of keyword, what are your boundaries in terms of stuffing? Do you do keyword, comma, keyword, or? 100 % black hat. I’m keyword stuffing. I’m just pushing the envelope. Roll the dice. But bring it on, Google. No, I’m just kidding. No, you generally, so the thing you want to think about with titles is there is a character limit. So take 150 characters, and give or take, maybe that’s been adjusted. But I think it’s 150. And so Google does weight what’s at the front of that title more.

40:36
So like your first 75 characters, but even more like your first 40 characters, 50 characters, that’s what Google’s really gonna wait. So that doesn’t give you a lot of room. So typically we’re looking at like a couple of keywords, right? Like so name of product, couple keywords, brand, you know, that’s pretty much it. Or couple keywords, the attributes, if that’s important, you’re gonna wanna include those. So for apparel, attributes are really important. For other things, maybe not as much. So.

41:01
Yeah, usually just a couple keywords. And no, we’re not stuffing. We’re just putting that in there. If you want to add additional keywords, you can put those in your description. You can put those in your product type. And then also Google is crawling the page. So Google is looking at that product listing page or the product detail page. And then they’re using that to kind of inform them as to what this product is. So, Brett, I kind of want to conclude this interview by just saying when someone comes to you, a lot of times the site isn’t even ready to…

41:29
to be running ads yet. So what’s like your checklist? Yeah. So it checklists in terms of, you ready for Google? Are you ready for ads before you even launch and that sort of thing? Yeah. We talked about the feed just now. Yeah. Yeah. So the feed is going to help. So if it was my side, my company, I would, and I’m a Google ads guy, so would say this, I would still run like branded search and a little bit of P max right out of the gate just to start getting some traffic. And I think it’s going to convert and you’re going to learn and stuff like that.

41:55
But when it’s time to maybe bring on an agency or bring on a freelancer, hire somebody, that’s what I want to know. Like I’m getting predictable conversions from cold traffic, right? So I’m looking at resources on my wife quit her job. I’m looking at things like unofficial Shopify podcast, Kurt Elster, looking at some of those. We’ve got some resources on product detail pages, but.

42:20
I want to know, I converting like in that acceptable range of e-commerce, which is kind of in that one to three percent, you know, one to three percent of cold visitors or people that don’t know you should be converting from your site. If they’re not, man, maybe I want to improve my site a little bit. Maybe I want to look at how am I positioning this product on my product detail page? Do I have reviews in the right place? Do I have a strong call to action? Am I answering the shipping question? Like all, what are all the questions people have?

42:49
that they need to feel good about before they buy, am I doing that? But if I’m converting, if I’m converting in that one to three range for cold traffic or beyond that, now I’m thinking, all right, let’s start feeding this machine a little bit and let’s start driving more traffic to the site. So for search and PMAX, like you can launch those really quickly, we do a lot with YouTube and I still like separate YouTube campaigns, not just PMAX.

43:18
But usually there we like for someone to have success with Facebook top of funnel. So if they know, I can drive top of funnel traffic on Facebook to this lander and it converts cold traffic. That’s a really necessary starting point in my opinion to say, Hey, we’re ready for some YouTube tests. Now let’s see if we can ramp up YouTube to attract new customers. want that page that converts. So those are a few things, right? We really want to know does my product.

43:47
does my page convert, my site convert, do I have a good product market fit? Because then once I have that, then Google Ads is gonna work way, way better. So what you’re saying, because oftentimes it’s hard to figure out what to blame the website or the ad. So you’re saying just start with branded. Branded and like basic performance max, yeah. Where maybe, maybe I’m just doing a feed and a couple images and stuff like that. Yeah, I would start with those. Or maybe it’s a simple non-brand search campaign, but you gotta be,

44:16
pretty careful there because that, if you get some broad match keyword clicks, those likely don’t convert a lot. So I want branded search and PMAX running kind of right out of the gate. Now, that branding campaign may not do anything if you’re not running Facebook or some other traffic source or if you don’t have SEO or if you don’t have any organic content, but I would kind of start with those, yeah. And you then just said, I think in passing, maybe just pick your best products that you think are just

44:46
gonna sell and then put those in the feed first. And if you’re not converting it between one and 3%, that means something’s wrong. Usually means something wrong. Yeah. And you know, maybe the caveats to that is if it’s a high AOV and the ROAS still works. I like to look at conversion rate because that’s gonna be informing. It means one or two things and you kind of nailed it. Either it’s bad traffic or it’s my site needs work or there’s just not a product market fit, right? So kind of combination of the two.

45:13
And so then you need to know that. So conversion rate is important, but you can’t take conversion rate to the bank. So we’re still looking at conversions and revenue and ROAS. If those are good and I’m at a 1 % or lower, then I’m maybe gonna keep spending, but I’m probably looking at ways I can improve that conversion rate too. And if you’re not getting as much traffic as you would like, you would probably look at the feed maybe? I would look at the feed. Yep, absolutely. Because that’s going to be, should be…

45:41
the primary driver of PMAX traffic. It’s just good, relevant traffic to your store, likely gonna convert. so, yeah, if the ads aren’t showing up, so if you’ve got a feed you’ve submitted to Google, PMAX isn’t showing, it’s likely the feed needs to be optimized or you’re not bidding aggressively enough or there’s something like broken in the campaign, conversion tracking isn’t turned on, things like that.

46:08
Cool, well hope that’s a pretty good guideline for anyone listening who wants to get started with Performance Max. And if you ever want to meet this guy in person, just head on over to Seller Summit. Actually you speak at a lot of events. I speak at decent amount, yeah, Seller Summit, I speak at a of Ezra’s events, at SellerCon, I try to do like seven or eight a year, like that’s a good mix to still be a family first entrepreneur. But I like jumping on planes and going speaking on stages, so yeah, love to connect with anybody here.

46:37
talk shop if that’s useful. Yeah, where can people find you? Yeah, so I am on the social, Steve. So I’m not to your level on YouTube, but I’m working that way. So I’m on LinkedIn. That’s probably the best place to find me. Do a little bit on Twitter. I’m on Facebook, of course, YouTube, OMG Commerce on YouTube. But then the best way to get in touch is omgcommerce.com. So if you want second set of eyes on your account, if you have PMAX questions.

47:02
If you’re trying to decide, I hire an agency or go in house or freelance or whatever, reach out to us, but omgcommerce.com is the place to go. Awesome, Brett. Well, thanks a lot for coming back on the show. Awesome, man. Thanks for having me. Ton of fun.

47:20
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now what I love about e-commerce is that it’s getting easier and easier every day and most ad platforms are now incorporating AI and learning algorithms to make everything less hands-on for you. For more information about this episode, go to mywipedcoderjob.com slash episode 493. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your IP from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

47:49
mention my name and you’ll get $100 off. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his class over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

48:17
and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

492: How To Find A $5000/Mo Product To Sell In 10 Minutes – Family First Friday

492: How To Find A $5000/Mo Product To Sell In 10 Minutes – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I teach you 4 different methods of finding profitable products to sell on Amazon, Shopify and Ebay.

Thanks to software tools like Jungle Scout, Ahrefs and ZikAnalytics, you can get accurate data on the sales of practically any product being sold online.

Jungle Scout – Get 30% Off Jungle Scout
Ahrefs – Try Ahrefs For Free
Zik Analytics – Try ZikAnalytics For Free

What You’ll Learn

  • How To Find A $5000/Mo Product To Sell Online
  • How To Use The Opportunity Finder Tool From Jungle Scout
  • Different Methods Of Researching Profitable Products

Transcript

00:00
In today’s episode, I’m going to teach you four different methods of finding profitable products on Amazon, Shopify, eBay, Etsy, basically anywhere products are sold. And these are methods that I personally use to make over a million bucks selling on my own online store over at BumblebeeLinens.com. What’s up everyone? You are listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, where I teach you how to make money online by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show.

00:29
called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. If you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash book, fill out the form and get over $690 in free bonuses. Now when I first got started in e-commerce, my product research strategy was basically haphazardly looking for a product to sell. My wife and I would go to a trade show, look around and just pick and choose what we thought

00:58
were great products to sell. There were no rules and no real criteria for our choices. And as a result, we often had products that didn’t sell well sat on our shelves at our warehouse gathering dust. Now having unsold inventory sucks, but we learned our lesson. And today we use a bunch of tools to conduct product research the right way to ensure that this never ever happens again. This is what I’m going to teach you today. You will learn how to use various software tools to evaluate profitable products

01:27
so that you are confident your products will sell before you make a upfront investment on inventory. Now the first method for product research involves Amazon and a tool called Jungle Scout. That is a well-known fact that Amazon has over a 50 % market share in e-commerce in the United States and they are the biggest player by a landslide. The next closest competitor is Walmart at only 6.3%. So as a result, if you want to know what products to sell online,

01:54
it makes sense to look at what’s selling on the Amazon marketplace first. Now Jungle Scout is a tool that scrapes all the listings on Amazon and tells you approximately how much each seller is making online. For example, if I want to know how much money each Amazon listing selling garlic presses is making on a monthly basis, all I have to do is type in garlic press in Amazon search, hit the Jungle Scout button, and the tool will tell me the number of units sold, revenue, listing price, everything.

02:22
Now Amazon doesn’t publish this data online. So how does Jungle Scout work exactly? Well, every product listing on Amazon has what is called a BSR, which stands for best seller rank, which is a relative measure of how well a product is selling in Amazon. Now, because Jungle Scout has a huge database of real Amazon sellers and their actual sales data, they can correlate that data on the backend with the BSR ratings on Amazon. And as a result, based on the BSR ranking of a product, they can interpolate

02:52
and make a pretty good approximation of how much money that listing is making, and it’s fairly accurate. So if you’re thinking about selling a product and you want to know if it’s a good idea, then just type it in on Amazon search, run Jungle Scout, and see how well that product is selling for the last 30 days. And as you are doing your research, you want to sell a product that has high demand and low seller competition. So here’s what you should look for. Whenever I perform this exercise,

03:18
I like to see an even distribution of revenue across the sellers on the front page of Amazon search. After all, the last thing that you want is to sell a product where one seller or brand is dominating all the sales. Now, if you decide to sell your own version of that product under your own brand, you want to know that there’s plenty of space left for a new player on the market. I also like to look for a low number of reviews across all the listings, preferably in the low hundreds or less. Now, why do reviews matter?

03:45
It’s because the number of reviews on an Amazon listing is directly correlated to the strength of the listing. If a product listing has over a thousand reviews, well that means it’s going to be pretty well entrenched in the Amazon rankings. If you can find a product that has good demand and even distribution of revenue across the sellers with a low number of reviews, then that makes it a viable option to sell online on Amazon. Just make sure that you have a solid value proposition for your product before you start sourcing it. But what if you can’t think of anything to sell?

04:16
Well, this process also works in reverse. Remember, Jungle Scout also provides a searchable database of every single product that is listed on Amazon. As a result, you can use the Opportunity Finder tool from Jungle Scout to have the tool return you a product that matches your revenue criteria. Basically, you’re just asking Jungle Scout for a good product to sell. For example, let’s say I want to sell a product that generates at least $5,000 a month with less than 200 reviews. Well, you can conduct a search on Jungle Scout with these exact parameters

04:45
and the tool will output a bunch of product searches that match your criteria. So if you’re having problems finding a good product on your own, you can use Jungle Scout to actually brainstorm products for you from a database of millions of products with real data from Amazon. Now, another great way to find a profitable product to sell online is by analyzing what people are searching for on Google. Remember, Amazon only owns 50 % of e-commerce. The remaining 50 % is dominated by Google and other marketplaces.

05:14
And the key is to find out what products people are searching for online using Google. And in order to figure that out, you must use a Google keyword tool like Ahrefs. Ahrefs is a tool that tells you how many searches per month are conducted for a given keyword on Google. And it also tells you how hard it is to rank for that keyword. For example, if I want to know how many people are searching for dog harnesses online, Ahrefs tells me that over 59,000 people are searching for dog harnesses every single

05:41
Ahrefs also provides me with other related keyword searches as well. For example, 45,000 people are searching for dog collars. 13,000 people are searching for dog harnesses no pull. 6400 people are looking for tactical dog harnesses. You get the picture. By looking at the search volume for the products you want to sell, you can make sure that people are actually looking for the product that you actually are considering offering. And to gauge the size of the market and the potential sales, you can take the search volume.

06:10
multiply it by 37%, which is the approximate amount of traffic you might get if you have the number one spot in Google, and then multiply that number by 2%, which is the average conversion rate for an e-commerce store. Do this for every keyword that applies, and then add it all up. This number will be your revenue potential for that product. Now just be aware though, that some searches on Google are for information and not for shopping. For example, if you see a term like dog harness installation,

06:37
Well, that means that people are looking for a tutorial and not a product to buy. The next obvious place to find profitable products to sell is on eBay. And even though eBay doesn’t have a huge market share in the e-commerce space at only three and a half percent, what eBay does have going for it is precise data. Every transaction on eBay is recorded and available to the public. As a result, by browsing eBay data, you can know exactly how much money a product is making on the platform. Note that this is completely different

07:06
than what a tool like Jungle Scout provides with Amazon. Jungle Scout only provides approximate numbers that are interpolated from real data. eBay’s numbers are exact. So how do you browse eBay efficiently in order to brainstorm products to sell? Well, the best way is to use a tool like Zic Analytics. Now, similar to Jungle Scout, Zic Analytics is a tool that scrapes all the eBay listings for both completed and non-completed listings and gives you a nice interface to browse the data.

07:35
Now what’s nice about ZIC once again is that the data is accurate and represents real sales on eBay. ZIC also provides a cool feature where you can look at the hot categories on eBay where most people are buying. And then from here, you can push down further to see the hot selling products on eBay for any given category. Now the most useful metric that ZIC Analytics offers is a metric called the successful listings percentage. The successful listings percentage is the percentage of listings on the front page of eBay for a particular product

08:04
that have sold at least one item. Basically, this is a good measure of whether you’ll actually make a sale on eBay if you list that product. In fact, I like to see a successful listing percentage of at least 33%, which basically means that if I were to list that product, then it would sell a third of the time. This number is also important if you end up not being able to sell your product on your own website or Amazon. Because a high successful listing percentage means that you can always liquidate unsold inventory on eBay if it ever gets to that point.

08:35
But remember, eBay is an auction-based platform where not all auctions end in a sold completed listing. What you’re looking for is confidence that if you were list that exact same product on eBay, then it would sell at a high percentage. Note that just because something sells on eBay though, doesn’t necessarily mean that it is sold at a good price where you are actually making a profit. You have to look at the pricing for the products being sold on eBay during your search to determine whether it’s worth selling that product based on demand and margin.

09:04
Zic also provides you with information on how many listings or sellers there are for any product, the total number of sold items in the last 30 days, and the average selling price. And with this information, you can then look on Alibaba or ask your supplier to see if your profit margins make sense to source and sell that product online. Now, if you’re on a major budget, there’s actually another tool called Terapeak that is 100 % free when you join eBay. Now, a long time ago, Terapeak used to cost money and it was essentially what Zic Analytics is today.

09:33
But then eBay acquired Terapeek and basically stripped it of many of its useful features. Now that being said, Terapeek is still useful for getting sales numbers for some broad-based products on eBay. If you want to give Terapeek a try, just look for it on the research tab of your eBay seller hub, then just type in what you’re researching into the search bar. Use the filters to refine your search, and Terapeek will give you the average selling price, the total number of units sold, the total sales revenue, and the sell-through rate. However,

10:01
Terapeak will not give you data to the same level of granularity as ZIC Analytics. Instead, it only provides aggregate data for a given search and doesn’t really do a great job of giving you data for individual products. Also, it’s not going to tell you what the hot categories are either, but you can’t really complain because the tool is free. So let’s put it all together now. Use Jungle Scout to research products that are selling well on Amazon with high demand and low competition. Then take those exact same keyword searches

10:29
and check if people are searching for those products on Google. And then finally, check Zic Analytics and or Terapeak if you’re on a budget and make sure the sell through rate is at least 33 % on eBay. Now if you do those three steps, you’ll find a profitable product to sell. And in the event your product doesn’t sell as well as you were expecting, you can always liquidate it on eBay. Hope you enjoyed that episode. In the event that you want to learn how to sell profitable products online,

10:55
Make sure you take my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

491: The Future Of Ecommerce In The Face Of AI And Other Changes With Mike Jackness And Toni Herrbach

491: The Future Of Ecommerce In The Face Of AI And Other Changes With Mike Jackness And Toni Herrbach

I just returned from Las Vegas where I got to speak in front of 1300 people at the Alibaba CoCreate Conference.

And what’s cool is that I was able to meet up in person with my good friend Mike Jackness and my business partner, Toni Herrbach.

In this episode, we discuss the future of e-commerce in the face of AI and other changes in the industry.

What You’ll Learn

  • Where the cheese is moving in the ecommerce industry
  • How artificial intelligence will fundamentally change ecommerce
  • How the sourcing landscape is changing

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Now just got back from Las Vegas where I got to speak in front of 1300 people at the Alibaba Co-Create Conference and it was a fun event. And what’s cool is that I got to meet up in person with my good friend, Mike Jackness and my business partner, Tony Urbach. And you know by now that whenever we three get together, we always record a podcast. So today,

00:28
we are going to discuss the future of e-commerce in the face of AI and other changes in the industry. But before I begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now, for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:55
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success is going to be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumble Bee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council,

01:23
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you ever get ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeiters and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you

01:51
you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now on to the show.

02:05
Welcome to the My Wife, Put Her Job podcast. It is rare that both Mike Jackness and Tony Urbach and myself are all in the same room together. But when we are, we always like to record a podcast. And I thought we would go a little high level today and maybe just talk about the future of commerce, where the opportunities are. We’ll just leave it at that. Because I know Mike probably doesn’t have anything to say about that. No, nothing. I never have anything to say about anything.

02:32
It’s like it’s cool being back on the podcast so soon. just recorded with you I’m not sure when these episodes go out, but we just got the chit chat So it’s being back here cool being in the same room with you and Tony and looking forward to talk today Well, I didn’t tell you this but I might not air that episode. I don’t blame you. Yeah There’s a lot of whining on your part and you know, that’s all I ever do Let’s whine about something else today So we’re at the Alibaba conference and a big part of it is sourcing

03:01
Let me give you this question to start out. Of all the different factors in the success of an e-commerce business, how would you rank sourcing as part of that? Yeah, it’s one of those things that doesn’t seem important at all until all of a sudden it is, right? Because you kind of just ignore sourcing or take it for granted a lot of times, I think, because you’re looking at things from a marketing perspective. Are you using a tool like Helium 10 or Jungle Scout or something like that and searching for opportunities and just

03:29
looking to like scratch off that that sourcing box. But if you have bad sourcing partners, then also that’s all you can think about because you’re not getting your products in time. The quality isn’t good. They’re delayed. The logistics are bad. Something is broken in that process. You know, they stolen your money. There’s all kinds of things that I’ve gone through over the years. And so it’s like, again, it’s one of those things that you kind of take for granted. Sometimes like your health until all of a sudden, you know, you can’t walk properly, you can’t breathe or you’re sick or you get COVID or something.

03:54
You don’t think about those things until they’re happening. And sourcing oftentimes is kind of that forgotten thing in e-commerce. See, I just wanted a number. A number? Well, you know, how would you rank it on a scale? And then we get this like, this is going to be a long episode, folks. It can be a one or a 10. There we go. Yeah, I was thinking for myself, I think it matters really, it matters a lot just to get started.

04:22
But I’m actually of the belief these days that, at least for your own site, not Amazon, that you can pretty much sell anything with a good message, as long as the quality of your products is good. Yeah. Right. That’s what I’m saying. I it’s like, think a lot of what we do is we’re either using tools to find opportunities or we’re trying to be better at marketing or we’re looking at the digital end of it. I certainly look at e-commerce that way. And the sourcing is like the kind of thing that just you have to kind of go do that thing.

04:51
uh, in order to, in order to be an e-commerce business. And yes, it’s becoming less and less a factor. I mean, we’re at an Alibaba conference. Alibaba is one of the reasons why, right? mean, like these tools like Alibaba are out there where it becomes a lot easier to, to, to find suppliers, to vet suppliers, to work with suppliers. And when I first got started in e-commerce, I had to physically travel to China, uh, and do all that work on the ground. And something like Alibaba has, has made that much easier. So here’s a question.

05:21
Do you feel like you need to go to China anymore? It’s a tough question because we haven’t been in a while, and you kind of keep on doing the same old things. You have a routine. I was going there all the time before COVID and then COVID happened and I had to figure out another way. And for me, that was having a sourcing agent. So I think the reality is do I need to go? No, I don’t think that I need to go, but I think that relationships are super important. And I do think if you’re importing

05:50
a significant amount of stuff and you’re working with relatively few manufacturers, just like anything else in life, it’s probably good to put some FaceTime in and go do those supplier dinners, let them get you drunk at the big lazy Susan thing and do those things just to, because it becomes harder psychologically for people to say no or have hard conversations with people that they have a relationship with. And so if you’re over there and you put that work in, it’ll be more difficult for them to mistreat you. And they’ll also probably

06:19
you know, put you at top of mind over other people that haven’t been putting in that work. So do you have to go? No. Should you go, you probably should still make an effort. It is true because I think about the internet today and you know, a lot of people are posting anonymously, negative comments, but they probably wouldn’t do that to you face to face, right? That’s right. We’re going to India here in a weeks and then we’re going to Hong Kong and

06:46
We’re not actually going to China. We’re going to Hong Kong during the Canton Fair and then our supplier is actually meeting us in Hong Kong. So we are meeting our biggest supplier on this trip. If they weren’t going to come to Hong Kong, I would have popped into China, but they were willing to come to Hong Kong because they had some other things that they wanted to do anyway. So, you this will be my first time seeing them face to face and man, it’s four years. It was 2019 last time.

07:10
Actually, the last time I went to China was with you, Tony. I want to say that was back in 2017, 2018. 2017. I’m actually, I probably need to go back. Here’s the thing, Mike. I actually dread those meals. Yeah. It’s so awkward. But I mean, I, and I try to bust out the Chinese just cause it’s there’s always this language barrier. It’s tough. It’s very tough. And there’s a lot of smiling on my part. then

07:36
whipping out the Chinese as much as I can, them like laughing at my Chinese or they’re responding. But things are always better after that meal. I wonder if they enjoy it actually. I actually think they really do. Like, I mean, from what I can tell, it’s part of the culture, right? I think, because I’ve been over there several times, I’ve had a lot of interactions with suppliers. And at a high level, what I’ve kind of figured out is that there’s kind of like an old school and new school kind of

08:06
faction of suppliers. have like the older, the older generation of suppliers that seem to really love that like wine and dine, that meal, you’re around to in the lazy Susan. I love that environment. It’s just, I wish they had that here in the United States. It would be cool for business dinners. And then the younger guys that I work with over there, they just kind of take you out to a regular restaurant. It’s rare that they even have a beer. If they do, it’s like a drink. They’re starting out there to get you drunk. It’s a much different environment.

08:33
You know, and so I don’t know if it’s, it’s a generational thing or it just happens to played out that way. But I did, I have talked to people over there specifically about that. does seem that like the old way of doing business in China is that’s the thing that they like to do. And they seem to have fun doing it. Like they, I mean, they get really drunk. So I don’t know. I mean, and you know, I, I look back at, at those memories, like what I look forward to going to do that again, like, no, cause it’s, mean, it’s, it’s a big hangover the next day.

09:02
But looking back at it, I do enjoy that cultural thing that I got to be a part of. See, I’ve never gotten completely wasted. No? No. I just have a drink and I just nurture it. They never did the ganbei thing to you where you have to drink the baijiu out of the little Oh no, I can’t handle that. I can’t handle my liquor. I’d be completely dead if I If you say no, they frown upon it. Maybe it’s because I speak Chinese. that…

09:32
So I’m probably like, I’m telling Michelle, so my wife speaks Chinese. And so I’m telling her like, tell them I don’t want any more to drink. Cause she’s probably telling them, give them six. No idea. We both use sourcing agents. And then at the same time, Alibaba has all these cool features now where, you know, they vet the suppliers for you and they had, they introduced a bunch of new features at this event. So do you think that Alibaba is going to replace sourcing agents? What are the pros and cons in your opinion?

10:01
And do you still use Alibaba? Were they going to replace sourcing? I mean, I don’t know. Like I, I think the sourcing agents are still going to have a place. I think I look at it as a tiered system is the way I kind of think of it. So like if you’re just getting started or you’re smaller or you’re working, you’re placing smaller orders with a whole bunch of factories, Alibaba seems to be the go-to place, right? Cause it’s just, have this portal. It’s like a search engine for, for sources or for factories around the world.

10:31
And I think that that’s awesome. Like it really helps people. The buried entry is very small to find that. I think once you kind of graduate to a certain size, you probably would want to use a sourcing agent because you’re looking for more unique suppliers. You’re looking for special things here or there. You’re looking for someone who’s going to have some other edge. And for us, the sourcing agent kind of checks a lot of these boxes. And then I think the final step is like you get large enough, you just

10:59
hire your own full-time people on the ground in China. I kind of think of that as like the three tiers, or whether it’s China or other parts of the world. And so we’re kind of at that sourcing agent stage right now. Like I love Alibaba. I’m grateful that it’s existed. It’s helped us and our community like be able to find suppliers. But I also like having a sourcing agent because I feel like a representative in the middle of this process that is important to me. they, would I pay them?

11:29
provides more value to me and I feel like I make that back and more. And I, it’s an important part of the process for me. Yeah. For me, we’re just lazy. It’s not just a matter of being lazy. You probably, you know, because you do speak some Chinese, you know, have a little bit of a cultural leg up. just feel like it’s, it’s a very different culture. Like, I mean, I’ve, I’ve been to 57 countries and I often talk about how China is the most difficult for me to navigate.

11:58
just from a culture perspective. And that’s even going with someone who speaks the language. I can only imagine not having a wife who speaks Chinese, how much more difficult it would be. And so think there’s like this cultural divide in China that I have not experienced in like Central or South America or Europe or other places that I’ve been. And so having that sourcing agent on the ground that really understands the customs and like won’t let me get taken advantage of there, really they understand pricing better. They understand quality better. In terms of like,

12:27
what you can push back on an inspection, they’re physically there like doing the inspection for me. They, you know, they’re my advocate on the ground. And so I feel like, you know, the, 8 % or so, whatever it works out to that a sourcing agent takes, it’s not just a matter of being lazy. Like, I feel like I’m getting that value and more from them. And yes, the added benefit is I don’t have to fly across the world two or three times a year to go visit suppliers now. So we like our sourcing agent because we’ve, always negotiate.

12:55
piece-per-piece inspections. They literally inspect every single thing comes up and they know what we’re looking for because we had this document that we’ve developed over the years like this is a defect, this is a defect, this is a defect. Whereas if we were to use just like a regular inspector, we’d have to convey that information each time and it wouldn’t be as thorough. Yeah, that’s kind of what I’m saying in terms of advocating for a sourcing agent, right? Because I mean, it’s always a sticky situation with quality in China and this has just been pervasive through

13:25
seven, eight years of doing this. it just, even if you get one batch of the quality, they will always, they’re always trying to like revert back to doing something squirrely, let lower quality, less, you know, changing materials, doing something. And so having, you know, a sourcing agent that you work with on a continuous basis, it isn’t just, like you said, hiring an inspection company that’s just in and out there quickly.

13:50
I think is really, really important if that’s a big part of your business, which for us it is. I think most Westerners, it’s a big part of their business. So you mentioned you’re going to India. Are you currently sourcing there right now? We’re not. I’m going there because my friend, mutual friend Meghla runs a sourcing trip there. I’m super excited about it. It’ll be country 58. So I finally get to go to someplace new. I think it’s going to be another culture shock. So we’ll see how that goes. But I am looking for…

14:15
other opportunities around the world. I I look at kind of some of the geopolitical stuff that’s happening with China. I the terrorist was a big wake up call. You know, it’s just, kind of like, again, sourcing is some of the things you don’t think about until all of sudden you do. And that was one of those days where I’m like, oh my God, this is going to change our business dramatically. And it has, it’s really been, it hasn’t worked out, I think, the way that it was advertised, which is like, this is a tax on China or, you know, something like that. I mean, like really what it is, is it’s a tax on our small business. We have not been able to

14:44
pass through even years later the additional tariffs because no one wants to raise their price. so everyone’s just absorbing that. So it’s really become a tax on small business. I don’t know. It seems like it’s hard to know what the future is going to bring, but it seems like there’s more more tension there. And so looking at a country like India, where there hasn’t been any tension and there aren’t any tariffs and

15:11
The other thing I think is important, at least what I think about is that Wayne Gretzky quote of, skate to where the puck is going, not where it is. It seems like everyone’s already in China. It’s super saturated. They’re really good at it. China is really great at manufacturing. There’s platforms like Alibaba that make it really easy to find all these manufacturers. I think back to eight years ago when we first went to China and it wasn’t as saturated with e-commerce and finding these niche opportunities, I feel like there’s probably more of those types of opportunities.

15:40
in India and I’m excited to go check it out. I didn’t realize you got hit by the tariffs. The ice wraps got hit. And the business that we own together was with the tariffs. And there’s very few categories really that had been immune to it. There’s definitely some. We have some products that haven’t had the additional tariff. Right. But yeah, and it was a 25-35 % extra, which is very, very substantial.

16:09
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

16:38
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store. And I provide you with a free website theme as well.

17:06
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

17:25
All right, so let’s switch gears now because Tony has been crazily silent. I’ve been enjoying. I kind of, I kind of enjoy this silence. Usually Tony’s like, so let’s switch gears and talk about D to C versus Amazon. Now, I think the last time you were on, not the one that we recently recorded, I think, did I have you and Dave on? I can’t even remember, but the conclusion, at least from Dave’s perspective was all in Amazon, right? I’d be curious if he feels the same way today.

17:55
I’m not sure. I’m curious what Tony’s feeling is on this in terms of Amazon versus other platforms. I’m definitely not all in Amazon, as you guys know. In fact, I was sitting there yesterday in the Alibaba session when they were unveiling all their new technology for sourcing, finding products, some of their AI tools. And I thought, well, this is just making it even easier for people, right? So I love things with a high barrier to entry because I feel like it weeds out competition, at least on the initial stages.

18:24
So I thought, you know, cause with Steve and I, like we host like Friday Q and A’s and things like that. Most people’s problem is finding their products, right? Like they know what they want to sell, but they don’t know how to get it. And I feel like the easier it becomes for those people, then the easier it is for people to sell. And then the more competition there is, even though it’s probably not the same quality. So for me, Amazon is sort of that like, there’s such a low barrier to entry, although it’s gotten much harder since when I was selling on there, it’s changed a ton.

18:52
But to me, just felt like yesterday felt like, well, here we go again. Like, here’s a bunch of people that don’t know anything that are going to be able to, which I like the tools, like I think they’re great. But to me, it was like, well, yeah, I’m sticking with D to C because I feel like that’s just such a much higher barrier to entry for people. Yeah. And it’s but you have to have the right type of products. That’s right. You know, the tug of war here. Like, I mean, a lot of people that are on Amazon are looking like get off Amazon. People that are off Amazon are looking to get on Amazon. There’s really

19:21
If you put a Venn diagram together, there’s very few products that have an overlap that do well on both platforms. It does exist. are, you know, when you’re looking at trillions of dollars of sales, there’s a large volume of money that does transact or companies that do well on both platforms. But the reality is, is that very few things really that do well on both. And so if you look at, you know, I guess the kind of question is like, what does the future look like here? I think it’s, you a of times it’s good to look at the past and just kind of see like, what is the trend then?

19:51
And Amazon continues to grab market share. They are the world’s largest product search engine. They dominated Google in this space. They’ve built a insane footprint across the country in terms of warehousing and their own deliveries vans. And I think it’s going to continue. No matter how badly somebody wants to go beat Amazon, even some like Walmart, it’s really difficult to like…

20:19
recreate that infrastructure that they’ve put together, it would be really, really difficult. And at the same time, 100 million people, or whatever heck it is, have their credit card already stored at Amazon in the United States. So the buried entry of the transaction is very low. And now you look to Amazon for Amazon Prime, like you kind of like for the television aspect, and then they have Whole Foods. it becomes more more difficult for someone to cancel that membership and go away from Amazon.

20:48
And once you have that membership and you’re on Amazon, now you feel like I have to get my, it’s like the all you can eat buffet. I have to get my value. So you’re more stuff off the Amazon. And so, you know, the commodity things, I quick products. just do not see going anywhere. No, I agree. mean, on Amazon, you want paper clips, want, you know, whatever rubber bands, something like that, light bulbs, you’re going to go to Amazon. The DTC thing. I think, you know, you’ve also seen a kind of a resurgence of that now because

21:16
There’s these micro brands or niche brands that people are going back to the story and the family or whatever that kind of created those products. And I think that that’s going to have a place and start to increase because social media, especially like a TikTok, has made it so much easier for those brands to get quickly viral, get out those stories and those products. And I think overall, e-commerce is going to continue to increase.

21:43
And so I think, you from a macro standpoint, those are some of the things that seem to make sense. Yeah, I wouldn’t. I mean, I think you should sell on Amazon. I’m definitely not. I mean, it’s not my favorite place to sell. It’s definitely my favorite place to shop. And now they’ve even introduced the buy with prime, right, which integrates with Shopify. So they’re basically becoming your logistics, you know, fulfillment process and also integrating with the payment and everything else. So they’re trying to pull people who maybe don’t sell on Amazon.

22:09
Right. And in fact, they just introduced a Clavio integration a couple of months ago. they’re definitely, think Amazon’s definitely trying to infiltrate everything. Which I would too, if I was, you know, it makes sense. But yeah, their logistics is amazing. We’ve talked to Walmart, you know, we all have, and I think they’re trying to build something great, but they just, at this point, there’s no competition with Amazon. Yeah. No, it’s definitely.

22:35
The only thing constant is change it. So at some point in our lives we’ll look back and most likely be like, remember when Amazon was the big thing, just like my parents like talk about Sears or whatever. I mean, things will change and it’s interesting how there’s a lot of thoughts on how, know, AI and just the shopping experience is going to change things quite a bit. Like I had someone the other day speculating that there won’t even be a search box anymore. You know, it’ll just be like, they kind of just know what you want or, so I mean, it’s, think that that’s kind of

23:05
who knows, that’s a little far fetched. like, the point is that things will probably be very different. You don’t really know until it comes. But like, I think that things are about to change dramatically in terms of the shopping experience or the results experience. I right now it’s like you type in something, whether it’s on Google or Amazon, you’re all used to these, like you get 20 results and you kind of sift through them. I do think that that’s going to change significantly. And so the thought is like keywords are going to be different or the…

23:33
less people are going to be buying or more people are going be buying for fewer spots in these results. And it’s going to be more difficult to compete there. And I’m not sure exactly how that’s going to play out. I mean, I don’t actually don’t think you’re far off when you say that you won’t have a search bar. I think you’ll have some sort of search. But like if you think about your Netflix experience, and I don’t know what your Netflix account looks like, it’s probably a good thing. But like in my family.

23:55
In my family, we have like six accounts, right? So each kid has the account. So one day when I logged in, it’s like I get a certain amount of recommendations from Netflix, right? And I was curious one day, I like, wonder if my kids are like, I wonder if they’re just promoting the top 10 shows to me, right? My kids see a completely different thing based on their watching experiences, right? So I don’t think it’s that far off with Amazon, not doing away with search, but having something much more.

24:21
specialized you, you, I mean, you already see that now, right? Like continue where you left off, you know, all the things that you looked at before you closed the browser, all that stuff on Amazon anyway. I think my biggest hangup with Amazon is I feel like when you’re doing DTC, there’s just a, there’s a, there’s a formula. There’s a formula for building a brand. Obviously it changes based on what you’re selling and new things like TikTok, right? Making short form video or promoting your products in a different way.

24:50
But overall to me, feels very familiar. Whereas on Amazon, feel like every couple of months things change drastically and you’re rewriting your listing descriptions or you’re changing something with PPC. And to me, I don’t like that hamster wheel feeling of constantly. I mean, I like learning new things, but I don’t want my whole entire business to be based on scrapping everything I know and relearning it every six months to one year.

25:17
Yeah, but I feel like that happens in DTC as well. mean, at least on the ads part of it. Yeah. How to get the traffic because like, you know, when we first really got started in DTC, we were all in on Facebook and now Facebook’s like, you much more difficult to make the numbers work and everyone’s moved over to TikTok. So you’re learning something new from that perspective. But I get what you’re saying and point well taken in terms of your your on Amazon’s hamster wheel for sure. Yeah.

25:46
I was shocked that one of the things they’re testing right now is hiding the bullet points. Like I just saw this week. Like it’s like learn more about this product. You click that then the bullet points appear. And so it kind of goes to what I’ve always theorized is that people never really read this stuff because if they’re testing hiding it, they probably realize that no one’s really reading the bullet points. Maybe they don’t matter as much as you think they do. And the imagery is where it really is at. Right. You should be focusing more on your imagery because people look at stuff but they don’t read stuff. Yeah. So

26:16
I mean, not just another example of maybe there’s going to be a giant shift in Amazon of like, we spent all this time putting all this effort into bullet points and overnight they might just become irrelevant. That’s a pretty big development, right?

26:33
What’s your next question? Okay. Apparently Tony has run out of questions. All right. So I wanted to ask this way back, but I didn’t want to interrupt you guys. So what types of products work well on DTC versus Amazon? Yeah, I think this is actually pretty easy to answer. So the things that work best on Amazon are things that people are searching for. You know, they’re typing in that product, right? It’s like, I just mentioned paper clips and rubber bands. We’ll stick with that or light bulbs.

27:02
And so that’s a typically a pain point of like, I need this right now or very soon. So it’s like, I can wait till tomorrow. So I’m not going to go drive down the staples and go get those paper clips or whatever, but like, and then I mostly just don’t even care what the brand is. Like I just need some paper clips and, you know, whatever. so whatever that might be, I mean, we, we sell ice raps. So I’ll, mention that as one of these things that does very well on Amazon because like someone is in pain right this minute.

27:30
probably a week beforehand, they didn’t realize that they were going to need it, or they just got an operation, or there’s like, there’s a need in their life at that moment that just kind of popped up and they need to solve that problem. They type in what that product is. Again, brand is not as important here in this. mean, there are situations on Amazon where brand does matter. so I’m not advocating to like not do branding. But for the most part, it’s like, I need this, I’m searching for it, I’m going to get it within one to two days. Brand isn’t super important to me, price is the most important thing.

28:00
you know, I want the Amazon experience. And so those types of things do really well. can, then conversely as a e-commerce seller, if you’re putting stuff up on Amazon, you’re looking at search volume of particular keywords and like there’s opportunity to sell products that fit those keywords. D2C does very well on an emotional trigger. So it’s like you’re looking at a TikTok video, you’re looking at a Facebook ad and literally 10 seconds beforehand.

28:26
You were never thinking about this product. You never thought you were going to buy this thing today. You never thought you needed it, but you just saw someone like with a really cool ad and this worked really well for our coloring company where I can now advertise to a group of people that aren’t searching for that stuff right this minute, but we know that they have an affinity to coloring books as there was an audience for that. And so you show them an ad triggers this emotional response. The price point’s low enough. The part is something’s unique enough about it.

28:52
I’m going to give this a try.” of a sudden, they pull their credit card out and they’re making a $10, $20, $30 purchase that, five minutes beforehand, was like, if you asked them the question, you’re to buy coloring books today, 0 % chance that that was going to happen. so there’s a lot of products that do very, very well in that DTC environment. then also, can, things that have a really good brand story or like it’s an emotional hook of like, maybe like eco-friendly or you’re like, you’re trying to go vegan or, you know, you have coffee beans that are like, you know,

29:22
single source or like something that like triggers it relates to you and things that you believe in or care about where like there’s lots of other people who don’t care but as an advertiser you can really get in front of the right people. DTC I think will continue it does work really well with that right now and will continue to work well there and by the way a lot of those things I just mentioned you take those exact same products and throw them on Amazon and they won’t succeed. Like you try to put this really unique single source coffee thing on Amazon

29:51
It’s probably going to be much higher price. People are typing in coffee on Amazon. Are they really going to go buy this other thing? It’s a much harder road on Amazon. Not impossible, but certainly works way better in that and other environment. I mean, you will get the halo effect from your own marketing on Amazon, right? Because some people just like buying on Amazon. I just wanted to mention something that you just said, though. On Amazon, you said the brand doesn’t matter as much. Doesn’t that imply that someone could just copy your product almost exactly throw it up since brand doesn’t matter?

30:20
And then eventually just kind of becomes a race to the bottom. That’s what I’m dealing with right now. This is the problem. This is the hamster world that I want to get off of. Okay. Right. mean, I just, uh, and so again, think it’s skate to where the puck is going. I love the book, who made my cheese. I got very cognizant. Podcast would not be complete if Mike did not mention who moved.

30:42
This author like should give me a kickback. It’s old book. It’s an old book. It’s a good book. Someone handed it to me when I was in my 20s in corporate life. And I just think that it’s, you know, it’s always applicable. The story is applicable. You know, it’s, I can sit here and whine and cry about how it isn’t fair. And I put all this work into this business and I used to make all this money and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.

31:05
None of that matter. No one cares about any of that. The reality is that I have to reinvent myself. I have to either reinvent my product, my brands, my company, myself, or get into something new and reinvent completely differently. But I think that that’s where we’re at. The reality is that people probably don’t care about my brand of products. Now, there are branded searches that we get. It’s great. We do work on this, and it is important. I think we do a better job than a lot of people on Amazon.

31:34
But the reality is that Helium 10 or Jungle Scal or Data Dive or whatever tools that are out there are going to show that there’s an opportunity out there to go sell this particular type of ice pack. And then you go on Alibaba and you can find 70 manufacturers that will make that ice pack. And it’s going to look and feel exactly like my product, know, or very, very similar. It’ll be indistinguishable from someone that was looking at a results page and quickly trying to fix that pain point thing that they have. They just got their wisdom teeth extracted. They need wisdom teeth ice packs.

32:04
They’re typing that in. Everything looks kind of similar. They haven’t done any. They haven’t done any research. They’re not going to do any research for this $15 product. Their freaking mouth hurts. They just got their wisdom teeth out. They want that ice pack there quickly. You put it in the freezer, it gets cold. It’s not going to be revolutionary. it’s, I’m thinking about where I can build another moat. Like where, and it’s not going to be in these types of products. And so, you know, right now we’re continuing to work on this business because we have

32:33
a business that sells millions of dollars of products and I’m positioning it to put it in the best spot to sell it in a year and a half or so. And so I’m going to work on that for right now. But I’m thinking about what the future might hold. And I think what you said is dead on. that’s the reality is that it’s going to become more and more difficult. the million dollar question is, Mike, where is this cheese going to be? I mean, again, I don’t

32:59
I’m pretty, I’m a pretty open book with a lot of things. don’t want to give my next idea away quite yet. I talked to you personally about it. But like in general, in broad strokes, what I’m thinking about is a silly margins, right? want way better margins, whatever product I’m going to be working on next. Like I think I look at your products, great. Your products check a lot of these boxes, right? It’s got really good margin, right? Because you have customization. You’re doing some final thing here in the U S that

33:29
is a moat. Like is someone going to go buy a sewing machine or embroidery machine or whatever does that, you know, that extra thing like adds some moat. And so I’m thinking about things like that. And one of the things that I really want to get into is something that has intellectual property, which is kind of like another step over and above that, you know, repeat business. There’s a lot of things that like I look at that is important to me when looking at like, cause literally what Tony just said, you like the barrier to entry, right? I want that.

33:56
The complexity to me is the opportunity. The bare entry is the opportunity. want to get into something that not everyone can do. And so I’m legitimately prepared and ready to go get another warehouse in Nevada. We live in Las Vegas. I’m back to that again and have, not know that. Okay. I think that this is what’s going to be necessary. You know, that final assembly thing or doing something in the U S at the, you know, kind of at the last touch point.

34:26
We had this similar thing in the business that we own together. You know, and I just saw it like as much as I hated having a warehouse previously and all the things that that brings, I know I’m going to have to go through that again. But like the problem is like, I need something that’s going to help again, dig that mo and make it deeper and deeper and wider and not have someone else that’s constantly, cause someone else is constantly coming back with a dump truck and backfill on that thing like every day. Right. And so you have to, and right now the mode’s getting filled in way quicker than I can.

34:56
anything about it with the products I’m talking about. so having that warehouse, having some sort of machinery here in the US that does some type of final something to the product, or even manufacturer the Holy on thing maybe, or, but in my case, it’ll be, you know, kind of, I create or finish the products here and get them into Amazon or sell them on demand basically as needed. Similar to what you’re doing. You have the blank handkerchiefs and someone has a wedding you put

35:25
the final touches on it. That adds the value. Most people aren’t willing to do that. Most people can’t do that because you have a warehouse. You have employees that are sitting in front of that machine. You’ve also spent all the time getting the traffic and building a brand and doing those things. if someone else wants to go do that, they’re not going to just go find it off of Alibaba. The barrier is much different. So that’s the type of stuff that I have put a lot of thought into. I think Colorate has been a

35:54
a big inspiration for me for that, where we had the intellectual property part of it, where we had highly defensible products and we had a brand that people really cared about. So I can take that and kind of marry it with some of the stuff that you’re doing, know, things I’ve seen, you know, and I’ve done some stuff like this in the past. And also things I learned from the business that we own together, we had this, this facility in North Carolina. It was the best business I owned like through COVID and all the other mess that was going on because having that facility there, can keep low amounts of inventory.

36:24
in Amazon, had the facilities to store extra inventory, we had the ability to be nimble and make the stuff to order basically that was necessary at the time as things were shifting during COVID. And I see this as something that’s going to be really important moving forward if you’re willing to put the extra effort into it. It’s interesting because whenever I’m, whenever someone asks me, I’m like, don’t start your own warehouse. It’s a pain in the butt. It is a pain. I am not looking forward to it.

36:53
But I mean, one of the things that we talked about in the last episode we recorded, like it’s getting, for me increasingly more difficult to work with employees. And those types of employees are traditionally the hardest ones to work with. And so, yeah, I’m not looking forward to that, but I see it as a, I see it as a necessary evil, right? I mean, this is like what entrepreneurship or entrepreneurship is all about. It isn’t like every one of us, every single part of every day is doing everything that we love at all times. Like there’s a lot of crap we have to deal with in indoor.

37:23
as a part of the ultimate goal of success that we’re reaching for. I don’t like having to deal with employees or accounting or there’s just a bunch of things that come up from time to time, lawsuits or whatever. It’s annoying, but I deal with it and put on a smiley face every day because it’s a part of, without those things, I can’t go do the other things that I do enjoy. And so I think warehouse is probably back on the list of things that

37:52
or a necessary evil to achieve the bigger goal. I mean, I think my philosophy has always been optimized for sleeping well at night. So that’s why we bought the warehouse earlier this year, because then, because our rents were going up 30 % every year. And then even if everything were to completely collapse, I think it would happen much slower with our business than it would on Amazon. So I can sleep at night knowing that I wake up the next morning and not everything’s just going to go to crap right away. And again, I think

38:22
This is almost exactly what I’m talking about, right? Like it’s a highly defensible business. You know, it’s probably, it’s not recession proof, like recession resistant. Cause when people get married, they do stupid things. People are going to get married in a recession. They’re going to spend a little bit less money. They’re still probably going to want a handkerchief. mean, like, you know, in some type of personalization or something. And so, you know, and I think that.

38:46
And now you own the building so that rents are going to be stable. It’s a great investment regardless. I think it’s a really good move no matter what. And so yeah, I think that I look at this, I think it’s super important because I did not sleep well for a long time. I’m sleeping a lot better now because we have less going on. And even though the one business we have is very susceptible to a quick change on Amazon, we have more cash in the bank and it just makes it less pressure.

39:16
But yeah, I don’t like owning a business where in the back of my mind any morning I can wake up and find that it’s gone. I’ve been there before. It’s like, I know how that feels. It’s happened multiple times. And so I’m trying to think through what are some things that can be doing? Cause I want to stick with e-commerce. What are some things that can be doing? And the things that we just talked about, including having a warehouse really is one of those things, right? Cause like, mean, if, if something goes drastically wrong is a macro thing in e-commerce, which is like,

39:45
and you have something that less people can do, then if you’re in one of the few people left, then it’s actually a good thing that there’s kind of a reset or whatever. I mean, I don’t know. It’s not going to happen at least for another year because I do want to position this other business for sale, but it’s certainly the direction I’m heading right now. So where does that leave the beginners then who are just starting out? Yeah, that’s an interesting question. Wow, that’s a tough one. You know, I think that

40:16
you know, again, intellectual property, unique products, working on branding, having something that’s unique. If you can be thinking about things that have a moat, you don’t have to have a warehouse like that. If I was doing the same business idea that I have right now and I was just getting started, I would do it in my garage to start with. I think that you can do things on a different scale. just, you I only have, you and I have known each other for one time. I have one speed.

40:44
Right. It’s, like, although your, your, your speeds have changed. have, I have downshifted little bit, but like still, I’m still in the highest gear that I could be. And when I go do this thing, um, and I really believe in myself, right. mean, like I, I have, uh, 20 years of experience doing this stuff at this point, like 20, it’ll be 20 years in January. It’s nuts. quit my job in 2004. So I mean, it’s, it’s going to be, it’s really weird. It’s like where the hell did 20 years go? That’s a long time.

41:12
But at the same time, like I’ve developed a lot of skills and I have a lot of confidence in myself. It’s not cockiness or something like that. I think it’s just that like, I’m going to go do this thing, whatever this next thing is. And I’m not going to be reckless with my bets or what I’m going to go do, but I’m not going to like tippy toe into it either. Right. It’s like, I’m going to go do it. You know, I could do it out of the garage and I have to like move it, you know, a few months later and then get the warehouse. I’d just, I know.

41:40
what this life cycle is like, right? So it’s like, I’d rather just get the building now, I’ll rent it, I won’t buy it to start with, but like, you know, get the facility now and have everything there. So like, if, if and when things start to ramp up, I’m not having to move and disrupt that process and deal with those things at that time. And the thing that I’m looking at doing requires some light machineries. So I’d have to actually do some modifications to my house to make it work there, which my wife would prefer that I didn’t do. That’s probably the biggest thing.

42:09
All right, let me ask you this following question that how much money do you think to start this business that I’m looking to do is going to cost about 150,000. Wow. 200,000 all in to buy the machinery and, and, and, know, let’s say just have like a year’s worth of capital for the, for the facility and stuff. What about for the person starting out? I mean, that’s an intimidating number, right? Yeah, no, it is. But like, again, for me, I like that number.

42:38
I’m in a different life cycle because I want that barrier to ensure that Tony was mentioning. To me, it’s just enough. It’s in my comfort zone, but it’s way out of someone else’s comfort zone. Can someone else go do it? Yes. Will I have competitors? Yes. For someone just getting started, I would look at trying to check all the boxes I just mentioned without needing to make that extra step. It’s going to eliminate a few other opportunities, but there’s still plenty of other things out there that you can do.

43:07
that check all the boxes I mentioned without having to actually have that machinery. And I think the only thing that’s really important that people, I had this conversation with someone at seller summit, the first seller summit that I went to, because they were in analysis paralysis phase. I think the most important thing if you’re just getting started is just to get started. It doesn’t matter what you’re selling, just pick anything, whatever ID you have, it literally does not matter because even though…

43:33
that product might fail, it probably will fail because like if it’s just something you haven’t thought all the way through or whatever, that is still gonna be the cheapest education you’re ever gonna get. You’re gonna learn how to create your Amazon account or launch your Shopify store. You’re gonna learn how to do Amazon ads. You’re gonna learn to ship inventory on Amazon. You’re gonna how to label your stuff. gonna get your trademark. You’re create a listing. You’re gonna figure out who to get listing images from and who to work with graphics for and have those resources. And again, if you’re doing things

44:01
D to C you’re going to learn some Facebook ads or tik tok ads and learn how to get your payment processing done and you get your LLC set up I mean there’s like a ton of other things that you have to do before being successful and so like picking the product I would just go get started like learn the ropes of e-commerce over the next three six twelve months and You know for me like all these things I just talked about are all connected dots from day one the very first thing that I sold online which was fitness equipment treadmills

44:29
and learn like what to do and not to do. And all through the school of hard knocks, right? And so like, and we were successful, we were lucky that we were successful in most of the things that we did, there were definitely some failures along the way, but most of the things that we did, okay, we were successful at this, you the timeline kind of ran out, or I felt like I could do better in something else. And so we pivot a little bit, then you pivot to something else. And now, you know, I feel like we’re going to make a pivot to like, the best thing that we’ve ever done. All I wanted was a dollar amount.

44:57
Oh, a dollar now? know. I’m just kidding. Yeah. mean, think, you know, realistically, you can get started for a thousand dollars. I mean, we start for 600 something bucks, but yeah. It’s the really the perfect example. Like, again, I love, I mean, we know each other for a long time. We’ve talked about this for more than once, but like, it is the perfect example, like the perfect success story example of an e-commerce business. Cause again, you can start with very little money.

45:24
handkerchiefs don’t cost a whole lot of money, like the blanks or I would imagine pennies each or maybe a dollar at the most. And I can’t imagine they cost that much. Like said, $600 is what you got started for, but you had, you you can look, the riches are in the niches, right? And so like, this is a very niche thing. Like it’s almost like I always still make fun of you for it. It’s like you sell handkerchiefs. It’s like almost laughable. It’s like such a weird corner of e-commerce. Like you’re never going to sell a billion dollars worth of stuff or you know, whatever, but

45:53
No one else is looking there because it’s not the thing that pops up on the tolls because it’s just below that radar. People that do find it like, that’s a good opportunity. It’s like, oh, it’s just enough extra work to create a little bit of a barrier of entry. You are able to, you know, build a really good brand and, good search presence and good repeat business and has some defensibility and a moat all from something that costs $600 to begin to start with. So it’s like literally what I’m talking about, just the thing that

46:23
that I want to do is, I mean, you probably have now bought some equipment and things. a lot of equipment now. And so I’m just going to make that investment to start with, like, cause you know, if I was just getting started, I would do exactly what I’m talking about for a thousand dollars, right? Right. It’s just that I’m willing to like skip those initial steps. Cause I, again, I have the confidence in myself and I’m willing to, be wrong and lose that money if it doesn’t go right. Because again, 20 years of experience and I feel like I’ve really nailed this idea, but if you’re just getting started,

46:53
600 bucks, like you said, like gets the job done. It’s kind of crazy. Cool. Well, Mike, I guess we’ll have to have you on when you do the big reveal. I’ll do the, give you the exclusive Tony. Anything else? I think Mike talked us out. Okay. I’m just not used to hearing you so silent for so long, but, uh, yeah, let’s wrap this up. Mike. Um, I imagine you’re going to reveal it on your own podcast before you read a little on mine. So I want to tell everyone whether you can get the scoop first.

47:23
Well, I will promise that I’ll come do it on your podcast. Okay. But you can come with me, come here anyway. All right.

47:34
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now it’s always interesting to hear what Mike’s perspective is and I can’t wait to get more details on what he is going to work on next. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 491. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. If you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your IP from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off.

48:01
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his class over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’s in the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

490: BEWARE! The 4 Absolute Worst Businesses To Start In 2023 – Family First Friday

490: BEWARE! The 4 Absolute Worst Businesses To Start In 2023 – Family First Friday

In this Family First Friday episode, I reveal the worst businesses to start this year.

Not every side hustle opportunity is a good one and not every business is suited for every person. Plus, the business landscape is constantly changing and some business models are simply no longer viable.

What You’ll Learn

  • Worst Businesses To Start In 2023
  • How To Avoid Potential Pitfalls And Financial Headaches
  • Why Certain Business Models No Longer Work

Transcript

00:00
In this episode, I’m going to reveal the worst businesses to start this year and beyond. And I’m not normally a negative guy, but this podcast episode is important because my goal is to make sure you’re investing your time and money wisely. Not every side hustle opportunity is a good one and not every business is suited for every person. Plus the business landscape is constantly changing and some business models are just no longer viable. What’s up everyone. You are listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast where I teach you how to make money online.

00:28
by exploring different tools, strategies, and understand how to leverage human psychology to grow your sales. Welcome to a special segment of the show called Family First Fridays, where I go solo to give you my thoughts on how to make money without sacrificing your lifestyle. And if you haven’t picked up my book, The Family First Entrepreneur Yet, head on over to mywifecooderjob.com slash book, fill out the form, and get over $690 in free bonuses. Now just a quick heads up before we start, this episode wasn’t recorded to discourage you.

00:57
but to empower you because it’s all about avoiding potential pitfalls and financial headaches. Now the first business that I would avoid this year is retail arbitrage. Retail arbitrage is a business model where you buy products at low prices from retail stores, whether it’s physical or online, and then resell those items at higher prices on marketplaces like Amazon, eBay, or Etsy. And the difference between the purchase price and the sale price is your profit.

01:23
Now most of you guys probably don’t know this, but before I launched bumblebeelinens.com, I actually started out with retail arbitrage. For example, many years ago, and I’m probably gonna date myself here, Tickle Me Elmo dolls were the hottest toys on the market and they were sold out everywhere. Now happened to be at a toy store one weekend and I saw five of these dolls in stock, so I bought them all and flipped them immediately on eBay for a pretty good profit. This is essentially how retail arbitrage works and on the surface,

01:53
It sounds fun and profitable. All you got to do is shop the clearance racks at Target, list those products on Amazon, and keep all the money. But here’s the main problem with retail arbitrage. Over the years, this business model has become increasingly popular, which means there are a ton of bargain shoppers doing this. It is extremely difficult to find items to flip for a profit that aren’t already being sold by many other sellers. Now I got super lucky with these Tickle Me Elmo dolls, and to this day, I have never been able to replicate it.

02:23
Finding products to resell is often hit or miss, and there’s no guarantee that the items you find one day will still be available the next. So basically, once you hop on this hamster wheel, you have to constantly be on the lookout for new deals, and if you can’t find a good deal, then you’re not gonna make any money. Also, you better love shopping because that’s what you’re gonna be doing all day long. You can’t really scale a retail arbitrage business because you are limited by how many items you can find and buy and then store, pack, and ship. For example, I have a buddy who makes

02:52
35 to 50K a year doing retail arbitrage, which is pretty good money, but he shops eight hours a day and has a truck that he drives around to pick up the merchandise. But here’s the biggest disadvantage. If you sell on a platform like Amazon, there are strict rules to follow. And if the brand that you’re selling decides not to let you sell their product any longer, you could get stuck with a pile of unsellable inventory. For example, a while back, my buddy bought a ton of Lego products on clearance from a toy store to sell on Amazon. And then one day,

03:22
All of his selling privileges were revoked because Lego didn’t want arbitrage sellers on Amazon any longer. In addition, prices change all the time and it’s actually quite a big financial risk to buy a bunch of products upfront. If you miscalculate demand or buy a product that ends up not selling as well as you thought, you could be stuck with a bunch of unsold inventory. So overall, retail arbitrage is okay for making a couple bucks here and there, but it’s definitely not a good long-term business model. And not only is it getting harder every year,

03:51
but you constantly have to seek out new deals in order to stay profitable. By the way, if you’re enjoying this episode so far, make sure you sign up for my free six day e-commerce mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free, where I’ll teach you the ins and outs of selling online. It’s free and really a no brainer to sign up. Now the next business I would definitely not start this year is wholesale on Amazon. Amazon wholesale is an e-commerce business model where you find an established brand name product

04:19
purchase it in bulk at wholesale prices, and then sell it on Amazon FBA. Now, unlike other Amazon business models, such as retail arbitrage or online arbitrage that we just talked about, selling wholesale on Amazon allows you to make bulk purchases from a single supplier to provide you with a consistent supply of products. So right off the bat, Amazon wholesale is a better business model than retail arbitrage, but not by much. And in general, the gross margins for Amazon wholesale are decent,

04:48
at around 50 % or so, and after Amazon fees and FBA, you could end up making between 20 to 25 % net. Again, not horrible. But selling wholesale successfully on Amazon requires you to find well-known branded products with high demand and a low number of sellers selling the same product. Now, the biggest flaw with Amazon wholesale is that since you are selling other people’s products, you will be competing with many other sellers selling the exact same item on Amazon.

05:16
And when there are many sellers selling the exact same item on a large marketplace like Amazon, the price always spirals to the bottom. And every product you sell will have multiple sellers, and there can only be one active seller per listing on Amazon who owns what is called the buy box. To win the buy box, you constantly have to lower your prices. For example, let’s say you decide to sell Pantene shampoo wholesale. In a listing that I’m looking at on Amazon right now, it’s got eight active sellers competing for the buy box. And to win the buy box,

05:45
you usually have to be the lowest price offering. And because prices change all the time, you have to watch all of your listings like a hawk to make sure you consistently have the buy box in order to make any money at all. In fact, the only way to make the Amazon wholesale business model a viable option is if you can somehow land an exclusive wholesale account where you are the only authorized seller of a product. For example, my student, Abby Walker has an exclusive agreement with Insolia to sell their insoles under her brand, VivianLoo.com.

06:14
And as a result, she makes millions every year as the only seller. But these exclusive wholesale deals are extremely rare and hard to land. And in many cases, brands will opt to sell their own products on Amazon and keep the bulk of the profits. After all, why would a company give up a 50 % margin to an Amazon seller when it’s so easy to create a listing on Amazon? Not only that, but most brands now require a brick and mortar store or a strong online presence in order to get an exclusive contract.

06:44
You also need a decent amount of upfront capital to pay for inventory. And then finally, when you sell other people’s products, you don’t own or control any aspect of your business. Most of my friends who are successful doing Amazon wholesale often lose a number of their wholesale contracts every year and are constantly on the hunt for new deals to fight the attrition. It’s just not worth the time in my opinion. Overall, if you’re going to do wholesale, then sell on your own website because at least on your own website, you’re going to be the only seller.

07:12
Then the next business model that I would never start in a million years is a business that drop ships from China. Right now, the most popular drop shipping business model is called AliExpress Drop Shipping. And here’s how it works. You find a product in AliExpress at low prices. You list the product on your own online store. And when a purchase is made, you buy the same product on AliExpress and have it shipped directly to the end customer. And you keep the difference in cost as profit. Now, right now, they’re a

07:39
bunch of services that allow you to connect your Shopify or WooCommerce store directly to AliExpress to make the entire process seamless. You don’t have to store inventory, you don’t have to ship out products, and getting started requires no money at all. But what they don’t tell you is that you have to manage your own customer service. What they don’t tell you is that 90 % of the products shipped from China via AliExpress are pieces of junk with little or no quality control. To gauge the quality of an AliExpress product,

08:07
All you got to do is search for AliExpress reviews on Google and you’ll find thousands of horrific reviews. And remember, these products are shipped from China, so they take forever to make it to the customer. The cheapest viable AliExpress shipping option that doesn’t cost an arm and a leg literally takes up to 60 days for delivery. Now, can you imagine a customer buying something from you and having to wait 60 days for delivery only to receive a piece of junk? Well, this is what lies in wait if you decide to pursue this business model.

08:36
Just don’t do it. The other con that no dropshipping guru will tell you is that the vendors on AliExpress are just regular people selling stuff. They aren’t real suppliers or real factories, so their prices may change at any time and listings disappear all the time. As a result, keeping your store in sync with AliExpress is always a problem. I actually interviewed the founder of Spocket, a popular US dropshipping app on my podcast about AliExpress dropshipping, and I just flat out asked him what he thought.

09:05
and he basically shared my same sentiments. AliExpress dropshipping might make you a couple bucks here and there, but it’s not a good long-term business model. By the way, just for the record, Spockit doesn’t dropship from AliExpress, and I’ll include in the show notes below the link to that episode. So if you’re going to spend the time trying to buy traffic and sales to your shop, you must sell high-quality products and be able to provide excellent customer support. And this is impossible with AliExpress dropshipping, even though it costs practically nothing to start.

09:35
Now the final business model that I would never start today is a brick and mortar retail store. Most of you guys don’t know this, but when my wife and I first started BumblebeeLinens.com, we actually considered creating a brick and mortar store. And when we ran the numbers, it would have cost us about half a million bucks upfront to launch our store. Meanwhile, when we decided to go the online route, we invested only $630 and made over hundred K in profit in our first year of business selling handkerchiefs online.

10:03
And in fact, we were profitable literally from day one. If you are a tech averse person, starting a brick and mortar store or something physical might seem easier at first because everything is tangible. But everything in this world is already moving towards 100 % digital. And starting your own online store the right way is actually easier than ever thanks to e-commerce platforms like Shopify, BigCommerce, Shift4Shop and WooCommerce. Back in 2007 when I started, it took me several months to launch bumblebeelinens.com.

10:32
But today, you can literally have your store up and running in a matter of days. But remember, when it comes to launching your own business, don’t just go for what’s easy. You got to play the long game, sell products that you own and can be proud of. Good luck.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

489: The Most Important Strategies To Grow Your Business This Year With Phil Taylor

489: The Most Important Strategy (Out Of 7) To Grow Your Business This Year With Phil Taylor

Today, I’m thrilled to have Phil Taylor back on the show. Phil is the founder of Fincon, which is the conference that launched my speaking career and allowed me to meet so many awesome entrepreneurs who I now call my friends.

In this episode, Phil and I discuss 7 different strategies to grow your business this year and highlight the most important one of all.

What You’ll Learn

  • 7 Strategies To Grow Your Business This Year
  • How To Scale An Event Or Conference
  • The Single Most Important Way To Grow Your Sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Chase Dimond – Chase Dimond is my go to guy when it comes to email marketing and he runs email campaigns for many 8 and 9 figure ecommerce brands over at Structured Agency. If you want to learn the right way to do email marketing, check out his course! Click here to join his class!

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into what strategies are working and what strategies are not with their businesses. Today I’m thrilled to have Phil Taylor back on the show. And Phil is the founder of FinCon, which is the conference that literally launched my speaking career and allowed me to meet so many awesome entrepreneurs who I can now call my friends. And I’m actually speaking on the big stage at FinCon this year in New Orleans. So if you happen to be there, I’d love to hold a meetup. In any case,

00:29
Phil and I are going to discuss the single most important thing that will grow your business this year. But before we begin, I want to give a quick shout out to Chase Diamond for sponsoring this episode. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing, and he runs a successful email marketing agency over at Structured Agency, which caters to many eight and nine figure e-commerce brands. Now, for those of you who can’t afford to hire an agency, Chase offers a pretty good email marketing course if you want to learn how to do email yourself.

00:57
And this course can be found over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. I also want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now if you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at bumblebeelenons.com. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council,

01:24
is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. For example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. And the students in my class have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you,

01:54
you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now onto the show.

02:07
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast. Today I have a very special guest on the show, Phil Taylor. Now Phil’s a longtime friend and he’s been creating content about personal finance probably for over a decade now. He runs the popular conference FinCon, which is one of the largest financial influencer events in the U.S. where I had my very first speaking gig and Phil took a chance on me as a speaker and I’m extremely grateful because

02:35
That experience actually made me super excited to speak on stage and at FinCon, I also met my mastermind group who is instrumental in helping me grow my blog to where it is today. And as a result, I owe a lot to this guy, man, and I’m thrilled to have him back. What’s up, PT? I owe a lot to you too, Steve. It’s good to be on with you, So the last time you were on, which was, man, years ago, I want to say FinCon was not nearly where it is today.

03:04
And I’m just curious how it’s evolved over the years. It’s been like 10 years, right? The event where we started in 2011. So what is that 12 years? Yeah, 12. Yeah, crazy. Yep. No event in 2020. Unfortunately, we did a digital one that year. But yeah, I think this will be our 12th or 13th. Oh, I’ve stopped. I’ve stopped keeping count. Oh, past 10. It’s like, who cares, right? I’m not there yet. I think I’m at year eight. And that

03:29
That pandemic year was really tough for me too, but let’s not talk about that year. Yeah. So a lot, a lot has changed. started in 2011 with 200 people. It was a side hustle for me. I didn’t know anything about events, but I had friends who knew about it and I’m better, better. I more importantly, I should say I had a community of people who were ready to get together. And if you go back and listen to the first podcast, I mean, that’s the first big nugget that I’m going to give you back then is if you’re going to be in events.

03:56
have people ready that want to be together. That’s the easiest way to do them. And I knew that. I knew that it was a great community. Started with about 250 people that first year. And yes, we’ve grown it to a high water mark in 2019 of around 3000. which is nuts. Yeah. It’s a great run there. We’re sort of post pandemic now and growing things back. We hope to reach back up to around 2000 mark this year. So we’ll be in New Orleans for our 12th and that’s in October. And,

04:26
You know, we’ve done a lot of iterations through the years. I’ve tried to evolve with the industries. We can talk about some of that. Um, we’ve got a fantastic community that we tried to shepherd through the years, but how has it changed? would just say the biggest probably change we’ve had is me moving the event from just bloggers because initially it was called the financial blogger conference. don’t even know if you remember that. So someone like you sort of was on the.

04:54
sort of the outskirts of that community to a degree. And so you might’ve perceived it as necessarily not for you, but you knew it was for someone specifically, which helped us to grow it. But then we quickly expanded sort of the umbrella, the tent, and it became ThinkCon, which really stands for financial content expo these days. And that could be a blogger, it could be a podcast or YouTuber, anyone really creating content around the idea of improving your financial life. And that can expand into

05:24
business and real estate. so that’s the biggest change, I guess, is the growing scope of it. Um, and then continuing to change that as we’re entering sort of this creator economy where everything is really sort of podcast and YouTube driven. Um, we really want to move the conference and that continue moving in that direction. So just trying to evolve the event, you know, from a scope standpoint. Yeah, you know, uh, I think I, missed the very first year.

05:51
I came the second year and I haven’t missed one since I don’t think and what I noticed is like it basically replaced blog world. Do you remember blog? That was a great event. I love that event. Yeah. And all the sessions were about how to content and everything. So I want to feel like FinCon has replaced blog world in a way it has. Uh, I saw it initially as a niche down version of blog world, right?

06:17
So, but what we ended up doing because the FinCon community was so great was just making a fantastic event that even people from other niches were excited to come. So we started having people from travel, from the entrepreneurship side. I mean, just really people were attracted to the community and this cool event that we created. And yes, I was a huge fan of what Rick Calvert built with Blog World Expo. think the last year he called it New Media Expo or something like that, because he was trying to make that scope change as well.

06:45
You know, not the, I don’t know the details of, of why, you know, he shut that event down, but I know that for me, it was finding that niche. so even having created FinCon, I now see other event owners create niches within our community and spin off events. So it’s just a natural evolution of gathering people. Uh, the bigger that gathering becomes, the more likely it is that a group within that group is going to then peel off and find their own thing too. Um, so.

07:14
That’s just kind of how events work. So it’s funny is you were pretty instrumental in helping me start my event. I have chosen to keep my event small just because I miss, you know, just small. I like small events over large ones, but I am curious. How does one grow an event to 3000 people? That just sounds ridiculous to me. Just the logistics gives me a headache. Actually, how did that happen? Yep. So for me, I always

07:40
I didn’t necessarily want to have a big event just to have one, even though that does improve the margins of the event and makes it more profitable. Um, but I always perceived it as our community needs a bigger event because our industry continues to grow. And so I’m not the person on stage, give it, doling out the advice. You know this, I, you know, get guys, smart guys like Steve to get up there and talk about, um, what they’re great at. And, and that’s what makes the event great. So.

08:09
Uh, if I’m not the talent, then the community is bringing that talent, but more importantly, the community wants to place to come and do deals. They want a place to come and do business at the event. And so financial creators are looking for brands to work with on a regular basis. And so this gives them a chance to work with those brands face to face, you know, be at a party together and sit down at a meeting table together and talk about like how their content could work with their brand and strike up a real deal face to face.

08:38
Not this cold emailing, you know, trying to hit people up on Twitter if you’re for a new creator. So the idea for me has always been about like creating these partnerships. And so if we want to create these partnerships, well, then it kind of matters. Uh, that we get a, there are all the right people that we, need the industry there from a brand side. And then from the creator side, we sort of need everyone there. So that’s been my natural push to grow it. And yes, you, you should be, you should.

09:05
be strategic and intentional about whether you want to grow it or not. Uh, and, and, sort of understand that that’s what you want. So for me, it was all about growth because our industry was growing. So how did we grow it? Uh, I wrote an article, um, post and go check it out on PT money.com. It’s, it’s, uh, essentially seven ways to grow your business. And I sort of tried to apply this to any business, but the examples I use primarily were how we grew FinCon. Um, and so if you want, I could just go through each of those points and we can hit on them and kind of.

09:34
kick them back. Yeah, yeah, yeah, let’s do that. And I’ll post actually the the link to that article below. One thing I just wanted to say was, I remember I was just getting started blogging. And I wasn’t even writing about personal finance. I was writing about business. And I walked into FinCon. And I think I secured a bunch of sponsorship deals, like right on the bat. So I got I think, Hostgator to sponsor my or I can’t remember what the hosting company was just to sponsor my podcast. And then I got like a couple banks to

10:03
to pay me to just promote their bank. And yeah, it’s like a great place to monetize whatever you’re trying to do. So I really appreciated that too. that’s good to hear. That was definitely the goal. So cool. So number one, number one way, just more context. During the first seven years of Vincon, I took it from around $100,000 in top line revenue to over a million. So it was seven years to a million dollars. And so that adhered these seven points I’m gonna give you. Perfect, right?

10:33
Okay. The first one is, uh, make the product better for us. We were, we had the, we had the posture of continuous improvement with our event. So every year I wanted to improve it. the challenging thing with events is that you have to kind of wait 11 months to kind of improve it or show the improvement, but that was the goal every year. Just make it better. Just make it a little bit better. So as you think about your business, um, have that growth mindset, have that, uh,

11:02
mindset of trying to improve upon what you build before you go expand into other things. Just take this one thing you’re doing and try to make it as good as possible, right? And how do you get those ideas to improve it? How do you understand what you need to improve? Because what is good, right? The way we did it is from user feedback. So we actually polled, regularly poll our attendees, post conference, sometimes free conference, to try to understand what they want out of the event, what they’re getting out of.

11:31
how they’re liking certain aspects of the event. So I think it’s Sam Walton who said something like, the boss, there’s only one boss in your business and it’s the customer. Right. And so I think that’s a good posture that we tried to take was there. This community is going to help us drive this event forward and make this product better. Um, and so that’s just the posture we took. How did we do that with our event? Um, we did it by, you know, trying to get better speakers.

12:00
trying to get cooler locations, a better hotel. They wanted better parties. They wanted more networking opportunities. We hear up here in that in the initial outset, it’s like too many sessions. We just want to be able to like talk with each other and do business. Clear communication leading up to the event. So these are all the things that again, that our users told us. So as a business owner, it’s important to discover that feedback mechanism that you need to get and not be afraid of that. So many business owners I see.

12:29
afraid to hear what their customers actually think of their product and that’s such a There’s insecurity in that and I have that too Sometimes you don’t want to hear those negative things but and there’s so much gold and opening that conversation up with your customers. So Yeah, let me ask you this PT What are some of the biggest challenges right now that people are asking for in the financial creator community? So just in general sort of doing business in that community

12:59
How do you get a hold of brands to do deals? Because there are a lot of them are little scared right now to work with creators because of 2022 and sort of the FTX blow up. yes, that’s right. Yeah, I forgot about that. of a negative perception. I think sometimes with financial creators, especially YouTubers, overcoming that hurdle, overcoming the hurdle of sort of burnout is very common amongst this crew because you’re just a content creator and it seems like an endless.

13:27
project that you’re working on. There’s no stop and start to it. Yeah. Other, I would say also the, one of the biggest that our business straight up solves is the fact that being it’s kind of lonely being a creator, right? So you’re sort of doing this editing behind the camera, behind the mic. And, um, you know, eventually it’s just like, man, I wish I had, or my wife’s tired of hearing me talk about this thing, the neighbor, he’s an insurance or he doesn’t relate to actually what I’m doing. So.

13:56
How do I find this group of people that kind of understand me and I can relate to and kind of share ideas and move forward with, you I’m curious what types of content are working right now. Are those the people blogging or is it tick tock YouTube, uh, Instagram? Like what are people asking for right now? Yep. Uh, I think, I think you should think about your content like this and good creators out there like yourself are already doing it. They starting with some type of video.

14:24
script, either scripted or interview based, right? And then they take that and that conversation or that monologue then becomes a blog post. It becomes short form video that they can put into the feed of what everyone’s really doing, which is just flipping through their phone on these, um, know, Instagram stories and YouTube shorts and all this stuff. But that’s so that you gotta have that out there to get people into the deeper stuff.

14:51
But this deeper conversation is where the real content is being created and real relationships are being formed and people really get to know you and feel intimate with you and kind of understand your brand and really fall in love with you. Um, so that’s kind of the, that’s kind of what I see the best creators doing right now. They start with this either a conversation or that monologue and that that becomes a blog post. And then it’s chopped up into social media bits to go out on all the different channels where people are actually watching.

15:20
to attract them into the long form stuff. I guess what I’m asking is, you know, the brands that go to FinCon, what type of sponsorships are they offering? Are they looking for blogs, videos, shorts? I mean, what’s the trend? think it depends on who you’re talking to. Affiliate marketers are still very comfortable with blog content. Yeah, because it’s evergreen and it’s richer to a certain degree, or can be.

15:50
Um, so the affiliate, any affiliate performance marketer you’re going to be talking to just likes that sort of static web organic SEO based traffic. Yep. Campaigners typically are more comfortable with a video. So someone who’s really charismatic on video and doing really having a good conversation with their audience tends to do well with campaigns. So sponsored campaigns, pay per video, pay for podcast episode, that kind of stuff.

16:19
Um, and I think the context of it matters too. So if you’re a military finance show, I mean, there’s a handful of advertisers that are perfect fit for you and they’re going be more interested in working with you, regardless really of the size of your show. Um, and so I think you’re seeing a little bit more of a niche down with advertisers. They’re not just kind of throwing money at the Jake Paul’s of the world, even though that still does happen with big brands. They’re more interested in what you consider like a micro influencer or creator.

16:48
who is really targeted. So think about that. that’s the kind of advertising you want to attract, then get more targeted. Yeah, I remember when I was first starting out, the main advertisers I was attracting was very e-commerce specific. And I was surprised at how much they were willing to pay because the audience is so focused. So I would imagine the more you niche down and you find that perfect advertiser, they’ll probably be willing to pay you a decent amount of money. I think so.

17:17
If you haven’t picked up my Wall Street Journal bestselling book, The Family First Entrepreneur yet, then now is the time. My book will teach you how to achieve financial freedom by starting a business that doesn’t require you to work yourself to death. After all, most online business gurus constantly preach that you have to hustle, hustle, and hustle some more just to get ahead. Well, guess what? It turns out that you can achieve financial success without being a stranger to your kids. You can make good money and have the freedom to enjoy it, and you don’t have to work 80 hours a week.

17:47
and be a slave to your business just to make it all work. I will teach you how to start a business from the perspective of a parent who makes both business and family work. Not only that, but I’ve made it a no brainer to grab the book because I’m still giving out $690 in free bonuses. And here’s what you get. You get instant access to my three day print on demand workshop. In this workshop, I’ll teach you exactly how to get started running a print on demand e-commerce store. And I provide you with a free website theme as well.

18:14
You also get access to my two day passive income workshop where I’ll teach you how to make money with blogging, podcasting, or YouTube. Go to mywifecoderjob.com slash book and I’ll send you the bonuses right away. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash book. Now back to the show.

18:33
PT. Sorry, we want off the tangent. So what’s number two? Well, just to close the loop on one, a great, great book to continue discovering sort of what your customer wants is asked by Ryan Leveque. So that’s kind of my second resource I’ll drop in there. Okay. And it’s sort of helping you understand like how to have those conversations with your customer. The second is once you feel like you’ve perfected core product, then it’s time to innovate with new products. And this doesn’t have to be done.

18:59
And a big splash all at once. You can take sort of the lean startup method, which is to pick these, um, little elements of your event to expand upon or kind of introduce something new. Right. And the key here is two things. One, it allows you as an entrepreneur who is a creative to come up with something new without completely abandoning the thing that’s your bread and butter at this point. Right. So, you know, you know how it is, you’re a creative guy.

19:28
You’re kind of chasing these shiny objects and all over the place. And it’s like, Oh, I could do this new thing. So with an event, you don’t have to necessarily go create a new business. can still sort of just iterate within the event itself. The key is not being married to them and just, and using almost as like figure out how to test them. Right. So, so come up with these small innovations within your, uh, event or whatever business you’re running and then, uh, test them instead of sort of.

19:56
going full board down that road. And if one pops, then you know you’ve got sort of a new product line or you’ve got this new sort of benefit attached to what you’re doing. So that’s kind of the perspective to have, I guess, when you’re thinking about new things to create. having been to every FinCon, give me an example. Yep. We expanded what we offered sponsors. So that was some of the that’s some of the we sort of iterate on that every year. We come up with something new. We can offer sponsors for them to pick up.

20:26
whether that be a new party or a new sort of a mastermind element to the event or this new meetup thing we’re doing, or for instance, this year we brought on, um, we made our own video recording booth at FinCon this year. So FinCon just put one up, we have one and you can buy time in it and bring an influencer and do stuff in there while you’re there. So we’re just kind of come up. Yeah, we’re just coming up with these all kinds of new things, new tracks, new ticket.

20:54
Something we did really well was create the, pro pass. So I resisted in the first couple of years, cause I wanted it just to be so accessible. said, we need a $99 ticket. This was the first couple of think cons. was $99 to go to our conference. Um, and I was so stubborn about that. Everyone told me that’s so stupid. You need a more expensive ticket. You need to make some money off this thing. It took me too long to figure this out, but, uh, essentially I said, okay, how can we keep that low, but still make a little more margin? Well, let’s offer like.

21:24
some more advanced people, you know, this more premium value ticket. So we put them together, make it easier for them to meet with brands, give them some extra swag, make it do an extra party for them, not to create a VIP status at our event, because I’m very anti that, but just to give people more value and we can charge for it. creating a second ticket tier was a big part of sort of expanding what we do with our event.

21:51
I thought that was ingenious by the way. just thought I mentioned this and it’s unique to your event because the people who attend are actually creators who actually want to get brand deals. And the best way to do that is to get the pro pass to facilitate that. It’s almost like unlike any other conference that I’ve been to. I don’t think anyone else could pull that off. Yeah. Yeah. We’re we’re it made sense.

22:15
So you got to figure out with your event, you got to figure out where is the deeper value for your attendee and the sponsor. Right. And then Mary, the premium ticket to that activity. And then you found this out just through surveys from the attendees and that sort of thing that you knew that. my own, uh, inclinations because I am, I was a creator at the time in the space. I’m less and less so these days, but I was, I was definitely like, you know, a member of the tribe. And so.

22:45
These were my needs too. And to give credit where credit’s due, Blog World Expo did have something similar. Yeah. So I, I, I did see an somewhat of an example that Rick was doing over there and you could say I, you know, I stole that idea a little bit, but still, still like an artist, right? Cool. I like that. I’m asking you now for selfish reasons. Really? I do like that booth because sponsors always want influencer content, right?

23:15
And just casually pulling someone over to just record a quick testimonial video seems pretty easy. Yeah. It just gives them a space to activate. Now it’s our first year doing it. And to be honest with you, I’m not sure how successful it’s been in selling it. And it may be one of those things where once we introduce it, the brands get there and they see it in action. Then it makes more sense. So there’s probably a better way we could have introduced it where we had more intentionality around it. For instance, maybe we made it.

23:45
free for the first year, but you had to sign up for an official time slot. Um, that may have created more activation for it. And then next year, you know, we actually start charging for it. So yeah, you know, think about these things as you do them. You make some mistakes along the way, but again, don’t marry yourself to these new ideas. Just throw them out there within the umbrella. Don’t spend all your resources or time on them, but if one pops, then you know, you got something, you know, you got something else. Great. So, yeah. Awesome. Great advice.

24:14
Cool. Number three, you want to go to three? Yeah, let’s do it. Number three is creating content and social media. Obviously this was a no-brainer for us being a content, you know, financial content expo. We had to be sort of, yeah, but content can be scary for a busy entrepreneur. How do you get this done? Uh, for us, we reached initially into our attendee community, um, and said, is there anyone who can write?

24:41
You know, or we actually we asked for guest posts. Initially we started our blog at FinCon with guest posts. So we just asked people, the community, if they wanted to contribute something. And then we had the idea, Hey, instead of just a conference pamphlet, we give people when they walk up, what if they had articles in it too? So we make this little magazine that you could get when you showed up to the conference and it had these articles that these folks had contributed. So not only was it sort of a community building exercise, but it was a user generated. So didn’t.

25:09
necessarily take us a lot of time to do it. We iterated from that into a podcast, the financial blogger podcast, where I interviewed speakers and sponsors who were coming to the event, leading up to it. We did that for several years, just like in the last six months before the event, which is a perfect vehicle for to talk about the event, but also hear from the people who are going to be there, get the audience comfortable with, you know, certain speakers and sponsors and, uh, do the, you know, do the work of promoting the conference as well. Um,

25:38
We got into newsletters in 2019 and did really good community newsletter, but frankly, we’re slipping in the content game. And so we’re going to bring that back in the next couple of years to do a, to a better job of that. know, walk me through that actually. as you’re considering what content to create, I know you mentioned a podcast, you mentioned the blog. What, where’s your focus? Is it going to be on video? Is it going to be on blogging podcast?

26:03
We have great resources and assets already available. We have all the pictures from the event. have all the videos from the event, including all the sessions. So my big push going forward with, with the team is going to be to suggest that needs to be what’s, what’s our YouTube channel. It needs to be all those sessions and then those need to be chopped up into smaller bits. It’s embarrassing that we’re not doing it already, but we’re just, we’re coming out of the lean years of the pandemic. got through that and now we can start.

26:33
Spending some more money on marketing to do it right and we just had we have all the assets that a year’s worth of video and That becomes short form those can become bulk blog posts. We don’t have to create anything new, but I am excited about one new thing So another idea that I had for in terms of content And this was sort of after seeing what the starter story well starter story is a good example where he builds essentially a database of

27:02
businesses and then he uses that database to sort of create lists and create like bigger content ideas. And so when we sign people up to the event, we ask them all kinds of questions about what niche they’re involved in, um, whether from how many FinCons they’ve been to what media, what platforms they’re on, all this information that’s very rich and valuable, uh, which should be shown, you know, to the community to give them perspective.

27:30
And to help them sort of understand the trends and what’s working and also to highlight people who are doing good work. So this user data that we have from the, from registrations is something that I’m toying around with playing around with creating a database of sorts. So then we can take that database and use it to create lots of content ideas. You started to see me do it already with, I think I did a list of top affiliate programs for personal finance creators, top top personal finance journalists.

27:59
So I’m sort of, you know, there’s tons of content ideas based on just the data we have. So the assets and the data are the things that are going to help drive the content generation forward. It’s not going to be me doing sort of a one-on-one deal. It’s going to be sort of expanding all that information that we have. Yeah. I mean, I’m just thinking about the size of FinCon and the number of sessions you have enough content for years without having to do anything. Yep. And we’ve been somewhat foolishly putting it behind a paywall.

28:29
Uh, to see if we can get people to pay for that content. And we do, but I think it would be better served. It’s just the community had it on a free basis and we figured out another way to offer premium content down the road. we wanted to do that. Cause I’m in kind of the same boat. I’ve got like eight years worth of content that isn’t even really behind a paywall. Actually, it’s just behind a wall that’s not getting paid. Yeah. I’ve never seen one of your sessions from your event.

28:58
Except maybe a keynote for you one time. Yeah. Yeah. I published the keynotes, but yeah. Uh, cause we sell the virtual pass, you know, during the event, but you know, the value of the virtual pass kind of declines over the years. Right. Yep. So even if we just started, let’s say three months post event and started publishing it on YouTube one at a time, it’s not like everyone’s getting this big data dump. They’re getting it slowly dripped out over, over the years. And there’s so much stuff we already have in the back catalog. That’s evergreen.

29:28
We could release so it’s a matter of distribution. Yes, great idea and I’m sure people listening probably have gold mines of content somewhere. Whether it’s something you’ve done for work or whatnot that you can just break apart and start creating content to promote whatever you’re selling and if you don’t have it start start collecting it now. Yeah, for all right. had number four create or foster or community. So the big thing we do here is we let the community sort of help form the event right? So we’re.

29:57
in a posture always of this is for the creators that are there and it’s by them. So they help us, uh, it’s open speaker submissions. So we get over 500 speaker submissions every year to the event, which is great. And we, publicize that we almost run ads for that. Cause I just want as much coming in as possible because again, that, gives a, and I say that I shared this in our, in our previous episode was, it’s just like ownership.

30:25
You’ve got to give the attendees ownership in the event, right? You got to let, make them feel like they helped craft it. Right. So that’s what we do as much as possible with our community is we empower them to help us build this event. New ideas, some of the new innovations we’ve done at the event have been things that the community has contributed. And so we sort of have this open posture toward open sourcing the event itself. Um, and then for community sake, we do, uh, we do.

30:53
Facebook groups, we’re still stuck in those. They’re not ideal. We’re about to move away for them, I feel like, but through the years, they’ve been a tremendous tool to bring new people sort of into our tribe when the event is not going on or being promoted. And then for them to have conversations 24 seven, and that’s sort of, you’re moving away from Facebook, just curious what platform you’re considering at school. That’s probably the one I’ll end up with. There’s also circle. And then what’s the other one? Mighty networks. So it’s sort of amongst those three.

31:23
Um, but I really like what I see out of school. know I like the founder and I like, he’s sort of taken a slow growth method with the platform. Um, very intentional. Um, so, I’ve, and I’ve been in some communities on school before and enjoyed it. guess the problem with that is like most people don’t even know what it is or have the app or whatever. They’re not logged in, right? Right. That’s right. And yeah, so that’s a hurdle is getting, but half our audience is not on Facebook anymore.

31:52
So, yeah. So we’re going to lose them either way. Yeah, that makes sense. So I think community is important. We also did local meetups for a while. We still do a few of those. So we encourage people in cities all over the US and the world to get together on a quarterly basis. We give them funds. We create a community leader and we give that community leader some funds to throw the

32:21
meetups, the happy hours, get some appetizers, that kind of thing. And they all gather together. And I do that personally when I go to places, I go to other events. It’s a, community building exercise. For instance, I just got back from podcast movement and my whole deal there was to connect with every financial podcaster there was at the event. And how do I do that? I throw them a big meetup party, drinks. Um, and then we have a podcast booth in our booth.

32:49
where they can come and do their show. They can kind of hang around that area and meet other people. So being that community builder with your business, just continuing that throughout all you do is important. I love it. Community is tough, man. You’ve done a great job. It really is tough to foster community. is. And yeah, it’s easy to screw up too. But, but you know, if, your heart, if you’re in your heart and soul, you’re,

33:18
You really value like trying to help these folks then over time, you know, you’ll be able to build that. So, uh, I am so thankful for the community. And again, that goes sort of goes back to posture. I think it’s important as a business owner to see your customer as really the most important piece of this whole thing. And if you put them in that position, then you’ll treat them, you know, appropriately and build a community. right. Uh, number five, charge more.

33:47
This is hard for me because I’m a frugal guy and I don’t like, I don’t like paying for stuff myself sometimes. So it was hard for me to increase prices at the event, but we were able to do it through not necessarily charging the loyal customers more, but just everyone sort of after that point. we introduced price increases post what do call it pre-launch, you know, another thing we did was I sort of talked about the one ticket new created, but ultimately we landed on three tickets that we now offer. And so you it’s the rule of three.

34:17
right? So you can you can see the three prices out there. I sense that you had a question, Steve. So I was just gonna say, I’ve always thought that the ticket prices were ridiculously low for you. Like, if you look at how much I charge for mine, I mean, yours is like easily less than half or a third. And I’ve always wondered. Yeah, it was a no brainer, I think because you give so much value for the for the ticket price. How much is it now?

34:44
It’s still probably pretty cheap. Am I, I’m guessing it’s essentially a less, we try to keep it less than 300 for the entry. Exactly. Crazy. And then we do around 600 for what we call the pro pass. So it’s a double price for that. And then we offer a brand pass. So if you’re coming from the industry, um, sort of not necessarily in that creator, uh, avatar, if you’re sort of someone they’re doing business and you’re not sponsoring or you’re not exhibiting with us, then you’re going to pay a

35:11
the biggest premium and that’s a thousand dollar ticket. So that’s how we structure. And man, by having that brand pass up there, those will, we don’t sell that many of those, but having that thousand dollars up there makes that $600 ticket look really nice, you know, for the creator. And so we, we could see it as soon as we launched the three options, man, people moved toward that second option so fast. I mean, it’s just, that’s just how your mind works. Right. I can’t do three, but I can, I could do two, you know,

35:41
That’s just, that’s how we think. So, it’s, there’s real value in that. It’s just not, there’s not trickeration going on, but if when we structured it that way, we saw a big increase in the second option, uh, versus just having two tickets up there. How do you get that? six. I’m sorry. What, uh, how do get that price? Right. That’s a challenge. I think, I do think it’s important not to discount and I’ve, I’ve stopped offering as many discounts through the years.

36:10
But my people are just financial nerds and they, they live and die by the price they’re paying for something. So, you know, and again, I told you, my main goal is to make it a place where everyone’s there. And so we, we, we make it accessible. Yeah, for sure. It’s, it’s actually, I mean, just look at all the events PT. I think yours is like one of the least expensive ones out there. It really is pretty ridiculous. Well, maybe I’ll raise the prices.

36:39
No, we but just for the other event owners out there, we do graduate our prices. So by the time the event gets there, I do believe it’s more than 300. And we had started at like 225 or something. So we graduate our prices gives us something to market off of, and also incentivizes people to join us really early. So I would definitely do that. mean, everyone needs a sense of urgency. So we always have a cutoff where I say, hey, prices are going to go up next month or, and every month or every two weeks from here on out.

37:09
That’s what I do. My next one is grow through a talented team. And so I’ve been able to do this by, you know, finding folks in my life who were specialists at event marketing, event organization, and event branding, as well as the AV side of things. So those four areas are so key when you want to have make an event attractive, but also make it financially successful. Having those team members is so important.

37:39
So someone to organize it, I’m more of a visionary community builder, but I need someone to sort of hold down the details. And that was Jessica. She was a college buddy who was actually my VA at the time with my other business. And I said, you’re perfect for this. know, you should help me organize this event. Now she’s the CEO of the event and runs it by herself. So she’s amazing. amazing. She is. She is amazing. And

38:07
The community is very lucky to have her kind of running things. So thanks for saying that. And, um, you’re right. She is. So, uh, for me with her, she wasn’t an experienced, big experience at event planner, but it was someone I could trust, you know, cause I, and I knew she was a detailed person. And so I think it’s important. Your first hire needs to be someone who compliments. You know, what, what skills you have. So I was good with the community. was good in sort of casting this vision, uh, wrangling the troops.

38:37
But she was so good with the details and filling in all that stuff. So recognize yourself. If you’re to bring someone on what you need there and someone you can trust is so important. We share a lot of values. And so that’s when that’s how I knew she’d be great for that role on the AV side with events. It’s so important. You need a bulldog, someone who can negotiate on your behalf with the hotels and the venues. And, uh, certainly had that in Jessica’s brother, Justin, who has come to the event every year. And at one point he was an employee.

39:06
He was a contractor, then he was employee. And then I fired him and said, you need to go start your own business and then I’ll be your biggest customer. So that’s kind of the situation we have now that he has his own AV company and, and, and I’m his big customer. So he fights for me every, every year with the hotel and with other AV companies to try to get those costs down. Cause he understands them. I don’t understand them. He does. He makes those negotiations, makes this be successful. Um,

39:35
Thirdly is on the, would say the third key there in terms of hiring with events is the look and feel of the event. And that’s been Libby who we brought on in year three, who’s fantastic and making the event look professional, feel like a fun event and just look. But very attractive to both partners and attendees. And you’ve got to do that. I mean, the first couple of iterations were me designing some things along with some buddies and you know, we tried our best, but it was a little janky, you know,

40:05
Uh, but once Libby came on board, she made us look professional. Um, and that goes so far with an event because people are spending time, money, travel to get to your event. They need to know that it’s going to be run well and they’re not coming into some fire festival type situation, you know? So yes, those are the, those are the three big hires for me. And I would encourage folks to do that. The visual piece, man, that skyrocketed the value and perception of our event. So I would go hard on that piece of the event.

40:34
If you want to grow, do notice you have all these displays out, you know, as you’re walking into the event itself, they’re pretty elaborate. Yeah, she did. Yeah. She does a great job. That’s what you’re talking about, right? Yep. That and just online visually. So if you look at all our social channels, and our website itself, she does a fantastic job. And so that means investing in a good photographer at the event and a videographer at the event. Those are two great investments for you. So those that’s that’s we’ve we’ve used hiring to grow it.

41:03
And then finally is our last point here is acquisition. So in the event industry, the fastest way you can grow is to buy other events. And that’s what you see the biggest event conglomerates doing is they don’t waste time on trying to like grow the particular event they’ve purchased themselves. They just go buy another one. That’s, that’s how they grow because you have to wait a whole year, typically for an annual conference or trade show to grow the darn thing. And so this is a slog. mean, I’ve spent 10 years.

41:33
12 years now, you know, iterating 10%, 20 % growth, 10%, 20 % growth. And like, finally you get there, but if you want to do it faster, just acquire events, you know, I don’t have experience in that until now. I just actually made my first acquisition. I did not know that. event did you guys acquire? When’s this going to come out? Good question. Whenever you want it to come out, probably soon, probably within the next three weeks. I’ll go ahead and share it. We’ve purchased travel con. So

42:02
Oh, yeah. it’s another creator event, uh, outside of the finance space, obviously, but a creator event nonetheless, that’s very similarly modeled like FinCon. fact, Matt Kepnes, who created and runs that event, he and I, he and I go back a ways. We’ve chatted through the years and whenever he started his event, the first time he sort of leaned on me for advice and suggestions. And I actually kind of pushed him into that. Um, he has a successful business.

42:33
Uh, with travel business that he does the event for whatever reason didn’t work out for him. And so we are honored to take that event over, which I think he’s created an amazing brand loyalty and, um, just a great look and feel as well to his event. So we were going to get into the travel space with creators there. And so that’s kind of the next phase of growth for us, but I would encourage everyone to be looking in the event space for opportunities, especially right now.

43:02
Um, folks, it’s hard event. The event business is tough. And so there’s oftentimes people kind of coming out of it where it doesn’t make sense for them anymore. Um, and that might give you an opportunity to, grab up an event and, and try to make it, uh, make it better. I will say this. Uh, so the first year post pandemic, the, least for my event, it was just so, so people were just starting to come back. this last event that we had in May, full strength popped.

43:32
Uh, everyone’s just eager to get out and interact. good to hear. That’s good to hear. Yeah. We’re excited about this, this event too. And then we’re excited in general about the creator economy. Um, I think it’s only going to continue to grow. And with our experience with growing the community at FinCon, we know it can help grow the travel creator space as well and support those people and help them to make more deals with brands and just grow their businesses. So.

44:00
And I will say this for anyone listening, I am going to be speaking at FinCon and I will be trying to do a meetup of people in the class or, you know, if you just want to hang out. So definitely be there. As I mentioned before, the ticket price is very inexpensive for what you get. I guarantee you’ll meet a ton of cool people who might be members of your mastermind group someday like mine. And like I said, I’m just grateful for you, PT, for giving me my first speaking opportunity ever.

44:28
And I was shivering. was nervous, but then you asked me back and I spoke again. So started my speak. don’t want to say speaking career, but it sparked my love for speaking. thank you. welcome, man. You certainly, we were lucky to have you. I’ll just leave it at that. And we’ve always been blessed to be able to work with you, Steve and any event we put on. So thank you for being a part of this year as well. I look forward to seeing what you have to say on stage and, just.

44:56
having you and your folks there at the event. So, more importantly, where can people find out more about the event and all the different options and everything? What, the sessions are? Are they, are they all listed yet? The sessions are listed. We’ve got all our speakers up there with the exception of a few main stage folks like yourself who we haven’t announced yet. So some surprise, surprise announcements coming up, but you can go to finconnexpo.com and see the list of speakers, see the agenda.

45:24
sort of understand what the offering is and just get excited about, you know, being a part of this community. So love to have you join us. Cool. Hey, thanks PT for coming back on, man. You’ve been great.

45:40
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now like I mentioned earlier, I’m going to be speaking on the big stage at FinCon this year, so if you want to meet up, go to the FinCon website over at FinConExpo.com. For more information about this episode, go to MyWifeClooterJob.com slash episode 489. And once again, I want to thank Emerge Council for sponsoring this episode. Now if you sell on Amazon FBA or your own online store and you want to protect your intellectual property from theft and fraud, head on over to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

46:09
Just mention my name and you’ll get $100 off. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-C-L.com. I also want to thank Chase Diamond. Chase is my go-to guy when it comes to email marketing. And if you want to learn how to run your own successful email marketing campaigns, check out his course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash chase. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash C-H-A-S-E. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

46:38
Just tap in your email and ascended the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!